Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: A manifestation of the metabolic syndrome

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 04/27/2018 - 11:05
Display Headline
Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: A manifestation of the metabolic syndrome

As the nation gets heavier, our livers will get fattier. The prevalence of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) has been rising in tandem with the rise in obesity ever since the term nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH, a subtype of NAFLD) was coined by Ludwig in 1980.1 Yet, despite an explosion of research on NAFLD and gains in understanding its epidemiology and pathogenesis, a number of issues remain unresolved, including how to treat it.

NAFLD IS A SPECTRUM

NAFLD is a spectrum. The mildest form is simple fatty liver, or simple steatosis. Next is NASH, or fatty liver with inflammation and evidence of damage to hepatocytes (liver cells). Still more severe is cirrhosis, and in its most extreme form NAFLD can progress to hepatocellular carcinoma or liver failure. The distinction between simple steatosis and NASH is important because their prognoses and management are different.

NAFLD IS COMMON AND LINKED TO OBESITY

NAFLD is the most common cause of elevated liver enzymes and also one of the most common forms of liver disease in the world. It is now estimated to affect about 20% to 30% of people in the United States and other Western countries. In contrast, the prevalence of chronic hepatitis C virus infection is estimated at 3% of the world’s population. In comparison to the prevalence of NAFLD, the prevalence of NASH is much lower: 2% to 3% in the United States.2 The incidence of NAFLD is expected to rise further with the increase in obesity in the United States.

NAFLD is even more common in people who are morbidly obese, ie, who have a body mass index greater than 40 kg/m2. In a series of studies of morbidly obese patients undergoing bariatric surgery (N = 1,620), the prevalence of hepatic steatosis was 91% (range 85%–98%), and the prevalence of NASH was 37% (range 24%–98%). NASH was not predicted by age or body mass index, but it was more common in men, people with diabetes, and people with insulin resistance.3

Obesity is also increasing in prevalence in children. Since liver biopsies were not done in most pediatric studies, the pediatric prevalence data are based on elevated aminotransferase levels and on ultrasonographic findings of echogenic livers. The overall prevalence of NAFLD in children is estimated at 3% to 10%, but it may be much higher in obese children.4

Arun et al5 found that the prevalence of NASH in morbidly obese men was almost twice as high as in morbidly obese women (60.3% vs 30.9%). In contrast, earlier studies suggested that NAFLD was more prevalent in women. This higher incidence of NASH may also reflect the higher incidence of metabolic syndrome in morbidly obese men (91.4% vs 76.2%).

Less common in African Americans

In the United States, African Americans have consistently been found to have the lowest prevalence of NAFLD. In a California population study of 159 newly diagnosed NAFLD cases, non-Hispanic whites accounted for 45%, followed by Hispanics (28%), Asians (18%), and African Americans (3%). After controlling for the ethnic composition of the entire cohort, Hispanics had the highest rate of NAFLD and African Americans the lowest.6 In Eastern countries such as Japan, the prevalence of NAFLD is estimated to be about 9.3%. Interestingly, about half of the people with NAFLD in Japan were not overweight.7

The difference in prevalence of NAFLD in different ethnic groups may be explained by their different rates of metabolic syndrome (21.6% in African Americans vs 23.8% in whites vs 31.9% in Mexican Americans8) as well as other genetic and environmental factors.

NAFLD IS USUALLY CLINICALLY SILENT

NAFLD is usually clinically silent, and its impact has most likely been underestimated. Symptoms, if present, are minimal and non-specific, such as fatigue and right upper quadrant discomfort. Most findings on physical examination are also normal. Most patients seek care because of an incidental finding of elevated aminotransferase levels or radiographic studies suggesting the liver is fatty.9

The estimated prevalence of aminotransferase elevations in the general population from the third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey data is 7.9%,10 with about two-thirds of cases unexplained. Of the unexplained cases, most are strongly associated with metabolic syndrome and probably represent underlying NAFLD.10

Yet aminotransferase levels are typically normal or elevated by less than five times the upper limit of normal (usually < 250 IU/L).9 In contrast to those with alcoholic hepatitis, most patients with NAFLD have a ratio of aspartate aminotransferase to alanine aminotransferase of less than 1. As the disease progresses, the aspartate aminotransferase level increases more than the alanine aminotransferase level, so if the ratio is more than 1, more advanced liver disease may be suspected.11

Levels of other liver enzymes such as alkaline phosphatase and of acute-phase reactants such as ferritin may also be elevated. Ferritin is believed to reflect hepatic injury, inflammation, or insulin resistance.

 

 

A DIAGNOSIS OF EXCLUSION

NAFLD remains a diagnosis of exclusion of other liver diseases (Table 1, Figure 1).

Excessive alcohol consumption must especially be excluded. Most studies defined excessive alcohol consumption as more than 20 to 40 g/day.2 Recently, this threshold has been lowered to 20 g/day (roughly two drinks) in men and 10 g/day in women.

Figure 1.
A history and physical examination should be performed next to exclude potentially reversible and treatable causes of fatty liver disease (“secondary NAFLD”).12

Insulin resistance should be estimated, given the close relationship between NAFLD and insulin resistance and the metabolic syndrome. Insulin resistance can be measured accurately in a number of ways. The Homeostasis Model Assessment is an easy method that provides an estimate of insulin resistance based on fasting serum glucose and serum insulin levels.13

Serologic tests can rule out hepatitis B and hepatitis C. In those with negative results, especially in those with components of the metabolic syndrome or insulin resistance, NAFLD is responsible for most cases of persistently elevated serum liver enzymes.

Imaging tests

Radiographic evaluation is another noninvasive way to diagnose fatty liver. The sensitivity of either ultrasonography or computed tomography for detecting hepatic steatosis is between 93% and 100% when there is more than 33% fat in the hepatic parenchyma.14 None of the radiographic methods, including magnetic resonance imaging, can accurately differentiate between nonprogressive simple steatosis and NASH, but the technology is advancing. Contrast ultrasonography and magnetic resonance spectroscopy have shown promise and may become useful in the future.

Other noninvasive tests

Ultrasonographic elastrography (FibroScan), a noninvasive way to measure liver stiffness, has also been used in patients with hepatitis C. Although the preliminary data in NAFLD are interesting, additional validation is needed.

Serum biomarkers, including markers of fibrosis (eg, FibroSURE), apoptosis, and adipocytokines have been used to diagnose NASH. The markers of apoptosis are especially interesting but need further validation.

Liver biopsy remains the gold standard

Because we lack a fully validated noninvasive biomarker of NASH, liver biopsy remains the gold standard for diagnosing it. The minimum histologic criteria for establishing the diagnosis of NASH have been debated; most pathologists require at least 5% hepatic steatosis, mixed lobular inflammation, and hepatocellular ballooning.

In a study of 354 liver biopsies of patients with negative results on serologic tests, NASH was found in 34% and fatty liver in 32%. In the same study, the findings on liver biopsy led to alterations in patient management in 18% of cases.15

Some clinicians doubt the value of liver biopsy in patients with suspected NASH, in view of possible sampling error in the biopsy specimens (the distribution can be patchy, and if the specimen is taken from an unaffected area, the results can be falsely negative) and because there is no established effective therapy for NAFLD. However, liver biopsy is the only test that can accurately establish the diagnosis of NASH and tell us the stage of liver disease, which has important prognostic implications. Most experts agree that liver biopsy should be considered for patients at risk of advanced liver disease, such as those with persistently elevated liver enzyme levels despite intervention to reverse conditions associated with metabolic syndrome.16

PATHOGENESIS: THE MULTIPLE-HIT HYPOTHESIS

NAFLD is closely linked to obesity, insulin resistance, and metabolic syndrome.13 Insulin allows free fatty esterification and triglyceride fat storage in adipose tissues. When insulin resistance develops, free fatty acids are inappropriately shifted to nonadipose tissues, including the liver. Insulin resistance increases free fatty acid flux to the liver by decreased inhibition of lipolysis and also increased de novo lipogenesis.17

Insulin resistance and visceral obesity also result in decreased levels of a “protective adipokine,” adiponectin. Adiponectin inhibits liver gluconeogenesis and suppresses lipogenesis. Thus, decreased adiponectin hinders fatty acid oxidation and increases fat accumulation in the liver. Other adipocytokines that are important in NAFLD are resistin, leptin, visfatin, tumor necrosis factor alpha, and interleukin 6.

Apoptosis and oxidative stress may also contribute to the development and progression of NASH. In this context, the “multiple-hit hypothesis” for the pathogenesis of NASH has become quite popular.18 An in-depth review of the pathogenesis of NAFLD is beyond the scope of this paper; readers are referred to a recently published review on this subject.19

STEATOSIS IS BENIGN, BUT NASH CAN PROGRESS

Simple steatosis by itself generally has a benign prognosis. In a 1995 cohort study with a median follow-up of 11 years, there was no progression of simple steatosis to NASH or cirrhosis,20 and recent reviews estimate that only a small portion of patients with simple steatosis develop steatohepatitis. The validity of these data is still being debated.

On the other hand, once patients have progressed to NASH, histologic progression has been noted in about 32% to 41% of patients over a median follow-up of 4.3 to 13.7 years.21,22 This would mean that approximately 9% of patients with NASH may develop cirrhosis.21

People with cirrhosis due to NAFLD are at risk of developing liver-related morbidity and of death. In one of the longest follow-up cohort studies (mean follow-up of 13.7 years), end-stage liver disease developed in 5.4%, and hepatocellular carcinoma developed in about 2%. About 20% of the patients died, with more than 70% of the deaths in patients who had NASH at baseline. The survival rate was lower in patients with NASH, whereas no difference in survival was seen in the group with simple steatosis.22

A number of studies have assessed independent predictors of advanced fibrosis. Most studies suggest that elevated liver enzymes, metabolic syndrome, or type 2 diabetes is associated with advanced liver disease. Although noninvasive biomarkers of fibrosis have been developed for hepatitis C, to date, a fully validated, noninvasive biomarker of fibrosis for NAFLD does not exist.

As noted, the spectrum of NAFLD also includes hepatocellular carcinoma, and in a series of 105 patients with hepatocellular carcinoma, hepatitis C virus accounted for 51% and cryptogenic liver disease accounted for another 29%. Since cases of cryptogenic cirrhosis in the United States are considered to be “burned out NASH,” approximately 13% of patients with hepatocellular carcinoma may have had underlying NAFLD as the cause of their liver disease.23 These data suggest that, similar to other cirrhotic patients, NAFLD patients with cirrhosis should be screened for hepatocellular carcinoma.

 

 

NO CONSENSUS ON TREATMENT

Although many treatments have been used for NASH, there is no consensus (Table 2). The typical strategy is to target each component of the metabolic syndrome, including diabetes and hyperlipidemia, usually starting with weight loss and exercise.

Weight loss

Modest weight loss—less than 2 pounds (1 kg) per week—is associated with a decrease in the incidence of metabolic syndrome and can also improve the histologic features of NASH in more than 80% of cases.24 Loss of as little as 4% to 5% of body weight is also associated with lowering of aminotransferase and fasting insulin levels.25

The mechanism of benefit is via loss of adipose tissue, which decreases insulin resistance. Weight loss by any means, including bariatric surgery for morbid obesity or use of weight-reducing agents, has been correlated with improvement in liver enzyme levels, liver histologic findings, or both.24,26

However, the traditional low-calorie, low-fat diet may not be optimal for NAFLD patients. In one study,27 patients consuming more than 54% of their calories from carbohydrates compared with those consuming less than 35% had an odds ratio of 6.5 for hepatic inflammation. This finding is not surprising in light of prior research in which high carbohydrate intake increased hepatic de novo lipogenesis. On the other hand, there was no association between total caloric or protein intake and hepatic steatosis or fibrosis. Contrary to traditional beliefs, patients with higher fat intake had less inflammation, steatosis, and fibrosis.

Insulin sensitizers

Given that insulin resistance seems to be the main pathophysiologic culprit in NAFLD, two classes of insulin sensitizers have been studied:

Biguanides act mainly by increasing hepatic insulin sensitivity and reversing insulin resistance induced by tumor necrosis factor alpha.

Glitazones improve insulin sensitivity in both diabetic and euglycemic patients by activating the nuclear transcription factor called peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) gamma.

Both biguanides and glitazones have been found to lower liver enzyme levels, decrease insulin resistance, and improve histopathologic findings. However, the effects of glitazones do not persist after the drugs are stopped, and these drugs and are also associated with an average weight gain of 3 to 6 kg.28,29

Although these data are encouraging, they are preliminary, and more evidence is needed to establish the safety and efficacy of these drugs in treating patients with NASH.

Antioxidants

Antioxidants such as vitamin E, n-acetyl-l-cysteine, s-adenosylmethionine (SAMe), and betaine have been investigated in the treatment of NAFLD.

Vitamin E has been most widely studied. Being fat-soluble, vitamin E can stabilize mitochondrial function and is theorized to inhibit lipid peroxidation and subsequent free radical reactions. Smaller, nonrandomized trials have found that vitamin E improves biochemical markers of liver inflammation. However, in one of the largest randomized controlled trials (with 45 patients), patients taking vitamin E showed improvement in their fibrosis scores but no differences in their necroinflammatory activity or alanine aminotransferase levels.30 Most studies of antioxidants show at least mild improvement in biochemical or histologic signs of NAFLD.31

SAMe and betaine are important antioxidants. However, most studies of SAMe and betaine have been small and inconclusive.

Two large phase III clinical trials are under way at the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. They should clarify the role of these agents in the treatment of NASH. The PIVENS (Pioglitazone vs Vitamin E vs Placebo for the Treatment of Non-Diabetic Patients With Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis) study has completed enrollment of 240 patients, but the final data are not available. The second study, TONIC (Treatment of Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease in Children) will be one of the largest studies of NAFLD in children; it will be looking at vitamin E, metformin, or placebo over a 2-year follow-up. The TONIC study is still under way, so the final data are not yet available.

Ursodeoxycholic acid, another cytoprotective agent, has traditionally been used for primary biliary cirrhosis, but the data are conflicting on its efficacy in NAFLD. Of note, some bile acids are hepatotoxic and facilitate apoptosis via a Fas ligand-mediated pathway. On the other hand, ursodeoxycholic acid is a hydrophilic bile acid that may act to displace the hepatotoxic hydrophobic endogenous bile acids and potentially has an antiapoptotic and cytoprotective effect in NAFLD. Although liver enzyme levels declined in a few of the studies of ursodeoxycholic acid in patients with NAFLD, a large randomized clinical trial (in 166 patients) did not show any significant difference from placebo in liver enzyme levels or liver histologic findings.32

Lipid-lowering drugs

Lipid-lowering drugs target the high levels of triglycerides and low levels of high-density lipoprotein cholesterol that often occur in insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome associated with NAFLD. A few small studies found that aminotransferase levels fell with both statins and gemfibrozil (Lopid).33 Even if liver enzyme levels are abnormal, most experts believe that statins are relatively safe to use in patients with NAFLD who need cholesterol-lowering agents. Nevertheless, clinical monitoring of these patients for potential hepatic toxicity is recommended.

Other medications

Other medications, such as pentoxifylline (Pentoxil, Trental), probiotics, and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, have been used in small studies of patients with NASH, with encouraging but inconclusive results.

Although a number of pilot studies of agents for treating NAFLD have been proposed, they are small and open-label. With the tremendous recent gains in clinical investigation, functional genomics, and proteomics, it is expected that our understanding of NASH and its treatment will be broadened.

In summary, despite the relatively large number of agents tested for the treatment of NAFLD, most of the data are preliminary. Thus, in 2008, there is no established, evidence-based treatment for patients with NASH.

References
  1. Ludwig J, Viggiano TR, McGill DB, Ott BJ. Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis: Mayo Clinic experiences with a hitherto unnamed disease. Mayo Clin Proc. 1980; 55:434438.
  2. Neuschwander-Tetri BA, Caldwell SH. Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis: summary of an AASLD single topic conference. Hepatology. 2003; 37:12021209.
  3. Machado M, Marques-Vidal P, Cortez-Pinto H. Hepatic histology in obese patients undergoing bariatric surgery. J Hepatol. 2006; 45:600606.
  4. Shneider BL, Gonzalez-Peralta R, Roberts EA. Controversies in the management of pediatric liver disease: hepatitis B, C, and NAFLD: summary of a single topic conference. Hepatology. 2006; 44:13441354.
  5. Arun J, Clements RH, Lazenby AJ, Leeth RR, Abrams GA. The prevalence of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis is greater in morbidly obese men compared to women. Obes Surg. 2006; 16:13511358.
  6. Weston SR, Leyden W, Murphy R, et al. Racial and ethnic distribution of nonalcoholic fatty liver in persons with newly diagnosed chronic liver disease. Hepatology. 2005; 41:372379.
  7. Omagari K, Kadokawa Y, Masuda JI, et al. Fatty liver in non-alcoholic non-overweight Japanese adults: incidence and clinical characteristics. J Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2002; 17:10981105.
  8. Ford ES, Giles WH, Dietz WH. Prevalence of the metabolic syndrome among US adults. JAMA. 2002; 287:356359.
  9. Ramesh S, Sanyal AJ. Evaluation and management of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis. J Hepatol 2005; 42:S2S12.
  10. Clark JM, Brancati FL, Diehl AM. The prevalence and etiology of elevated aminotransferase levels in the United States. Am J Gastroenterol. 2003; 98:960967.
  11. Angulo P, Keach JC, Batts KP, Lindor KD. Independent predictors of liver fibrosis in patients with nonalcoholic steatohepatitis. Hepatology. 1999; 30:13561362.
  12. Angulo P. Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. N Engl J Med. 2002; 346:12211231.
  13. Marchesini G, Brizi M, Morselli-Labate AM, et al. Association of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease with insulin resistance. Am J Med. 1999; 107:450455.
  14. Saadeh S, Younossi ZM, Remer EM, et al. The utility of radiological imaging in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Gastroenterology 2002; 123:745750.
  15. Skelly MM, James PD, Ryder SD. Findings on liver biopsy to investigate abnormal liver function tests in the absence of diagnostic serology. J Hepatol. 2001; 35:195199.
  16. Collantes R, Ong JP, Younossi ZM. Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and the epidemic of obesity. Cleve Clin J Med. 2004; 71:657664.
  17. Utzschneider KM, Kahn SE. Review: the role of insulin resistance in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006; 91:47534761.
  18. Hui JM, Hodge A, Farrell GC, Kench JG, Kriketos A, George J. Beyond insulin resistance in NASH: TNF-alpha or adiponectin? Hepatology 2004; 40:4654.
  19. Edmison J, McCullough AJ. Pathogenesis of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis: human data. Clin Liver Dis. 2007; 11:75104.
  20. Teli MR, James OFW, Burt AD, Bennett MK, Day CP. The natural history of nonalcoholic fatty liver: a follow-up study. Hepatology. 1995; 22:17141719.
  21. Harrison SA, Torgerson S, Hayashi PH. The natural history of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: a clinical histopathological study. Am J Gastroenterol. 2003; 98:20422047.
  22. Ekstedt M, Franzen LE, Mathiesen UL, et al. Long-term follow-up of patients with NAFLD and elevated liver enzymes. Hepatology. 2006; 44:865873.
  23. Marrero JA, Fontana RJ, Su GL, Conjeevaram HS, Emick DM, Lok AS. NAFLD may be a common underlying liver disease in patients with hepatocellular carcinoma in the United States. Hepatology. 2003; 36:13491354.
  24. Dixon JB, Bhathal PS, O’Brien PE. Weight loss and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: falls in gamma-glutamyl transferase concentrations are associated with histologic improvement. Obes Surg. 2006; 16:12781286.
  25. Hickman IJ, Jonsson JR, Prins JB, et al. Modest weight loss and physical activity in overweight patients with chronic liver disease results in sustained improvements in alanine aminotransferase, fasting insulin, and quality of life. Gut 2004: 53:413419.
  26. Zelber-Sagi S, Kessler A, Brazowsky E, et al. A double-blind randomized placebo-controlled trial of orlistat for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2006; 4:639644.
  27. Solgas S, Alkhuraishe AR, Clark JM, et al. Dietary composition and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Dig Dis Sci. 2004; 49:15781583.
  28. Bugianesi E, Gentilcore E, Manini R, et al. A randomized controlled trial of metformin versus vitamin E or prescriptive diet in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Am J Gastroenterol. 2005; 100:10821090.
  29. Neuschwander-Tetri BA, Brunt EM, Wehmeier KR, Oliver D, Bacon BR. Improved nonalcoholic steatohepatitis after 48 weeks of treatment with the PPAR-gamma ligand rosiglitazone. Hepatology. 2003; 38:10081017.
  30. Harrison SA, Torgerson S, Hayashi P, Ward J, Schenker S. Vitamin E and vitamin C treatment improves fibrosis in patients with nonalcoholic steatohepatitis. Am J Gastroenterol. 2003; 98:24852490.
  31. Chang CY, Argo CK, Al-Osaimi AMS, Caldwell SH. Therapy of NAFLD, antioxidants and cytoprotective agents. J Clin Gastroenterol 2006; 40:S51S60.
  32. Lindor KD, Kowdley KV, Heathcote EJ, et al. Ursodeoxycholic acid for treatment of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis: results of a randomized trial. Hepatology. 2004; 39:770778.
  33. Adams LA, Angulo P. Treatment of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. Postgrad Med J. 2006; 82:315322.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Chin Hee Kim, MD
Center for Liver Diseases–Inova Fairfax Hospital, Falls Church, VA

Zobair M. Younossi, MD, MPH
Center for Liver Diseases–Inova Fairfax Hospital, Falls Church, VA; Executive Director of Research, Inova Health System; Professor of Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Inova Campus

Address: Zobair M. Younossi, MD, MPH., Center for Liver Diseases, Inova Fairfax Hospital, 3300 Gallows Road, Falls Church, VA 22042; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Younossi has disclosed that he has received honoraria from Chronic Liver Disease Communications, Clinical Care Options, and Medscape for CME presentations.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
721-728
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Chin Hee Kim, MD
Center for Liver Diseases–Inova Fairfax Hospital, Falls Church, VA

Zobair M. Younossi, MD, MPH
Center for Liver Diseases–Inova Fairfax Hospital, Falls Church, VA; Executive Director of Research, Inova Health System; Professor of Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Inova Campus

Address: Zobair M. Younossi, MD, MPH., Center for Liver Diseases, Inova Fairfax Hospital, 3300 Gallows Road, Falls Church, VA 22042; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Younossi has disclosed that he has received honoraria from Chronic Liver Disease Communications, Clinical Care Options, and Medscape for CME presentations.

Author and Disclosure Information

Chin Hee Kim, MD
Center for Liver Diseases–Inova Fairfax Hospital, Falls Church, VA

Zobair M. Younossi, MD, MPH
Center for Liver Diseases–Inova Fairfax Hospital, Falls Church, VA; Executive Director of Research, Inova Health System; Professor of Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Inova Campus

Address: Zobair M. Younossi, MD, MPH., Center for Liver Diseases, Inova Fairfax Hospital, 3300 Gallows Road, Falls Church, VA 22042; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Younossi has disclosed that he has received honoraria from Chronic Liver Disease Communications, Clinical Care Options, and Medscape for CME presentations.

Article PDF
Article PDF

As the nation gets heavier, our livers will get fattier. The prevalence of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) has been rising in tandem with the rise in obesity ever since the term nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH, a subtype of NAFLD) was coined by Ludwig in 1980.1 Yet, despite an explosion of research on NAFLD and gains in understanding its epidemiology and pathogenesis, a number of issues remain unresolved, including how to treat it.

NAFLD IS A SPECTRUM

NAFLD is a spectrum. The mildest form is simple fatty liver, or simple steatosis. Next is NASH, or fatty liver with inflammation and evidence of damage to hepatocytes (liver cells). Still more severe is cirrhosis, and in its most extreme form NAFLD can progress to hepatocellular carcinoma or liver failure. The distinction between simple steatosis and NASH is important because their prognoses and management are different.

NAFLD IS COMMON AND LINKED TO OBESITY

NAFLD is the most common cause of elevated liver enzymes and also one of the most common forms of liver disease in the world. It is now estimated to affect about 20% to 30% of people in the United States and other Western countries. In contrast, the prevalence of chronic hepatitis C virus infection is estimated at 3% of the world’s population. In comparison to the prevalence of NAFLD, the prevalence of NASH is much lower: 2% to 3% in the United States.2 The incidence of NAFLD is expected to rise further with the increase in obesity in the United States.

NAFLD is even more common in people who are morbidly obese, ie, who have a body mass index greater than 40 kg/m2. In a series of studies of morbidly obese patients undergoing bariatric surgery (N = 1,620), the prevalence of hepatic steatosis was 91% (range 85%–98%), and the prevalence of NASH was 37% (range 24%–98%). NASH was not predicted by age or body mass index, but it was more common in men, people with diabetes, and people with insulin resistance.3

Obesity is also increasing in prevalence in children. Since liver biopsies were not done in most pediatric studies, the pediatric prevalence data are based on elevated aminotransferase levels and on ultrasonographic findings of echogenic livers. The overall prevalence of NAFLD in children is estimated at 3% to 10%, but it may be much higher in obese children.4

Arun et al5 found that the prevalence of NASH in morbidly obese men was almost twice as high as in morbidly obese women (60.3% vs 30.9%). In contrast, earlier studies suggested that NAFLD was more prevalent in women. This higher incidence of NASH may also reflect the higher incidence of metabolic syndrome in morbidly obese men (91.4% vs 76.2%).

Less common in African Americans

In the United States, African Americans have consistently been found to have the lowest prevalence of NAFLD. In a California population study of 159 newly diagnosed NAFLD cases, non-Hispanic whites accounted for 45%, followed by Hispanics (28%), Asians (18%), and African Americans (3%). After controlling for the ethnic composition of the entire cohort, Hispanics had the highest rate of NAFLD and African Americans the lowest.6 In Eastern countries such as Japan, the prevalence of NAFLD is estimated to be about 9.3%. Interestingly, about half of the people with NAFLD in Japan were not overweight.7

The difference in prevalence of NAFLD in different ethnic groups may be explained by their different rates of metabolic syndrome (21.6% in African Americans vs 23.8% in whites vs 31.9% in Mexican Americans8) as well as other genetic and environmental factors.

NAFLD IS USUALLY CLINICALLY SILENT

NAFLD is usually clinically silent, and its impact has most likely been underestimated. Symptoms, if present, are minimal and non-specific, such as fatigue and right upper quadrant discomfort. Most findings on physical examination are also normal. Most patients seek care because of an incidental finding of elevated aminotransferase levels or radiographic studies suggesting the liver is fatty.9

The estimated prevalence of aminotransferase elevations in the general population from the third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey data is 7.9%,10 with about two-thirds of cases unexplained. Of the unexplained cases, most are strongly associated with metabolic syndrome and probably represent underlying NAFLD.10

Yet aminotransferase levels are typically normal or elevated by less than five times the upper limit of normal (usually < 250 IU/L).9 In contrast to those with alcoholic hepatitis, most patients with NAFLD have a ratio of aspartate aminotransferase to alanine aminotransferase of less than 1. As the disease progresses, the aspartate aminotransferase level increases more than the alanine aminotransferase level, so if the ratio is more than 1, more advanced liver disease may be suspected.11

Levels of other liver enzymes such as alkaline phosphatase and of acute-phase reactants such as ferritin may also be elevated. Ferritin is believed to reflect hepatic injury, inflammation, or insulin resistance.

 

 

A DIAGNOSIS OF EXCLUSION

NAFLD remains a diagnosis of exclusion of other liver diseases (Table 1, Figure 1).

Excessive alcohol consumption must especially be excluded. Most studies defined excessive alcohol consumption as more than 20 to 40 g/day.2 Recently, this threshold has been lowered to 20 g/day (roughly two drinks) in men and 10 g/day in women.

Figure 1.
A history and physical examination should be performed next to exclude potentially reversible and treatable causes of fatty liver disease (“secondary NAFLD”).12

Insulin resistance should be estimated, given the close relationship between NAFLD and insulin resistance and the metabolic syndrome. Insulin resistance can be measured accurately in a number of ways. The Homeostasis Model Assessment is an easy method that provides an estimate of insulin resistance based on fasting serum glucose and serum insulin levels.13

Serologic tests can rule out hepatitis B and hepatitis C. In those with negative results, especially in those with components of the metabolic syndrome or insulin resistance, NAFLD is responsible for most cases of persistently elevated serum liver enzymes.

Imaging tests

Radiographic evaluation is another noninvasive way to diagnose fatty liver. The sensitivity of either ultrasonography or computed tomography for detecting hepatic steatosis is between 93% and 100% when there is more than 33% fat in the hepatic parenchyma.14 None of the radiographic methods, including magnetic resonance imaging, can accurately differentiate between nonprogressive simple steatosis and NASH, but the technology is advancing. Contrast ultrasonography and magnetic resonance spectroscopy have shown promise and may become useful in the future.

Other noninvasive tests

Ultrasonographic elastrography (FibroScan), a noninvasive way to measure liver stiffness, has also been used in patients with hepatitis C. Although the preliminary data in NAFLD are interesting, additional validation is needed.

Serum biomarkers, including markers of fibrosis (eg, FibroSURE), apoptosis, and adipocytokines have been used to diagnose NASH. The markers of apoptosis are especially interesting but need further validation.

Liver biopsy remains the gold standard

Because we lack a fully validated noninvasive biomarker of NASH, liver biopsy remains the gold standard for diagnosing it. The minimum histologic criteria for establishing the diagnosis of NASH have been debated; most pathologists require at least 5% hepatic steatosis, mixed lobular inflammation, and hepatocellular ballooning.

In a study of 354 liver biopsies of patients with negative results on serologic tests, NASH was found in 34% and fatty liver in 32%. In the same study, the findings on liver biopsy led to alterations in patient management in 18% of cases.15

Some clinicians doubt the value of liver biopsy in patients with suspected NASH, in view of possible sampling error in the biopsy specimens (the distribution can be patchy, and if the specimen is taken from an unaffected area, the results can be falsely negative) and because there is no established effective therapy for NAFLD. However, liver biopsy is the only test that can accurately establish the diagnosis of NASH and tell us the stage of liver disease, which has important prognostic implications. Most experts agree that liver biopsy should be considered for patients at risk of advanced liver disease, such as those with persistently elevated liver enzyme levels despite intervention to reverse conditions associated with metabolic syndrome.16

PATHOGENESIS: THE MULTIPLE-HIT HYPOTHESIS

NAFLD is closely linked to obesity, insulin resistance, and metabolic syndrome.13 Insulin allows free fatty esterification and triglyceride fat storage in adipose tissues. When insulin resistance develops, free fatty acids are inappropriately shifted to nonadipose tissues, including the liver. Insulin resistance increases free fatty acid flux to the liver by decreased inhibition of lipolysis and also increased de novo lipogenesis.17

Insulin resistance and visceral obesity also result in decreased levels of a “protective adipokine,” adiponectin. Adiponectin inhibits liver gluconeogenesis and suppresses lipogenesis. Thus, decreased adiponectin hinders fatty acid oxidation and increases fat accumulation in the liver. Other adipocytokines that are important in NAFLD are resistin, leptin, visfatin, tumor necrosis factor alpha, and interleukin 6.

Apoptosis and oxidative stress may also contribute to the development and progression of NASH. In this context, the “multiple-hit hypothesis” for the pathogenesis of NASH has become quite popular.18 An in-depth review of the pathogenesis of NAFLD is beyond the scope of this paper; readers are referred to a recently published review on this subject.19

STEATOSIS IS BENIGN, BUT NASH CAN PROGRESS

Simple steatosis by itself generally has a benign prognosis. In a 1995 cohort study with a median follow-up of 11 years, there was no progression of simple steatosis to NASH or cirrhosis,20 and recent reviews estimate that only a small portion of patients with simple steatosis develop steatohepatitis. The validity of these data is still being debated.

On the other hand, once patients have progressed to NASH, histologic progression has been noted in about 32% to 41% of patients over a median follow-up of 4.3 to 13.7 years.21,22 This would mean that approximately 9% of patients with NASH may develop cirrhosis.21

People with cirrhosis due to NAFLD are at risk of developing liver-related morbidity and of death. In one of the longest follow-up cohort studies (mean follow-up of 13.7 years), end-stage liver disease developed in 5.4%, and hepatocellular carcinoma developed in about 2%. About 20% of the patients died, with more than 70% of the deaths in patients who had NASH at baseline. The survival rate was lower in patients with NASH, whereas no difference in survival was seen in the group with simple steatosis.22

A number of studies have assessed independent predictors of advanced fibrosis. Most studies suggest that elevated liver enzymes, metabolic syndrome, or type 2 diabetes is associated with advanced liver disease. Although noninvasive biomarkers of fibrosis have been developed for hepatitis C, to date, a fully validated, noninvasive biomarker of fibrosis for NAFLD does not exist.

As noted, the spectrum of NAFLD also includes hepatocellular carcinoma, and in a series of 105 patients with hepatocellular carcinoma, hepatitis C virus accounted for 51% and cryptogenic liver disease accounted for another 29%. Since cases of cryptogenic cirrhosis in the United States are considered to be “burned out NASH,” approximately 13% of patients with hepatocellular carcinoma may have had underlying NAFLD as the cause of their liver disease.23 These data suggest that, similar to other cirrhotic patients, NAFLD patients with cirrhosis should be screened for hepatocellular carcinoma.

 

 

NO CONSENSUS ON TREATMENT

Although many treatments have been used for NASH, there is no consensus (Table 2). The typical strategy is to target each component of the metabolic syndrome, including diabetes and hyperlipidemia, usually starting with weight loss and exercise.

Weight loss

Modest weight loss—less than 2 pounds (1 kg) per week—is associated with a decrease in the incidence of metabolic syndrome and can also improve the histologic features of NASH in more than 80% of cases.24 Loss of as little as 4% to 5% of body weight is also associated with lowering of aminotransferase and fasting insulin levels.25

The mechanism of benefit is via loss of adipose tissue, which decreases insulin resistance. Weight loss by any means, including bariatric surgery for morbid obesity or use of weight-reducing agents, has been correlated with improvement in liver enzyme levels, liver histologic findings, or both.24,26

However, the traditional low-calorie, low-fat diet may not be optimal for NAFLD patients. In one study,27 patients consuming more than 54% of their calories from carbohydrates compared with those consuming less than 35% had an odds ratio of 6.5 for hepatic inflammation. This finding is not surprising in light of prior research in which high carbohydrate intake increased hepatic de novo lipogenesis. On the other hand, there was no association between total caloric or protein intake and hepatic steatosis or fibrosis. Contrary to traditional beliefs, patients with higher fat intake had less inflammation, steatosis, and fibrosis.

Insulin sensitizers

Given that insulin resistance seems to be the main pathophysiologic culprit in NAFLD, two classes of insulin sensitizers have been studied:

Biguanides act mainly by increasing hepatic insulin sensitivity and reversing insulin resistance induced by tumor necrosis factor alpha.

Glitazones improve insulin sensitivity in both diabetic and euglycemic patients by activating the nuclear transcription factor called peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) gamma.

Both biguanides and glitazones have been found to lower liver enzyme levels, decrease insulin resistance, and improve histopathologic findings. However, the effects of glitazones do not persist after the drugs are stopped, and these drugs and are also associated with an average weight gain of 3 to 6 kg.28,29

Although these data are encouraging, they are preliminary, and more evidence is needed to establish the safety and efficacy of these drugs in treating patients with NASH.

Antioxidants

Antioxidants such as vitamin E, n-acetyl-l-cysteine, s-adenosylmethionine (SAMe), and betaine have been investigated in the treatment of NAFLD.

Vitamin E has been most widely studied. Being fat-soluble, vitamin E can stabilize mitochondrial function and is theorized to inhibit lipid peroxidation and subsequent free radical reactions. Smaller, nonrandomized trials have found that vitamin E improves biochemical markers of liver inflammation. However, in one of the largest randomized controlled trials (with 45 patients), patients taking vitamin E showed improvement in their fibrosis scores but no differences in their necroinflammatory activity or alanine aminotransferase levels.30 Most studies of antioxidants show at least mild improvement in biochemical or histologic signs of NAFLD.31

SAMe and betaine are important antioxidants. However, most studies of SAMe and betaine have been small and inconclusive.

Two large phase III clinical trials are under way at the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. They should clarify the role of these agents in the treatment of NASH. The PIVENS (Pioglitazone vs Vitamin E vs Placebo for the Treatment of Non-Diabetic Patients With Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis) study has completed enrollment of 240 patients, but the final data are not available. The second study, TONIC (Treatment of Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease in Children) will be one of the largest studies of NAFLD in children; it will be looking at vitamin E, metformin, or placebo over a 2-year follow-up. The TONIC study is still under way, so the final data are not yet available.

Ursodeoxycholic acid, another cytoprotective agent, has traditionally been used for primary biliary cirrhosis, but the data are conflicting on its efficacy in NAFLD. Of note, some bile acids are hepatotoxic and facilitate apoptosis via a Fas ligand-mediated pathway. On the other hand, ursodeoxycholic acid is a hydrophilic bile acid that may act to displace the hepatotoxic hydrophobic endogenous bile acids and potentially has an antiapoptotic and cytoprotective effect in NAFLD. Although liver enzyme levels declined in a few of the studies of ursodeoxycholic acid in patients with NAFLD, a large randomized clinical trial (in 166 patients) did not show any significant difference from placebo in liver enzyme levels or liver histologic findings.32

Lipid-lowering drugs

Lipid-lowering drugs target the high levels of triglycerides and low levels of high-density lipoprotein cholesterol that often occur in insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome associated with NAFLD. A few small studies found that aminotransferase levels fell with both statins and gemfibrozil (Lopid).33 Even if liver enzyme levels are abnormal, most experts believe that statins are relatively safe to use in patients with NAFLD who need cholesterol-lowering agents. Nevertheless, clinical monitoring of these patients for potential hepatic toxicity is recommended.

Other medications

Other medications, such as pentoxifylline (Pentoxil, Trental), probiotics, and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, have been used in small studies of patients with NASH, with encouraging but inconclusive results.

Although a number of pilot studies of agents for treating NAFLD have been proposed, they are small and open-label. With the tremendous recent gains in clinical investigation, functional genomics, and proteomics, it is expected that our understanding of NASH and its treatment will be broadened.

In summary, despite the relatively large number of agents tested for the treatment of NAFLD, most of the data are preliminary. Thus, in 2008, there is no established, evidence-based treatment for patients with NASH.

As the nation gets heavier, our livers will get fattier. The prevalence of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) has been rising in tandem with the rise in obesity ever since the term nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH, a subtype of NAFLD) was coined by Ludwig in 1980.1 Yet, despite an explosion of research on NAFLD and gains in understanding its epidemiology and pathogenesis, a number of issues remain unresolved, including how to treat it.

NAFLD IS A SPECTRUM

NAFLD is a spectrum. The mildest form is simple fatty liver, or simple steatosis. Next is NASH, or fatty liver with inflammation and evidence of damage to hepatocytes (liver cells). Still more severe is cirrhosis, and in its most extreme form NAFLD can progress to hepatocellular carcinoma or liver failure. The distinction between simple steatosis and NASH is important because their prognoses and management are different.

NAFLD IS COMMON AND LINKED TO OBESITY

NAFLD is the most common cause of elevated liver enzymes and also one of the most common forms of liver disease in the world. It is now estimated to affect about 20% to 30% of people in the United States and other Western countries. In contrast, the prevalence of chronic hepatitis C virus infection is estimated at 3% of the world’s population. In comparison to the prevalence of NAFLD, the prevalence of NASH is much lower: 2% to 3% in the United States.2 The incidence of NAFLD is expected to rise further with the increase in obesity in the United States.

NAFLD is even more common in people who are morbidly obese, ie, who have a body mass index greater than 40 kg/m2. In a series of studies of morbidly obese patients undergoing bariatric surgery (N = 1,620), the prevalence of hepatic steatosis was 91% (range 85%–98%), and the prevalence of NASH was 37% (range 24%–98%). NASH was not predicted by age or body mass index, but it was more common in men, people with diabetes, and people with insulin resistance.3

Obesity is also increasing in prevalence in children. Since liver biopsies were not done in most pediatric studies, the pediatric prevalence data are based on elevated aminotransferase levels and on ultrasonographic findings of echogenic livers. The overall prevalence of NAFLD in children is estimated at 3% to 10%, but it may be much higher in obese children.4

Arun et al5 found that the prevalence of NASH in morbidly obese men was almost twice as high as in morbidly obese women (60.3% vs 30.9%). In contrast, earlier studies suggested that NAFLD was more prevalent in women. This higher incidence of NASH may also reflect the higher incidence of metabolic syndrome in morbidly obese men (91.4% vs 76.2%).

Less common in African Americans

In the United States, African Americans have consistently been found to have the lowest prevalence of NAFLD. In a California population study of 159 newly diagnosed NAFLD cases, non-Hispanic whites accounted for 45%, followed by Hispanics (28%), Asians (18%), and African Americans (3%). After controlling for the ethnic composition of the entire cohort, Hispanics had the highest rate of NAFLD and African Americans the lowest.6 In Eastern countries such as Japan, the prevalence of NAFLD is estimated to be about 9.3%. Interestingly, about half of the people with NAFLD in Japan were not overweight.7

The difference in prevalence of NAFLD in different ethnic groups may be explained by their different rates of metabolic syndrome (21.6% in African Americans vs 23.8% in whites vs 31.9% in Mexican Americans8) as well as other genetic and environmental factors.

NAFLD IS USUALLY CLINICALLY SILENT

NAFLD is usually clinically silent, and its impact has most likely been underestimated. Symptoms, if present, are minimal and non-specific, such as fatigue and right upper quadrant discomfort. Most findings on physical examination are also normal. Most patients seek care because of an incidental finding of elevated aminotransferase levels or radiographic studies suggesting the liver is fatty.9

The estimated prevalence of aminotransferase elevations in the general population from the third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey data is 7.9%,10 with about two-thirds of cases unexplained. Of the unexplained cases, most are strongly associated with metabolic syndrome and probably represent underlying NAFLD.10

Yet aminotransferase levels are typically normal or elevated by less than five times the upper limit of normal (usually < 250 IU/L).9 In contrast to those with alcoholic hepatitis, most patients with NAFLD have a ratio of aspartate aminotransferase to alanine aminotransferase of less than 1. As the disease progresses, the aspartate aminotransferase level increases more than the alanine aminotransferase level, so if the ratio is more than 1, more advanced liver disease may be suspected.11

Levels of other liver enzymes such as alkaline phosphatase and of acute-phase reactants such as ferritin may also be elevated. Ferritin is believed to reflect hepatic injury, inflammation, or insulin resistance.

 

 

A DIAGNOSIS OF EXCLUSION

NAFLD remains a diagnosis of exclusion of other liver diseases (Table 1, Figure 1).

Excessive alcohol consumption must especially be excluded. Most studies defined excessive alcohol consumption as more than 20 to 40 g/day.2 Recently, this threshold has been lowered to 20 g/day (roughly two drinks) in men and 10 g/day in women.

Figure 1.
A history and physical examination should be performed next to exclude potentially reversible and treatable causes of fatty liver disease (“secondary NAFLD”).12

Insulin resistance should be estimated, given the close relationship between NAFLD and insulin resistance and the metabolic syndrome. Insulin resistance can be measured accurately in a number of ways. The Homeostasis Model Assessment is an easy method that provides an estimate of insulin resistance based on fasting serum glucose and serum insulin levels.13

Serologic tests can rule out hepatitis B and hepatitis C. In those with negative results, especially in those with components of the metabolic syndrome or insulin resistance, NAFLD is responsible for most cases of persistently elevated serum liver enzymes.

Imaging tests

Radiographic evaluation is another noninvasive way to diagnose fatty liver. The sensitivity of either ultrasonography or computed tomography for detecting hepatic steatosis is between 93% and 100% when there is more than 33% fat in the hepatic parenchyma.14 None of the radiographic methods, including magnetic resonance imaging, can accurately differentiate between nonprogressive simple steatosis and NASH, but the technology is advancing. Contrast ultrasonography and magnetic resonance spectroscopy have shown promise and may become useful in the future.

Other noninvasive tests

Ultrasonographic elastrography (FibroScan), a noninvasive way to measure liver stiffness, has also been used in patients with hepatitis C. Although the preliminary data in NAFLD are interesting, additional validation is needed.

Serum biomarkers, including markers of fibrosis (eg, FibroSURE), apoptosis, and adipocytokines have been used to diagnose NASH. The markers of apoptosis are especially interesting but need further validation.

Liver biopsy remains the gold standard

Because we lack a fully validated noninvasive biomarker of NASH, liver biopsy remains the gold standard for diagnosing it. The minimum histologic criteria for establishing the diagnosis of NASH have been debated; most pathologists require at least 5% hepatic steatosis, mixed lobular inflammation, and hepatocellular ballooning.

In a study of 354 liver biopsies of patients with negative results on serologic tests, NASH was found in 34% and fatty liver in 32%. In the same study, the findings on liver biopsy led to alterations in patient management in 18% of cases.15

Some clinicians doubt the value of liver biopsy in patients with suspected NASH, in view of possible sampling error in the biopsy specimens (the distribution can be patchy, and if the specimen is taken from an unaffected area, the results can be falsely negative) and because there is no established effective therapy for NAFLD. However, liver biopsy is the only test that can accurately establish the diagnosis of NASH and tell us the stage of liver disease, which has important prognostic implications. Most experts agree that liver biopsy should be considered for patients at risk of advanced liver disease, such as those with persistently elevated liver enzyme levels despite intervention to reverse conditions associated with metabolic syndrome.16

PATHOGENESIS: THE MULTIPLE-HIT HYPOTHESIS

NAFLD is closely linked to obesity, insulin resistance, and metabolic syndrome.13 Insulin allows free fatty esterification and triglyceride fat storage in adipose tissues. When insulin resistance develops, free fatty acids are inappropriately shifted to nonadipose tissues, including the liver. Insulin resistance increases free fatty acid flux to the liver by decreased inhibition of lipolysis and also increased de novo lipogenesis.17

Insulin resistance and visceral obesity also result in decreased levels of a “protective adipokine,” adiponectin. Adiponectin inhibits liver gluconeogenesis and suppresses lipogenesis. Thus, decreased adiponectin hinders fatty acid oxidation and increases fat accumulation in the liver. Other adipocytokines that are important in NAFLD are resistin, leptin, visfatin, tumor necrosis factor alpha, and interleukin 6.

Apoptosis and oxidative stress may also contribute to the development and progression of NASH. In this context, the “multiple-hit hypothesis” for the pathogenesis of NASH has become quite popular.18 An in-depth review of the pathogenesis of NAFLD is beyond the scope of this paper; readers are referred to a recently published review on this subject.19

STEATOSIS IS BENIGN, BUT NASH CAN PROGRESS

Simple steatosis by itself generally has a benign prognosis. In a 1995 cohort study with a median follow-up of 11 years, there was no progression of simple steatosis to NASH or cirrhosis,20 and recent reviews estimate that only a small portion of patients with simple steatosis develop steatohepatitis. The validity of these data is still being debated.

On the other hand, once patients have progressed to NASH, histologic progression has been noted in about 32% to 41% of patients over a median follow-up of 4.3 to 13.7 years.21,22 This would mean that approximately 9% of patients with NASH may develop cirrhosis.21

People with cirrhosis due to NAFLD are at risk of developing liver-related morbidity and of death. In one of the longest follow-up cohort studies (mean follow-up of 13.7 years), end-stage liver disease developed in 5.4%, and hepatocellular carcinoma developed in about 2%. About 20% of the patients died, with more than 70% of the deaths in patients who had NASH at baseline. The survival rate was lower in patients with NASH, whereas no difference in survival was seen in the group with simple steatosis.22

A number of studies have assessed independent predictors of advanced fibrosis. Most studies suggest that elevated liver enzymes, metabolic syndrome, or type 2 diabetes is associated with advanced liver disease. Although noninvasive biomarkers of fibrosis have been developed for hepatitis C, to date, a fully validated, noninvasive biomarker of fibrosis for NAFLD does not exist.

As noted, the spectrum of NAFLD also includes hepatocellular carcinoma, and in a series of 105 patients with hepatocellular carcinoma, hepatitis C virus accounted for 51% and cryptogenic liver disease accounted for another 29%. Since cases of cryptogenic cirrhosis in the United States are considered to be “burned out NASH,” approximately 13% of patients with hepatocellular carcinoma may have had underlying NAFLD as the cause of their liver disease.23 These data suggest that, similar to other cirrhotic patients, NAFLD patients with cirrhosis should be screened for hepatocellular carcinoma.

 

 

NO CONSENSUS ON TREATMENT

Although many treatments have been used for NASH, there is no consensus (Table 2). The typical strategy is to target each component of the metabolic syndrome, including diabetes and hyperlipidemia, usually starting with weight loss and exercise.

Weight loss

Modest weight loss—less than 2 pounds (1 kg) per week—is associated with a decrease in the incidence of metabolic syndrome and can also improve the histologic features of NASH in more than 80% of cases.24 Loss of as little as 4% to 5% of body weight is also associated with lowering of aminotransferase and fasting insulin levels.25

The mechanism of benefit is via loss of adipose tissue, which decreases insulin resistance. Weight loss by any means, including bariatric surgery for morbid obesity or use of weight-reducing agents, has been correlated with improvement in liver enzyme levels, liver histologic findings, or both.24,26

However, the traditional low-calorie, low-fat diet may not be optimal for NAFLD patients. In one study,27 patients consuming more than 54% of their calories from carbohydrates compared with those consuming less than 35% had an odds ratio of 6.5 for hepatic inflammation. This finding is not surprising in light of prior research in which high carbohydrate intake increased hepatic de novo lipogenesis. On the other hand, there was no association between total caloric or protein intake and hepatic steatosis or fibrosis. Contrary to traditional beliefs, patients with higher fat intake had less inflammation, steatosis, and fibrosis.

Insulin sensitizers

Given that insulin resistance seems to be the main pathophysiologic culprit in NAFLD, two classes of insulin sensitizers have been studied:

Biguanides act mainly by increasing hepatic insulin sensitivity and reversing insulin resistance induced by tumor necrosis factor alpha.

Glitazones improve insulin sensitivity in both diabetic and euglycemic patients by activating the nuclear transcription factor called peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) gamma.

Both biguanides and glitazones have been found to lower liver enzyme levels, decrease insulin resistance, and improve histopathologic findings. However, the effects of glitazones do not persist after the drugs are stopped, and these drugs and are also associated with an average weight gain of 3 to 6 kg.28,29

Although these data are encouraging, they are preliminary, and more evidence is needed to establish the safety and efficacy of these drugs in treating patients with NASH.

Antioxidants

Antioxidants such as vitamin E, n-acetyl-l-cysteine, s-adenosylmethionine (SAMe), and betaine have been investigated in the treatment of NAFLD.

Vitamin E has been most widely studied. Being fat-soluble, vitamin E can stabilize mitochondrial function and is theorized to inhibit lipid peroxidation and subsequent free radical reactions. Smaller, nonrandomized trials have found that vitamin E improves biochemical markers of liver inflammation. However, in one of the largest randomized controlled trials (with 45 patients), patients taking vitamin E showed improvement in their fibrosis scores but no differences in their necroinflammatory activity or alanine aminotransferase levels.30 Most studies of antioxidants show at least mild improvement in biochemical or histologic signs of NAFLD.31

SAMe and betaine are important antioxidants. However, most studies of SAMe and betaine have been small and inconclusive.

Two large phase III clinical trials are under way at the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. They should clarify the role of these agents in the treatment of NASH. The PIVENS (Pioglitazone vs Vitamin E vs Placebo for the Treatment of Non-Diabetic Patients With Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis) study has completed enrollment of 240 patients, but the final data are not available. The second study, TONIC (Treatment of Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease in Children) will be one of the largest studies of NAFLD in children; it will be looking at vitamin E, metformin, or placebo over a 2-year follow-up. The TONIC study is still under way, so the final data are not yet available.

Ursodeoxycholic acid, another cytoprotective agent, has traditionally been used for primary biliary cirrhosis, but the data are conflicting on its efficacy in NAFLD. Of note, some bile acids are hepatotoxic and facilitate apoptosis via a Fas ligand-mediated pathway. On the other hand, ursodeoxycholic acid is a hydrophilic bile acid that may act to displace the hepatotoxic hydrophobic endogenous bile acids and potentially has an antiapoptotic and cytoprotective effect in NAFLD. Although liver enzyme levels declined in a few of the studies of ursodeoxycholic acid in patients with NAFLD, a large randomized clinical trial (in 166 patients) did not show any significant difference from placebo in liver enzyme levels or liver histologic findings.32

Lipid-lowering drugs

Lipid-lowering drugs target the high levels of triglycerides and low levels of high-density lipoprotein cholesterol that often occur in insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome associated with NAFLD. A few small studies found that aminotransferase levels fell with both statins and gemfibrozil (Lopid).33 Even if liver enzyme levels are abnormal, most experts believe that statins are relatively safe to use in patients with NAFLD who need cholesterol-lowering agents. Nevertheless, clinical monitoring of these patients for potential hepatic toxicity is recommended.

Other medications

Other medications, such as pentoxifylline (Pentoxil, Trental), probiotics, and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, have been used in small studies of patients with NASH, with encouraging but inconclusive results.

Although a number of pilot studies of agents for treating NAFLD have been proposed, they are small and open-label. With the tremendous recent gains in clinical investigation, functional genomics, and proteomics, it is expected that our understanding of NASH and its treatment will be broadened.

In summary, despite the relatively large number of agents tested for the treatment of NAFLD, most of the data are preliminary. Thus, in 2008, there is no established, evidence-based treatment for patients with NASH.

References
  1. Ludwig J, Viggiano TR, McGill DB, Ott BJ. Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis: Mayo Clinic experiences with a hitherto unnamed disease. Mayo Clin Proc. 1980; 55:434438.
  2. Neuschwander-Tetri BA, Caldwell SH. Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis: summary of an AASLD single topic conference. Hepatology. 2003; 37:12021209.
  3. Machado M, Marques-Vidal P, Cortez-Pinto H. Hepatic histology in obese patients undergoing bariatric surgery. J Hepatol. 2006; 45:600606.
  4. Shneider BL, Gonzalez-Peralta R, Roberts EA. Controversies in the management of pediatric liver disease: hepatitis B, C, and NAFLD: summary of a single topic conference. Hepatology. 2006; 44:13441354.
  5. Arun J, Clements RH, Lazenby AJ, Leeth RR, Abrams GA. The prevalence of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis is greater in morbidly obese men compared to women. Obes Surg. 2006; 16:13511358.
  6. Weston SR, Leyden W, Murphy R, et al. Racial and ethnic distribution of nonalcoholic fatty liver in persons with newly diagnosed chronic liver disease. Hepatology. 2005; 41:372379.
  7. Omagari K, Kadokawa Y, Masuda JI, et al. Fatty liver in non-alcoholic non-overweight Japanese adults: incidence and clinical characteristics. J Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2002; 17:10981105.
  8. Ford ES, Giles WH, Dietz WH. Prevalence of the metabolic syndrome among US adults. JAMA. 2002; 287:356359.
  9. Ramesh S, Sanyal AJ. Evaluation and management of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis. J Hepatol 2005; 42:S2S12.
  10. Clark JM, Brancati FL, Diehl AM. The prevalence and etiology of elevated aminotransferase levels in the United States. Am J Gastroenterol. 2003; 98:960967.
  11. Angulo P, Keach JC, Batts KP, Lindor KD. Independent predictors of liver fibrosis in patients with nonalcoholic steatohepatitis. Hepatology. 1999; 30:13561362.
  12. Angulo P. Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. N Engl J Med. 2002; 346:12211231.
  13. Marchesini G, Brizi M, Morselli-Labate AM, et al. Association of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease with insulin resistance. Am J Med. 1999; 107:450455.
  14. Saadeh S, Younossi ZM, Remer EM, et al. The utility of radiological imaging in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Gastroenterology 2002; 123:745750.
  15. Skelly MM, James PD, Ryder SD. Findings on liver biopsy to investigate abnormal liver function tests in the absence of diagnostic serology. J Hepatol. 2001; 35:195199.
  16. Collantes R, Ong JP, Younossi ZM. Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and the epidemic of obesity. Cleve Clin J Med. 2004; 71:657664.
  17. Utzschneider KM, Kahn SE. Review: the role of insulin resistance in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006; 91:47534761.
  18. Hui JM, Hodge A, Farrell GC, Kench JG, Kriketos A, George J. Beyond insulin resistance in NASH: TNF-alpha or adiponectin? Hepatology 2004; 40:4654.
  19. Edmison J, McCullough AJ. Pathogenesis of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis: human data. Clin Liver Dis. 2007; 11:75104.
  20. Teli MR, James OFW, Burt AD, Bennett MK, Day CP. The natural history of nonalcoholic fatty liver: a follow-up study. Hepatology. 1995; 22:17141719.
  21. Harrison SA, Torgerson S, Hayashi PH. The natural history of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: a clinical histopathological study. Am J Gastroenterol. 2003; 98:20422047.
  22. Ekstedt M, Franzen LE, Mathiesen UL, et al. Long-term follow-up of patients with NAFLD and elevated liver enzymes. Hepatology. 2006; 44:865873.
  23. Marrero JA, Fontana RJ, Su GL, Conjeevaram HS, Emick DM, Lok AS. NAFLD may be a common underlying liver disease in patients with hepatocellular carcinoma in the United States. Hepatology. 2003; 36:13491354.
  24. Dixon JB, Bhathal PS, O’Brien PE. Weight loss and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: falls in gamma-glutamyl transferase concentrations are associated with histologic improvement. Obes Surg. 2006; 16:12781286.
  25. Hickman IJ, Jonsson JR, Prins JB, et al. Modest weight loss and physical activity in overweight patients with chronic liver disease results in sustained improvements in alanine aminotransferase, fasting insulin, and quality of life. Gut 2004: 53:413419.
  26. Zelber-Sagi S, Kessler A, Brazowsky E, et al. A double-blind randomized placebo-controlled trial of orlistat for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2006; 4:639644.
  27. Solgas S, Alkhuraishe AR, Clark JM, et al. Dietary composition and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Dig Dis Sci. 2004; 49:15781583.
  28. Bugianesi E, Gentilcore E, Manini R, et al. A randomized controlled trial of metformin versus vitamin E or prescriptive diet in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Am J Gastroenterol. 2005; 100:10821090.
  29. Neuschwander-Tetri BA, Brunt EM, Wehmeier KR, Oliver D, Bacon BR. Improved nonalcoholic steatohepatitis after 48 weeks of treatment with the PPAR-gamma ligand rosiglitazone. Hepatology. 2003; 38:10081017.
  30. Harrison SA, Torgerson S, Hayashi P, Ward J, Schenker S. Vitamin E and vitamin C treatment improves fibrosis in patients with nonalcoholic steatohepatitis. Am J Gastroenterol. 2003; 98:24852490.
  31. Chang CY, Argo CK, Al-Osaimi AMS, Caldwell SH. Therapy of NAFLD, antioxidants and cytoprotective agents. J Clin Gastroenterol 2006; 40:S51S60.
  32. Lindor KD, Kowdley KV, Heathcote EJ, et al. Ursodeoxycholic acid for treatment of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis: results of a randomized trial. Hepatology. 2004; 39:770778.
  33. Adams LA, Angulo P. Treatment of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. Postgrad Med J. 2006; 82:315322.
References
  1. Ludwig J, Viggiano TR, McGill DB, Ott BJ. Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis: Mayo Clinic experiences with a hitherto unnamed disease. Mayo Clin Proc. 1980; 55:434438.
  2. Neuschwander-Tetri BA, Caldwell SH. Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis: summary of an AASLD single topic conference. Hepatology. 2003; 37:12021209.
  3. Machado M, Marques-Vidal P, Cortez-Pinto H. Hepatic histology in obese patients undergoing bariatric surgery. J Hepatol. 2006; 45:600606.
  4. Shneider BL, Gonzalez-Peralta R, Roberts EA. Controversies in the management of pediatric liver disease: hepatitis B, C, and NAFLD: summary of a single topic conference. Hepatology. 2006; 44:13441354.
  5. Arun J, Clements RH, Lazenby AJ, Leeth RR, Abrams GA. The prevalence of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis is greater in morbidly obese men compared to women. Obes Surg. 2006; 16:13511358.
  6. Weston SR, Leyden W, Murphy R, et al. Racial and ethnic distribution of nonalcoholic fatty liver in persons with newly diagnosed chronic liver disease. Hepatology. 2005; 41:372379.
  7. Omagari K, Kadokawa Y, Masuda JI, et al. Fatty liver in non-alcoholic non-overweight Japanese adults: incidence and clinical characteristics. J Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2002; 17:10981105.
  8. Ford ES, Giles WH, Dietz WH. Prevalence of the metabolic syndrome among US adults. JAMA. 2002; 287:356359.
  9. Ramesh S, Sanyal AJ. Evaluation and management of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis. J Hepatol 2005; 42:S2S12.
  10. Clark JM, Brancati FL, Diehl AM. The prevalence and etiology of elevated aminotransferase levels in the United States. Am J Gastroenterol. 2003; 98:960967.
  11. Angulo P, Keach JC, Batts KP, Lindor KD. Independent predictors of liver fibrosis in patients with nonalcoholic steatohepatitis. Hepatology. 1999; 30:13561362.
  12. Angulo P. Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. N Engl J Med. 2002; 346:12211231.
  13. Marchesini G, Brizi M, Morselli-Labate AM, et al. Association of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease with insulin resistance. Am J Med. 1999; 107:450455.
  14. Saadeh S, Younossi ZM, Remer EM, et al. The utility of radiological imaging in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Gastroenterology 2002; 123:745750.
  15. Skelly MM, James PD, Ryder SD. Findings on liver biopsy to investigate abnormal liver function tests in the absence of diagnostic serology. J Hepatol. 2001; 35:195199.
  16. Collantes R, Ong JP, Younossi ZM. Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and the epidemic of obesity. Cleve Clin J Med. 2004; 71:657664.
  17. Utzschneider KM, Kahn SE. Review: the role of insulin resistance in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006; 91:47534761.
  18. Hui JM, Hodge A, Farrell GC, Kench JG, Kriketos A, George J. Beyond insulin resistance in NASH: TNF-alpha or adiponectin? Hepatology 2004; 40:4654.
  19. Edmison J, McCullough AJ. Pathogenesis of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis: human data. Clin Liver Dis. 2007; 11:75104.
  20. Teli MR, James OFW, Burt AD, Bennett MK, Day CP. The natural history of nonalcoholic fatty liver: a follow-up study. Hepatology. 1995; 22:17141719.
  21. Harrison SA, Torgerson S, Hayashi PH. The natural history of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: a clinical histopathological study. Am J Gastroenterol. 2003; 98:20422047.
  22. Ekstedt M, Franzen LE, Mathiesen UL, et al. Long-term follow-up of patients with NAFLD and elevated liver enzymes. Hepatology. 2006; 44:865873.
  23. Marrero JA, Fontana RJ, Su GL, Conjeevaram HS, Emick DM, Lok AS. NAFLD may be a common underlying liver disease in patients with hepatocellular carcinoma in the United States. Hepatology. 2003; 36:13491354.
  24. Dixon JB, Bhathal PS, O’Brien PE. Weight loss and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: falls in gamma-glutamyl transferase concentrations are associated with histologic improvement. Obes Surg. 2006; 16:12781286.
  25. Hickman IJ, Jonsson JR, Prins JB, et al. Modest weight loss and physical activity in overweight patients with chronic liver disease results in sustained improvements in alanine aminotransferase, fasting insulin, and quality of life. Gut 2004: 53:413419.
  26. Zelber-Sagi S, Kessler A, Brazowsky E, et al. A double-blind randomized placebo-controlled trial of orlistat for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2006; 4:639644.
  27. Solgas S, Alkhuraishe AR, Clark JM, et al. Dietary composition and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Dig Dis Sci. 2004; 49:15781583.
  28. Bugianesi E, Gentilcore E, Manini R, et al. A randomized controlled trial of metformin versus vitamin E or prescriptive diet in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. Am J Gastroenterol. 2005; 100:10821090.
  29. Neuschwander-Tetri BA, Brunt EM, Wehmeier KR, Oliver D, Bacon BR. Improved nonalcoholic steatohepatitis after 48 weeks of treatment with the PPAR-gamma ligand rosiglitazone. Hepatology. 2003; 38:10081017.
  30. Harrison SA, Torgerson S, Hayashi P, Ward J, Schenker S. Vitamin E and vitamin C treatment improves fibrosis in patients with nonalcoholic steatohepatitis. Am J Gastroenterol. 2003; 98:24852490.
  31. Chang CY, Argo CK, Al-Osaimi AMS, Caldwell SH. Therapy of NAFLD, antioxidants and cytoprotective agents. J Clin Gastroenterol 2006; 40:S51S60.
  32. Lindor KD, Kowdley KV, Heathcote EJ, et al. Ursodeoxycholic acid for treatment of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis: results of a randomized trial. Hepatology. 2004; 39:770778.
  33. Adams LA, Angulo P. Treatment of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. Postgrad Med J. 2006; 82:315322.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Page Number
721-728
Page Number
721-728
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: A manifestation of the metabolic syndrome
Display Headline
Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: A manifestation of the metabolic syndrome
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • The clinical spectrum of NAFLD ranges from simple steatosis to nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, cirrhosis, and hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • NAFLD is closely associated with metabolic syndrome, insulin resistance, and obesity.
  • Weight loss and treating components of the metabolic syndrome are central to the treatment of NAFLD. Insulin sensitizers such as biguanides and glitazones, antioxidants such as vitamin E, and lipid-lowering agents have shown promise in small clinical trials, but the evidence remains preliminary.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Which patients benefit from carotid stenting? What recent trials show

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 04/27/2018 - 10:10
Display Headline
Which patients benefit from carotid stenting? What recent trials show

Whether carotid stenting has any advantage over carotid surgery (endarterectomy)—and for which patients—is still a topic of study and debate.

Treatment of carotid atherosclerosis and stenosis is important in preventing stroke and its comorbidities. Today, three main treatments exist: medical management (lipid-lowering, antihypertensive, and antiplatelet therapy), surgery, and, more recently, carotid angioplasty and stenting. The rationale for these treatments is to decrease the risk of cerebral infarction by stabilizing or removing plaque and improving blood flow.

Surgery has proven beneficial in patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis greater than 50% or asymptomatic stenosis greater than 60%, but it is risky in some patients. Stenting has evolved in part from the success of surgery and the need for alternative treatments for patients who are at unacceptable risk of perioperative complications. However, it does not have a clear advantage over surgery in patients at average risk. Further, its use in patients with asymptomatic stenosis of any severity is still controversial.

In this paper we review the major trials of carotid endarterectomy and stenting and summarize what we know today about who should undergo these therapies.

NOT ALL STROKES ARE DUE TO CAROTID ATHEROSCLEROSIS

Depending on the institution’s referral pattern and population served, between 80% and 90% of strokes are ischemic (the rest being hemorrhagic).1 Atherosclerosis of large arteries (typically defined as more than 50% stenosis of a major brain artery or branch cortical artery2) is just one cause of ischemic stroke, but it is an important one. Other identifiable causes of ischemic stroke include cardioembolism and small-artery occlusion (lacunar stroke), and some cases are idiopathic.

Large-artery atherosclerotic disease can damage the brain gradually, with carotid stenosis resulting in hypoperfusion and subsequent cerebral infarction. More commonly, however, the carotid plaque often seen in large-artery atherosclerotic disease can ulcerate and occlude the vessel acutely or generate platelet aggregates that may embolize, resulting in cerebral infarction or transient ischemic attack.

In the Lausanne Stroke Registry,3 the rate of ischemic stroke in patients with a greater than 50% large-artery stenosis ranged from 27% in 1979 to 17% in 2003, the decline likely being due to therapeutic advances.

SURGERY BEATS MEDICAL THERAPY FOR CAROTID ATHEROSCLEROSIS

Four landmark trials provided substantial evidence that carotid endarterectomy is better than medical management in patients with symptomatic or asymptomatic high-grade stenosis. These trials indirectly paved the way for carotid stenting.

The North American Symptomatic Carotid Endarterectomy Trial (NASCET)

Patients at 50 clinical centers who had had a hemispheric or retinal transient ischemic attack or a nondisabling stroke were randomized to undergo surgery (carotid endarterectomy) or no surgery. All patients received maximal medical management consisting of blood pressure control, lipid management if indicated, and antiplatelet therapy with aspirin. At baseline, 37% of patients were taking 650 mg or more of aspirin per day, and 11% were taking less than 325 mg per day. The patients were stratified into two prespecified groups on the basis of the severity of carotid stenosis: those with narrowing of 30% to 69% and those with narrowing of 70% to 99%.

Results in high-grade stenosis. In August 1991, the investigators published their results in patients with symptomatic high-grade (70%–99%) stenosis.4 Surgical treatment was more beneficial than medical management alone: the cumulative risk of any ipsilateral stroke at 2 years was 26% in the medical group and 9% in the surgical group, an absolute risk reduction of 17%. The benefit of endarterectomy was still apparent at 8 years of follow-up.5

Results in moderate stenosis. In 1998, the investigators published their results in patients with symptomatic moderate (< 70%) stenosis.5 Surgery was more beneficial than medical therapy in this subgroup as well: at 5 years, the rate of any ipsilateral stroke in patients with 50% to 69% stenosis was 15.7% in those treated surgically and 22.2% in those treated medically (P = .045). In patients with less than 50% stenosis, the 5-year stroke rate was not significantly lower with endarterectomy than with medical therapy.

The European Carotid Surgery Trial (ECST)

The ECST,6 published in 1998, corroborated the NASCET findings. This multicenter, randomized, controlled trial enrolled 3,024 patients with symptoms of at least one transient ischemic attack in the distribution of one or both carotid arteries.

Results. In patients with stenosis of greater than 80% (60% by the NASCET criteria for calculating angiographic stenosis), the frequency of major stroke or death at 3 years was 26.5% in the control group and 14.9% in the surgery group, an absolute difference of 11.6%.

The Endarterectomy for Asymptomatic Carotid Artery Stenosis (ACAS) trial

The NASCET and ECST studies made it clear that select groups of patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis benefit from carotid endarterectomy. But what about patients with stenosis but no prior stroke?

The ACAS trial aimed to find out.7 In this pivotal study, 1,662 patients with asymptomatic carotid artery stenosis greater than 60% were randomized to receive either medical therapy alone or medical plus surgical therapy.

Results were published in 2004. After a median follow-up of 2.7 years, the aggregate 5-year risk of ipsilateral stroke, any perioperative stroke, or death was estimated to be 5.1% in the surgical group and 11.0% in the medical group, a relative risk reduction of 53%. However, for surgery to be beneficial, the rate of perioperative death and other serious complications had to be less than 3%, and the expected patient survival had to be at least 5 years.

Of note, the benefit of carotid endarterectomy in this study was predominantly in men, with less of a benefit for women and diabetic patients. Furthermore, even though endarterectomy was beneficial in this asymptomatic cohort, the overall benefit in terms of stroke risk reduction was small compared with that in NASCET and ECST, in which patients had symptomatic disease.

The Asymptomatic Carotid Surgery Trial (ACST)

In this European version of ACAS, published in 2004, 3,120 patients with asymptomatic carotid narrowing on ultrasonography were randomized to undergo surgery or medical therapy.

Results. The risk of stroke or death within 30 days of carotid endarterectomy was 3.1%. In patients younger than 75 years who had carotid narrowing of 70% or more, immediate surgery decreased the net 5-year stroke risk from 12% to 6%.8

 

 

WHO SHOULD NOT UNDERGO CAROTID ENDARTERECTOMY?

From these studies, we can conclude that patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis of 50% or greater and patients with asymptomatic stenosis of 60% or greater benefit from carotid endarterectomy, but only if the perioperative rate of death and other serious complications is less than 3%.7

What are the risk factors for complications during this surgery? In 2006, Cremonesi et al,9 in a consensus paper, defined patients as being at high risk if they had any of the following:

  • Contralateral laryngeal nerve palsy
  • Radiation therapy to the neck
  • Previous carotid endarterectomy with recurrent stenosis
  • Lesions high in the cervical internal carotid artery or below the clavicle in the common carotid artery
  • Severe tandem lesions
  • Age greater than 80 years
  • Severe pulmonary disease
  • Congestive heart failure (New York Heart
  • Association class 3 or 4) or known severe left ventricular dysfunction
  • Open heart surgery needed within 6 weeks
  • Myocardial infarction within the past 4 weeks
  • Unstable angina
  • Contralateral carotid occlusion.

Could endovascular treatment be the answer for these patients at high risk who should not undergo carotid endarterectomy? Indeed, the procedure is being studied extensively and performed more frequently. We summarize the major studies below.

STUDIES OF CAROTID STENTING VS ENDARTERECTOMY

The Carotid and Vertebral Artery Transluminal Angioplasty Study (CAVATAS)

This study, published in 2001,10 was the first randomized, multicenter trial to compare the risks and benefits of endovascular treatment (angioplasty with or without stenting) of carotid and vertebral artery stenosis with those of conventional surgery.

To be included, patients had to have carotid artery stenosis (symptomatic or asymptomatic) that was suitable for either carotid endarterectomy or endovascular treatment. Patients were not grouped on the basis of the severity of their stenosis, but the mean stenosis in randomized patients was 86%.

A total of 504 patients were enrolled, of whom 251 were randomized to undergo endovascular treatment. Most patients in this group underwent angioplasty alone, but 26% also received stents because of suboptimal vessel dilatation or at the discretion of the intervening physician.

The primary end point was any disabling stroke or death. Secondary end points were any ipsilateral stroke lasting longer than 7 days and the combination of death or disabling ipsilateral stroke.

The results showed no significant difference between endovascular treatment and surgery in any of these end points at 3 years. However, the overall rates of procedural stroke and death were nearly double those seen in NASCET and ECST. The investigators could not determine the reason for this higher risk, but they hypothesized that CAVATAS included patients at higher risk.

The restenosis rate was higher in the endovascular therapy group (14%) than in the surgery group (4%; P < .001). On the other hand, the surgery group had a higher rate of minor complications, including cranial nerve palsies and neck hematomas.

Carotid Revascularization With Endarterectomy or Stenting Systems (CARESS)

This prospective, multicenter, phase 2 trial, published in 2003, compared the outcomes of standard carotid endarterectomy vs carotid artery stenting using distal embolic protection devices.11 All the patients in this study had at least 50% symptomatic stenosis or 75% asymptomatic stenosis.

Results. At 30 days, 7 (2.4%) of 254 patients in the endarterectomy group had had strokes, and one of the 7 patients with stroke died, so the combined rate of stroke or death (the primary end point) was 2.4%. In the stenting group, 3 (2.1%) of 143 patients had strokes and no patients died. Overall, there was no significant difference in the composite of death, stroke, or myocardial infarction (the secondary end point): 3% for carotid endarterectomy and 2% for stenting patients.

The Stenting and Angioplasty With Protection in Patients at High Risk for Endarterectomy (SAPPHIRE) trial

In this trial,12 published in 2004, patients had to have either symptomatic carotid disease with 50% stenosis or greater or asymptomatic stenosis of 80% or greater, determined by ultrasonography. Further, all patients had to have at least one comorbid condition that increased their perioperative risk. Up until this point, no trial had strictly defined patients at increased risk for complications after carotid endarterectomy and assessed subsequent outcomes. The risk factors included severe cardiac or pulmonary disease, age greater than 80, postendarterectomy carotid stenosis, previous neck surgery, previous neck radiation, contralateral recurrent laryngeal nerve palsy, and contralateral carotid occlusion.

Patients were randomized to undergo carotid artery stenting with distal protection or carotid endarterectomy.

The primary end points of this study were the cumulative incidence of major cardiovascular events at 1 year; death, stroke, or myocardial infarction within 30 days of intervention; and ipsilateral stroke between 31 days and 1 year. Secondary outcomes measured were the rates of target-vessel recanalization at 1 year, cranial nerve palsy, and surgical site complications.

Results. The rate of stroke or death was similar in both groups. The stenting group had fewer adverse cardiac events (mainly non-Q-wave myocardial infarction) than the surgery group. At 1 year the rate of major ipsilateral stroke was 3.3% in the endarterectomy group vs 0% in the stenting group (the difference was not significant), and the cardiovascular event rates continued to be higher in the endarterectomy group.

The investigators noted that myocardial infarction was included as a primary end point because patients with atherosclerotic vascular disease who undergo either stenting or endarterectomy are at a substantial risk of myocardial infarction, and a Q-wave or a non-Q-wave myocardial infarction in the perioperative period increases the risk of future complications and death. A perioperative non-Q-wave infarction increases the risk of death by a factor of 6 and increases the risk of myocardial infarction by a factor of 27 in the subsequent 6 months.

Overall, this study presents evidence that stenting, using distal embolic protection devices, is not inferior to endarterectomy and has fewer cardiovascular complications in patients who have at least one risk factor.

 

 

The Endarterectomy Versus Stenting in Patients With Symptomatic Severe Carotid Stenosis (EVA-3S) study

This recent multicenter, randomized study13 was designed to determine if stenting is as good as (not inferior to) carotid endarterectomy in patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis of at least 60%. The primary end point was to be the incidence of stroke or death within 30 days after treatment. However, the trial was stopped early after the inclusion of 527 patients for reasons of safety and futility.

Results. The 30-day incidence of any stroke or death was higher in the stenting group (9.6% vs 3.9%). The relative risk of any stroke or death after stenting as compared with endarterectomy was 2.5. The 30-day incidence of disabling stroke or death was also higher in the stenting group (3.4% vs 1.5%; relative risk 2.2). At 6 months, the incidence of any stroke or death was 6.1% after endarterectomy and 11.7% after stenting (P = .02). There was a trend toward more major local complications after stenting and systemic complications after endarterectomy. Cranial-nerve injury was more common after endarterectomy than after stenting (as expected). Overall, death and stroke rates were lower at 1 month and 6 months with endarterectomy than with stenting.

The Stent-Protected Angioplasty Versus Carotid Endarterectomy (SPACE) trial

This randomized, multicenter study,14 published in 2006, was also designed to compare the safety and efficacy of carotid stenting and endarterectomy. Some 1,200 patients with symptomatic carotid artery stenosis confirmed by ultrasonography were randomly assigned within 180 days of a transient ischemic attack or moderate stroke to undergo carotid artery stenting (n = 605) or carotid endarterectomy (n = 595). The primary end point was ipsilateral ischemic stroke or death 30 days after the procedure. A total of 1,183 patients were included in the analysis.

Results. The rate of the primary end point was 6.84% with stenting and 6.34% with endarterectomy. The study failed to prove the noninferiority of carotid artery stenting compared with carotid endarterectomy for the periprocedural complication rate. Results at 6 to 24 months are awaited.

The Carotid Revascularization Endarterectomy Versus Stenting (CREST) trial

Perhaps the most anxiously awaited results are those of the CREST trial,15 funded by the National Institutes of Health. This is a prospective, randomized, parallel, two-arm, multicenter clinical trial with blinded end point evaluation. Anticipated enrollment will include 2,500 patients. Patients are eligible for enrollment if they have symptoms of carotid stenosis within 180 days of a stroke or transient ischemic attack with ipsilateral carotid stenosis of at least 50% by angiography (70% by ultrasonography), or if they have asymptomatic carotid stenosis of at least 60% by angiography (70% by ultrasonography).

Patients are being randomized to undergo either carotid artery stenting or carotid endarterectomy. All receive aspirin as anti-platelet therapy, treatment for hypertension, and management of other stroke risk factors. Follow-up will last 4 years, with clinic visits at 1, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, and 48 months. Primary outcome measures will be rates of death, stroke, or myocardial infarction at 30 days postoperatively, and ipsilateral stroke at 30 days postoperatively.

As of February 2007, 1,506 patients had been enrolled and 1,453 had been randomized at 94 sites in North America.

MEDICAID AND MEDICARE NOW PAY FOR THESE THERAPIES

An important practical consideration for patients and physicians is whether Medicaid and Medicare will pay for these therapies.

In July 2001, Medicare began to cover percutaneous transluminal angioplasty of the carotid artery with concurrent stent placement, when furnished in accordance with US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) protocols governing Category B (nonexperimental) investigational device exemption clinical trials.16 Angioplasty of the carotid artery, when provided solely for the purpose of carotid artery dilation concurrent with carotid stent placement, is considered to be a reasonable and necessary service when provided in the context of clinical trials.

In March 2005, Medicare began to provide coverage for percutaneous transluminal angioplasty of the carotid artery concurrent with the placement of an FDA-approved carotid stent with embolic protection for the following groups of patients:

  • Those who would be at high risk during carotid endarterectomy and who also have symptomatic carotid artery stenosis of 70% or greater. Coverage is limited to procedures performed using FDA-approved carotid artery stenting systems and embolic protection devices.
  • Those who would be at high risk during endarterectomy and who have symptomatic carotid artery stenosis of 50% to 70%, in accordance with the Category B Investigational Device Exemption clinical trials regulation, as a routine cost under the clinical trials policy, or in accordance with the national coverage determination on carotid artery stenting post-approval.
  • Those who would be at high risk during carotid endarterectomy and have asymptomatic carotid artery stenosis greater than 80%, in accordance with the Category B Investigational Device Exemption clinical trials regulation, as a routine cost under the clinical trials policy, or in accordance with the national coverage determination on carotid artery stenting postapproval studies.

As noted above, Medicare and Medicaid will only cover carotid stenting if the stent system is FDA-approved, with concomitant use of a distal embolic protection device. However, in view of conflicting data from stenting trials to date, including EVA-3S13 and SPACE,14 it remains to be seen if emboli protection devices significantly reduce periprocedural stroke rates. The FDA recommends that if it is not technically possible to use one of these devices, then the procedure should be aborted due to safety issues.

These coverage decisions are an important practical aspect of carotid stenting and they should be familiar to physicians when they see and refer patients with carotid disease.

 

 

WHAT CAN WE SAY AT THIS POINT?

Given the multiple recent and ongoing trials of stenting vs endarterectomy in carotid stenosis, debate continues as to what the role of stenting will be in the future. What can we say at this point?

In patients with asymptomatic carotid stenosis of greater than 60% or symptomatic carotid stenosis of greater than 50%, carotid endarterectomy has been proven to be superior to medical therapy alone.

The efficacy and safety of carotid stenting compared with carotid endarterectomy is still uncertain. In the trials reviewed above, carotid stenting did not appear to have a clear advantage over endarterectomy in patients at average surgical risk. Stenting may be most advantageous when used in patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis who would be at high operative risk, as indicated by the SAPPHIRE trial.

In patients with severe but asymptomatic carotid stenosis who are at high operative risk, the addition of carotid angioplasty and stenting to maximum medical therapy remains controversial. The periprocedural complication rate in these patients may actually exceed the rate of stroke in asymptomatic patients with greater than 60% stenosis who do not undergo stenting or surgery. In addition, subgroup analyses of patients with 70% to 99% symptomatic stenosis in various trials show that surgical benefit is greater in men than in women, and it remains to be seen whether there is any benefit in women with moderate stenoses, asymptomatic lesions, or both.17

Further experience and study are needed, and the results of the Carotid Stenting vs Surgery of Severe Carotid Artery Disease and Stroke Prevention in Asymptomatic Patients (ACT I) study (comparing stenting and surgery in asymptomatic carotid stenosis), and the ongoing CREST trial (comparing stenting and surgery in symptomatic and asymptomatic carotid stenosis) are eagerly awaited. Until then, clinicians should continue to weigh individual patient risks and benefits when referring patients for surgical treatment of carotid athero-sclerotic disease. Regardless of whether surgery is undertaken, maximal medical therapy with the use of antiplatelet agents, blood pressure control, and statin therapy remains the mainstay of treatment.

References
  1. Incidence and Prevalence 2006 Chart Book on Cardiovascular and Lung Diseases Bethesda, MD: National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; 2006.
  2. Adams HP, Bendixen BH, Kappelle LJ, et al. Classification of subtype of acute ischemic stroke. Definitions for use in a multicenter clinical trial. TOAST. Trial of Org 10172 in Acute Stroke Treatment. Stroke. 1993; 24:3541.
  3. Carrera E, Maeder-Ingvar M, Rossetti AO, Devuyst G, Bogousslavsky JLausanne Stroke Registry. Trends in risk factors, patterns and causes in hospitalized strokes over 25 years: The Lausanne Stroke Registry. Cerebrovasc Dis. 2007; 24:97103.
  4. North American Symptomatic Carotid Endarterectomy Trial Collaborators. Beneficial effect of carotid endarterectomy in symptomatic patients with high-grade carotid stenosis. N Engl J Med. 1991; 325:445453.
  5. Barnett HJ, Taylor DW, Eliasziw M, et al. Benefit of carotid endarterectomy in patients with symptomatic moderate or severe stenosis. North America Symptomatic Carotid Endarterectomy Trial Collaborators. N Engl J Med. 1998; 339:14151425.
  6. European Carotid Surgery Trialists’ Collaborative Group. Randomized trial of endarterectomy for recently symptomatic carotid stenosis: final results of the MRC European Carotid Surgery Trial (ECST). Lancet. 1998; 351:13791387.
  7. Halliday A, Mansfield A, Marro J, et al., MRC Asymptomatic Carotid Surgery Collaborative Group. Prevention of disabling and fatal strokes by successful carotid endarterectomy in patients without recent neurological symptoms: randomized controlled trial. Lancet. 2004; 363:14911502.
  8. Executive Committee for the Asymptomatic Carotid Atherosclerosis Study. Endarterectomy for asymptomatic carotid artery stenosis. JAMA. 1995; 273:14211428.
  9. Cremonesi A, Setacci C, Bignamini A, et al. Carotid artery stenting: first consensus document of the ICCS-SPREAD Joint Committee. Stroke. 2006; 37:24002409.
  10. CAVATAS Investigators. Endovascular versus surgical treatment in patients with carotid stenosis in the Carotid and Vertebral Artery Transluminal Angioplasty Study (CA-VATAS): a randomized trial. Lancet. 2001; 357:17291737.
  11. CARESS Steering Committee. Carotid revascularization using endarterectomy or stenting systems (CARESS): phase I clinical trial: J Endovasc Ther 2003; 10:10211030.
  12. Yadav JS, Wholey MD, Kuntz RE, et al; Stenting and Angioplasty with Protection in Patients at High Risk for Endarterectomy Investigators. Protected carotidartery stenting versus endarterectomy in high-risk patients, N Engl J Med 2004; 351:14931501.
  13. Mas JL, Chatellier G, Beyssen B, et al., EVA-3S Investigators. Endarterectomy versus stenting in patients with symptomatic severe carotid stenosis. N Engl J Med. 2006; 355:16601671.
  14. Ringleb PA, Allenberg J, Bruckmann H, et al., SPACE Collaborative Group. 30 day results from the SPACE trial of stent-protected angioplasty versus carotid endarterectomy in symptomatic patients: a randomised non-inferiority trial. Lancet. 2006; 368:12391247.
  15. CREST. Carotid Revascularization Endarterectomy vs Stent Trial. The Internet Stroke Center. www.strokecenter.org/trials/trialDetail.aspx?tid=80&search_string=crest.
  16. Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Expansion of coverage for percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (PTA). www.cms.hhs.gov/ContractorLearningResources/downloads/JA3811.pdf.
  17. Rothwell PM, Goldstein LB. Carotid endarterectomy for asymptomatic carotid stenosis: asymptomatic carotid surgery trial. Stroke. 2004; 35:24252427.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Mark Bain, MD
Cerebrovascular Center, Neuroscience Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Asma M. Moheet, MD
Cerebrovascular Center, Neuroscience Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Peter Rasmussen, MD
Cerebrovascular Center, Neuroscience Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Peter Rasmussen, MD, Cerebrovascular Center, S80, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
714-720
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Mark Bain, MD
Cerebrovascular Center, Neuroscience Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Asma M. Moheet, MD
Cerebrovascular Center, Neuroscience Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Peter Rasmussen, MD
Cerebrovascular Center, Neuroscience Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Peter Rasmussen, MD, Cerebrovascular Center, S80, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Mark Bain, MD
Cerebrovascular Center, Neuroscience Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Asma M. Moheet, MD
Cerebrovascular Center, Neuroscience Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Peter Rasmussen, MD
Cerebrovascular Center, Neuroscience Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Peter Rasmussen, MD, Cerebrovascular Center, S80, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

Whether carotid stenting has any advantage over carotid surgery (endarterectomy)—and for which patients—is still a topic of study and debate.

Treatment of carotid atherosclerosis and stenosis is important in preventing stroke and its comorbidities. Today, three main treatments exist: medical management (lipid-lowering, antihypertensive, and antiplatelet therapy), surgery, and, more recently, carotid angioplasty and stenting. The rationale for these treatments is to decrease the risk of cerebral infarction by stabilizing or removing plaque and improving blood flow.

Surgery has proven beneficial in patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis greater than 50% or asymptomatic stenosis greater than 60%, but it is risky in some patients. Stenting has evolved in part from the success of surgery and the need for alternative treatments for patients who are at unacceptable risk of perioperative complications. However, it does not have a clear advantage over surgery in patients at average risk. Further, its use in patients with asymptomatic stenosis of any severity is still controversial.

In this paper we review the major trials of carotid endarterectomy and stenting and summarize what we know today about who should undergo these therapies.

NOT ALL STROKES ARE DUE TO CAROTID ATHEROSCLEROSIS

Depending on the institution’s referral pattern and population served, between 80% and 90% of strokes are ischemic (the rest being hemorrhagic).1 Atherosclerosis of large arteries (typically defined as more than 50% stenosis of a major brain artery or branch cortical artery2) is just one cause of ischemic stroke, but it is an important one. Other identifiable causes of ischemic stroke include cardioembolism and small-artery occlusion (lacunar stroke), and some cases are idiopathic.

Large-artery atherosclerotic disease can damage the brain gradually, with carotid stenosis resulting in hypoperfusion and subsequent cerebral infarction. More commonly, however, the carotid plaque often seen in large-artery atherosclerotic disease can ulcerate and occlude the vessel acutely or generate platelet aggregates that may embolize, resulting in cerebral infarction or transient ischemic attack.

In the Lausanne Stroke Registry,3 the rate of ischemic stroke in patients with a greater than 50% large-artery stenosis ranged from 27% in 1979 to 17% in 2003, the decline likely being due to therapeutic advances.

SURGERY BEATS MEDICAL THERAPY FOR CAROTID ATHEROSCLEROSIS

Four landmark trials provided substantial evidence that carotid endarterectomy is better than medical management in patients with symptomatic or asymptomatic high-grade stenosis. These trials indirectly paved the way for carotid stenting.

The North American Symptomatic Carotid Endarterectomy Trial (NASCET)

Patients at 50 clinical centers who had had a hemispheric or retinal transient ischemic attack or a nondisabling stroke were randomized to undergo surgery (carotid endarterectomy) or no surgery. All patients received maximal medical management consisting of blood pressure control, lipid management if indicated, and antiplatelet therapy with aspirin. At baseline, 37% of patients were taking 650 mg or more of aspirin per day, and 11% were taking less than 325 mg per day. The patients were stratified into two prespecified groups on the basis of the severity of carotid stenosis: those with narrowing of 30% to 69% and those with narrowing of 70% to 99%.

Results in high-grade stenosis. In August 1991, the investigators published their results in patients with symptomatic high-grade (70%–99%) stenosis.4 Surgical treatment was more beneficial than medical management alone: the cumulative risk of any ipsilateral stroke at 2 years was 26% in the medical group and 9% in the surgical group, an absolute risk reduction of 17%. The benefit of endarterectomy was still apparent at 8 years of follow-up.5

Results in moderate stenosis. In 1998, the investigators published their results in patients with symptomatic moderate (< 70%) stenosis.5 Surgery was more beneficial than medical therapy in this subgroup as well: at 5 years, the rate of any ipsilateral stroke in patients with 50% to 69% stenosis was 15.7% in those treated surgically and 22.2% in those treated medically (P = .045). In patients with less than 50% stenosis, the 5-year stroke rate was not significantly lower with endarterectomy than with medical therapy.

The European Carotid Surgery Trial (ECST)

The ECST,6 published in 1998, corroborated the NASCET findings. This multicenter, randomized, controlled trial enrolled 3,024 patients with symptoms of at least one transient ischemic attack in the distribution of one or both carotid arteries.

Results. In patients with stenosis of greater than 80% (60% by the NASCET criteria for calculating angiographic stenosis), the frequency of major stroke or death at 3 years was 26.5% in the control group and 14.9% in the surgery group, an absolute difference of 11.6%.

The Endarterectomy for Asymptomatic Carotid Artery Stenosis (ACAS) trial

The NASCET and ECST studies made it clear that select groups of patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis benefit from carotid endarterectomy. But what about patients with stenosis but no prior stroke?

The ACAS trial aimed to find out.7 In this pivotal study, 1,662 patients with asymptomatic carotid artery stenosis greater than 60% were randomized to receive either medical therapy alone or medical plus surgical therapy.

Results were published in 2004. After a median follow-up of 2.7 years, the aggregate 5-year risk of ipsilateral stroke, any perioperative stroke, or death was estimated to be 5.1% in the surgical group and 11.0% in the medical group, a relative risk reduction of 53%. However, for surgery to be beneficial, the rate of perioperative death and other serious complications had to be less than 3%, and the expected patient survival had to be at least 5 years.

Of note, the benefit of carotid endarterectomy in this study was predominantly in men, with less of a benefit for women and diabetic patients. Furthermore, even though endarterectomy was beneficial in this asymptomatic cohort, the overall benefit in terms of stroke risk reduction was small compared with that in NASCET and ECST, in which patients had symptomatic disease.

The Asymptomatic Carotid Surgery Trial (ACST)

In this European version of ACAS, published in 2004, 3,120 patients with asymptomatic carotid narrowing on ultrasonography were randomized to undergo surgery or medical therapy.

Results. The risk of stroke or death within 30 days of carotid endarterectomy was 3.1%. In patients younger than 75 years who had carotid narrowing of 70% or more, immediate surgery decreased the net 5-year stroke risk from 12% to 6%.8

 

 

WHO SHOULD NOT UNDERGO CAROTID ENDARTERECTOMY?

From these studies, we can conclude that patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis of 50% or greater and patients with asymptomatic stenosis of 60% or greater benefit from carotid endarterectomy, but only if the perioperative rate of death and other serious complications is less than 3%.7

What are the risk factors for complications during this surgery? In 2006, Cremonesi et al,9 in a consensus paper, defined patients as being at high risk if they had any of the following:

  • Contralateral laryngeal nerve palsy
  • Radiation therapy to the neck
  • Previous carotid endarterectomy with recurrent stenosis
  • Lesions high in the cervical internal carotid artery or below the clavicle in the common carotid artery
  • Severe tandem lesions
  • Age greater than 80 years
  • Severe pulmonary disease
  • Congestive heart failure (New York Heart
  • Association class 3 or 4) or known severe left ventricular dysfunction
  • Open heart surgery needed within 6 weeks
  • Myocardial infarction within the past 4 weeks
  • Unstable angina
  • Contralateral carotid occlusion.

Could endovascular treatment be the answer for these patients at high risk who should not undergo carotid endarterectomy? Indeed, the procedure is being studied extensively and performed more frequently. We summarize the major studies below.

STUDIES OF CAROTID STENTING VS ENDARTERECTOMY

The Carotid and Vertebral Artery Transluminal Angioplasty Study (CAVATAS)

This study, published in 2001,10 was the first randomized, multicenter trial to compare the risks and benefits of endovascular treatment (angioplasty with or without stenting) of carotid and vertebral artery stenosis with those of conventional surgery.

To be included, patients had to have carotid artery stenosis (symptomatic or asymptomatic) that was suitable for either carotid endarterectomy or endovascular treatment. Patients were not grouped on the basis of the severity of their stenosis, but the mean stenosis in randomized patients was 86%.

A total of 504 patients were enrolled, of whom 251 were randomized to undergo endovascular treatment. Most patients in this group underwent angioplasty alone, but 26% also received stents because of suboptimal vessel dilatation or at the discretion of the intervening physician.

The primary end point was any disabling stroke or death. Secondary end points were any ipsilateral stroke lasting longer than 7 days and the combination of death or disabling ipsilateral stroke.

The results showed no significant difference between endovascular treatment and surgery in any of these end points at 3 years. However, the overall rates of procedural stroke and death were nearly double those seen in NASCET and ECST. The investigators could not determine the reason for this higher risk, but they hypothesized that CAVATAS included patients at higher risk.

The restenosis rate was higher in the endovascular therapy group (14%) than in the surgery group (4%; P < .001). On the other hand, the surgery group had a higher rate of minor complications, including cranial nerve palsies and neck hematomas.

Carotid Revascularization With Endarterectomy or Stenting Systems (CARESS)

This prospective, multicenter, phase 2 trial, published in 2003, compared the outcomes of standard carotid endarterectomy vs carotid artery stenting using distal embolic protection devices.11 All the patients in this study had at least 50% symptomatic stenosis or 75% asymptomatic stenosis.

Results. At 30 days, 7 (2.4%) of 254 patients in the endarterectomy group had had strokes, and one of the 7 patients with stroke died, so the combined rate of stroke or death (the primary end point) was 2.4%. In the stenting group, 3 (2.1%) of 143 patients had strokes and no patients died. Overall, there was no significant difference in the composite of death, stroke, or myocardial infarction (the secondary end point): 3% for carotid endarterectomy and 2% for stenting patients.

The Stenting and Angioplasty With Protection in Patients at High Risk for Endarterectomy (SAPPHIRE) trial

In this trial,12 published in 2004, patients had to have either symptomatic carotid disease with 50% stenosis or greater or asymptomatic stenosis of 80% or greater, determined by ultrasonography. Further, all patients had to have at least one comorbid condition that increased their perioperative risk. Up until this point, no trial had strictly defined patients at increased risk for complications after carotid endarterectomy and assessed subsequent outcomes. The risk factors included severe cardiac or pulmonary disease, age greater than 80, postendarterectomy carotid stenosis, previous neck surgery, previous neck radiation, contralateral recurrent laryngeal nerve palsy, and contralateral carotid occlusion.

Patients were randomized to undergo carotid artery stenting with distal protection or carotid endarterectomy.

The primary end points of this study were the cumulative incidence of major cardiovascular events at 1 year; death, stroke, or myocardial infarction within 30 days of intervention; and ipsilateral stroke between 31 days and 1 year. Secondary outcomes measured were the rates of target-vessel recanalization at 1 year, cranial nerve palsy, and surgical site complications.

Results. The rate of stroke or death was similar in both groups. The stenting group had fewer adverse cardiac events (mainly non-Q-wave myocardial infarction) than the surgery group. At 1 year the rate of major ipsilateral stroke was 3.3% in the endarterectomy group vs 0% in the stenting group (the difference was not significant), and the cardiovascular event rates continued to be higher in the endarterectomy group.

The investigators noted that myocardial infarction was included as a primary end point because patients with atherosclerotic vascular disease who undergo either stenting or endarterectomy are at a substantial risk of myocardial infarction, and a Q-wave or a non-Q-wave myocardial infarction in the perioperative period increases the risk of future complications and death. A perioperative non-Q-wave infarction increases the risk of death by a factor of 6 and increases the risk of myocardial infarction by a factor of 27 in the subsequent 6 months.

Overall, this study presents evidence that stenting, using distal embolic protection devices, is not inferior to endarterectomy and has fewer cardiovascular complications in patients who have at least one risk factor.

 

 

The Endarterectomy Versus Stenting in Patients With Symptomatic Severe Carotid Stenosis (EVA-3S) study

This recent multicenter, randomized study13 was designed to determine if stenting is as good as (not inferior to) carotid endarterectomy in patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis of at least 60%. The primary end point was to be the incidence of stroke or death within 30 days after treatment. However, the trial was stopped early after the inclusion of 527 patients for reasons of safety and futility.

Results. The 30-day incidence of any stroke or death was higher in the stenting group (9.6% vs 3.9%). The relative risk of any stroke or death after stenting as compared with endarterectomy was 2.5. The 30-day incidence of disabling stroke or death was also higher in the stenting group (3.4% vs 1.5%; relative risk 2.2). At 6 months, the incidence of any stroke or death was 6.1% after endarterectomy and 11.7% after stenting (P = .02). There was a trend toward more major local complications after stenting and systemic complications after endarterectomy. Cranial-nerve injury was more common after endarterectomy than after stenting (as expected). Overall, death and stroke rates were lower at 1 month and 6 months with endarterectomy than with stenting.

The Stent-Protected Angioplasty Versus Carotid Endarterectomy (SPACE) trial

This randomized, multicenter study,14 published in 2006, was also designed to compare the safety and efficacy of carotid stenting and endarterectomy. Some 1,200 patients with symptomatic carotid artery stenosis confirmed by ultrasonography were randomly assigned within 180 days of a transient ischemic attack or moderate stroke to undergo carotid artery stenting (n = 605) or carotid endarterectomy (n = 595). The primary end point was ipsilateral ischemic stroke or death 30 days after the procedure. A total of 1,183 patients were included in the analysis.

Results. The rate of the primary end point was 6.84% with stenting and 6.34% with endarterectomy. The study failed to prove the noninferiority of carotid artery stenting compared with carotid endarterectomy for the periprocedural complication rate. Results at 6 to 24 months are awaited.

The Carotid Revascularization Endarterectomy Versus Stenting (CREST) trial

Perhaps the most anxiously awaited results are those of the CREST trial,15 funded by the National Institutes of Health. This is a prospective, randomized, parallel, two-arm, multicenter clinical trial with blinded end point evaluation. Anticipated enrollment will include 2,500 patients. Patients are eligible for enrollment if they have symptoms of carotid stenosis within 180 days of a stroke or transient ischemic attack with ipsilateral carotid stenosis of at least 50% by angiography (70% by ultrasonography), or if they have asymptomatic carotid stenosis of at least 60% by angiography (70% by ultrasonography).

Patients are being randomized to undergo either carotid artery stenting or carotid endarterectomy. All receive aspirin as anti-platelet therapy, treatment for hypertension, and management of other stroke risk factors. Follow-up will last 4 years, with clinic visits at 1, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, and 48 months. Primary outcome measures will be rates of death, stroke, or myocardial infarction at 30 days postoperatively, and ipsilateral stroke at 30 days postoperatively.

As of February 2007, 1,506 patients had been enrolled and 1,453 had been randomized at 94 sites in North America.

MEDICAID AND MEDICARE NOW PAY FOR THESE THERAPIES

An important practical consideration for patients and physicians is whether Medicaid and Medicare will pay for these therapies.

In July 2001, Medicare began to cover percutaneous transluminal angioplasty of the carotid artery with concurrent stent placement, when furnished in accordance with US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) protocols governing Category B (nonexperimental) investigational device exemption clinical trials.16 Angioplasty of the carotid artery, when provided solely for the purpose of carotid artery dilation concurrent with carotid stent placement, is considered to be a reasonable and necessary service when provided in the context of clinical trials.

In March 2005, Medicare began to provide coverage for percutaneous transluminal angioplasty of the carotid artery concurrent with the placement of an FDA-approved carotid stent with embolic protection for the following groups of patients:

  • Those who would be at high risk during carotid endarterectomy and who also have symptomatic carotid artery stenosis of 70% or greater. Coverage is limited to procedures performed using FDA-approved carotid artery stenting systems and embolic protection devices.
  • Those who would be at high risk during endarterectomy and who have symptomatic carotid artery stenosis of 50% to 70%, in accordance with the Category B Investigational Device Exemption clinical trials regulation, as a routine cost under the clinical trials policy, or in accordance with the national coverage determination on carotid artery stenting post-approval.
  • Those who would be at high risk during carotid endarterectomy and have asymptomatic carotid artery stenosis greater than 80%, in accordance with the Category B Investigational Device Exemption clinical trials regulation, as a routine cost under the clinical trials policy, or in accordance with the national coverage determination on carotid artery stenting postapproval studies.

As noted above, Medicare and Medicaid will only cover carotid stenting if the stent system is FDA-approved, with concomitant use of a distal embolic protection device. However, in view of conflicting data from stenting trials to date, including EVA-3S13 and SPACE,14 it remains to be seen if emboli protection devices significantly reduce periprocedural stroke rates. The FDA recommends that if it is not technically possible to use one of these devices, then the procedure should be aborted due to safety issues.

These coverage decisions are an important practical aspect of carotid stenting and they should be familiar to physicians when they see and refer patients with carotid disease.

 

 

WHAT CAN WE SAY AT THIS POINT?

Given the multiple recent and ongoing trials of stenting vs endarterectomy in carotid stenosis, debate continues as to what the role of stenting will be in the future. What can we say at this point?

In patients with asymptomatic carotid stenosis of greater than 60% or symptomatic carotid stenosis of greater than 50%, carotid endarterectomy has been proven to be superior to medical therapy alone.

The efficacy and safety of carotid stenting compared with carotid endarterectomy is still uncertain. In the trials reviewed above, carotid stenting did not appear to have a clear advantage over endarterectomy in patients at average surgical risk. Stenting may be most advantageous when used in patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis who would be at high operative risk, as indicated by the SAPPHIRE trial.

In patients with severe but asymptomatic carotid stenosis who are at high operative risk, the addition of carotid angioplasty and stenting to maximum medical therapy remains controversial. The periprocedural complication rate in these patients may actually exceed the rate of stroke in asymptomatic patients with greater than 60% stenosis who do not undergo stenting or surgery. In addition, subgroup analyses of patients with 70% to 99% symptomatic stenosis in various trials show that surgical benefit is greater in men than in women, and it remains to be seen whether there is any benefit in women with moderate stenoses, asymptomatic lesions, or both.17

Further experience and study are needed, and the results of the Carotid Stenting vs Surgery of Severe Carotid Artery Disease and Stroke Prevention in Asymptomatic Patients (ACT I) study (comparing stenting and surgery in asymptomatic carotid stenosis), and the ongoing CREST trial (comparing stenting and surgery in symptomatic and asymptomatic carotid stenosis) are eagerly awaited. Until then, clinicians should continue to weigh individual patient risks and benefits when referring patients for surgical treatment of carotid athero-sclerotic disease. Regardless of whether surgery is undertaken, maximal medical therapy with the use of antiplatelet agents, blood pressure control, and statin therapy remains the mainstay of treatment.

Whether carotid stenting has any advantage over carotid surgery (endarterectomy)—and for which patients—is still a topic of study and debate.

Treatment of carotid atherosclerosis and stenosis is important in preventing stroke and its comorbidities. Today, three main treatments exist: medical management (lipid-lowering, antihypertensive, and antiplatelet therapy), surgery, and, more recently, carotid angioplasty and stenting. The rationale for these treatments is to decrease the risk of cerebral infarction by stabilizing or removing plaque and improving blood flow.

Surgery has proven beneficial in patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis greater than 50% or asymptomatic stenosis greater than 60%, but it is risky in some patients. Stenting has evolved in part from the success of surgery and the need for alternative treatments for patients who are at unacceptable risk of perioperative complications. However, it does not have a clear advantage over surgery in patients at average risk. Further, its use in patients with asymptomatic stenosis of any severity is still controversial.

In this paper we review the major trials of carotid endarterectomy and stenting and summarize what we know today about who should undergo these therapies.

NOT ALL STROKES ARE DUE TO CAROTID ATHEROSCLEROSIS

Depending on the institution’s referral pattern and population served, between 80% and 90% of strokes are ischemic (the rest being hemorrhagic).1 Atherosclerosis of large arteries (typically defined as more than 50% stenosis of a major brain artery or branch cortical artery2) is just one cause of ischemic stroke, but it is an important one. Other identifiable causes of ischemic stroke include cardioembolism and small-artery occlusion (lacunar stroke), and some cases are idiopathic.

Large-artery atherosclerotic disease can damage the brain gradually, with carotid stenosis resulting in hypoperfusion and subsequent cerebral infarction. More commonly, however, the carotid plaque often seen in large-artery atherosclerotic disease can ulcerate and occlude the vessel acutely or generate platelet aggregates that may embolize, resulting in cerebral infarction or transient ischemic attack.

In the Lausanne Stroke Registry,3 the rate of ischemic stroke in patients with a greater than 50% large-artery stenosis ranged from 27% in 1979 to 17% in 2003, the decline likely being due to therapeutic advances.

SURGERY BEATS MEDICAL THERAPY FOR CAROTID ATHEROSCLEROSIS

Four landmark trials provided substantial evidence that carotid endarterectomy is better than medical management in patients with symptomatic or asymptomatic high-grade stenosis. These trials indirectly paved the way for carotid stenting.

The North American Symptomatic Carotid Endarterectomy Trial (NASCET)

Patients at 50 clinical centers who had had a hemispheric or retinal transient ischemic attack or a nondisabling stroke were randomized to undergo surgery (carotid endarterectomy) or no surgery. All patients received maximal medical management consisting of blood pressure control, lipid management if indicated, and antiplatelet therapy with aspirin. At baseline, 37% of patients were taking 650 mg or more of aspirin per day, and 11% were taking less than 325 mg per day. The patients were stratified into two prespecified groups on the basis of the severity of carotid stenosis: those with narrowing of 30% to 69% and those with narrowing of 70% to 99%.

Results in high-grade stenosis. In August 1991, the investigators published their results in patients with symptomatic high-grade (70%–99%) stenosis.4 Surgical treatment was more beneficial than medical management alone: the cumulative risk of any ipsilateral stroke at 2 years was 26% in the medical group and 9% in the surgical group, an absolute risk reduction of 17%. The benefit of endarterectomy was still apparent at 8 years of follow-up.5

Results in moderate stenosis. In 1998, the investigators published their results in patients with symptomatic moderate (< 70%) stenosis.5 Surgery was more beneficial than medical therapy in this subgroup as well: at 5 years, the rate of any ipsilateral stroke in patients with 50% to 69% stenosis was 15.7% in those treated surgically and 22.2% in those treated medically (P = .045). In patients with less than 50% stenosis, the 5-year stroke rate was not significantly lower with endarterectomy than with medical therapy.

The European Carotid Surgery Trial (ECST)

The ECST,6 published in 1998, corroborated the NASCET findings. This multicenter, randomized, controlled trial enrolled 3,024 patients with symptoms of at least one transient ischemic attack in the distribution of one or both carotid arteries.

Results. In patients with stenosis of greater than 80% (60% by the NASCET criteria for calculating angiographic stenosis), the frequency of major stroke or death at 3 years was 26.5% in the control group and 14.9% in the surgery group, an absolute difference of 11.6%.

The Endarterectomy for Asymptomatic Carotid Artery Stenosis (ACAS) trial

The NASCET and ECST studies made it clear that select groups of patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis benefit from carotid endarterectomy. But what about patients with stenosis but no prior stroke?

The ACAS trial aimed to find out.7 In this pivotal study, 1,662 patients with asymptomatic carotid artery stenosis greater than 60% were randomized to receive either medical therapy alone or medical plus surgical therapy.

Results were published in 2004. After a median follow-up of 2.7 years, the aggregate 5-year risk of ipsilateral stroke, any perioperative stroke, or death was estimated to be 5.1% in the surgical group and 11.0% in the medical group, a relative risk reduction of 53%. However, for surgery to be beneficial, the rate of perioperative death and other serious complications had to be less than 3%, and the expected patient survival had to be at least 5 years.

Of note, the benefit of carotid endarterectomy in this study was predominantly in men, with less of a benefit for women and diabetic patients. Furthermore, even though endarterectomy was beneficial in this asymptomatic cohort, the overall benefit in terms of stroke risk reduction was small compared with that in NASCET and ECST, in which patients had symptomatic disease.

The Asymptomatic Carotid Surgery Trial (ACST)

In this European version of ACAS, published in 2004, 3,120 patients with asymptomatic carotid narrowing on ultrasonography were randomized to undergo surgery or medical therapy.

Results. The risk of stroke or death within 30 days of carotid endarterectomy was 3.1%. In patients younger than 75 years who had carotid narrowing of 70% or more, immediate surgery decreased the net 5-year stroke risk from 12% to 6%.8

 

 

WHO SHOULD NOT UNDERGO CAROTID ENDARTERECTOMY?

From these studies, we can conclude that patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis of 50% or greater and patients with asymptomatic stenosis of 60% or greater benefit from carotid endarterectomy, but only if the perioperative rate of death and other serious complications is less than 3%.7

What are the risk factors for complications during this surgery? In 2006, Cremonesi et al,9 in a consensus paper, defined patients as being at high risk if they had any of the following:

  • Contralateral laryngeal nerve palsy
  • Radiation therapy to the neck
  • Previous carotid endarterectomy with recurrent stenosis
  • Lesions high in the cervical internal carotid artery or below the clavicle in the common carotid artery
  • Severe tandem lesions
  • Age greater than 80 years
  • Severe pulmonary disease
  • Congestive heart failure (New York Heart
  • Association class 3 or 4) or known severe left ventricular dysfunction
  • Open heart surgery needed within 6 weeks
  • Myocardial infarction within the past 4 weeks
  • Unstable angina
  • Contralateral carotid occlusion.

Could endovascular treatment be the answer for these patients at high risk who should not undergo carotid endarterectomy? Indeed, the procedure is being studied extensively and performed more frequently. We summarize the major studies below.

STUDIES OF CAROTID STENTING VS ENDARTERECTOMY

The Carotid and Vertebral Artery Transluminal Angioplasty Study (CAVATAS)

This study, published in 2001,10 was the first randomized, multicenter trial to compare the risks and benefits of endovascular treatment (angioplasty with or without stenting) of carotid and vertebral artery stenosis with those of conventional surgery.

To be included, patients had to have carotid artery stenosis (symptomatic or asymptomatic) that was suitable for either carotid endarterectomy or endovascular treatment. Patients were not grouped on the basis of the severity of their stenosis, but the mean stenosis in randomized patients was 86%.

A total of 504 patients were enrolled, of whom 251 were randomized to undergo endovascular treatment. Most patients in this group underwent angioplasty alone, but 26% also received stents because of suboptimal vessel dilatation or at the discretion of the intervening physician.

The primary end point was any disabling stroke or death. Secondary end points were any ipsilateral stroke lasting longer than 7 days and the combination of death or disabling ipsilateral stroke.

The results showed no significant difference between endovascular treatment and surgery in any of these end points at 3 years. However, the overall rates of procedural stroke and death were nearly double those seen in NASCET and ECST. The investigators could not determine the reason for this higher risk, but they hypothesized that CAVATAS included patients at higher risk.

The restenosis rate was higher in the endovascular therapy group (14%) than in the surgery group (4%; P < .001). On the other hand, the surgery group had a higher rate of minor complications, including cranial nerve palsies and neck hematomas.

Carotid Revascularization With Endarterectomy or Stenting Systems (CARESS)

This prospective, multicenter, phase 2 trial, published in 2003, compared the outcomes of standard carotid endarterectomy vs carotid artery stenting using distal embolic protection devices.11 All the patients in this study had at least 50% symptomatic stenosis or 75% asymptomatic stenosis.

Results. At 30 days, 7 (2.4%) of 254 patients in the endarterectomy group had had strokes, and one of the 7 patients with stroke died, so the combined rate of stroke or death (the primary end point) was 2.4%. In the stenting group, 3 (2.1%) of 143 patients had strokes and no patients died. Overall, there was no significant difference in the composite of death, stroke, or myocardial infarction (the secondary end point): 3% for carotid endarterectomy and 2% for stenting patients.

The Stenting and Angioplasty With Protection in Patients at High Risk for Endarterectomy (SAPPHIRE) trial

In this trial,12 published in 2004, patients had to have either symptomatic carotid disease with 50% stenosis or greater or asymptomatic stenosis of 80% or greater, determined by ultrasonography. Further, all patients had to have at least one comorbid condition that increased their perioperative risk. Up until this point, no trial had strictly defined patients at increased risk for complications after carotid endarterectomy and assessed subsequent outcomes. The risk factors included severe cardiac or pulmonary disease, age greater than 80, postendarterectomy carotid stenosis, previous neck surgery, previous neck radiation, contralateral recurrent laryngeal nerve palsy, and contralateral carotid occlusion.

Patients were randomized to undergo carotid artery stenting with distal protection or carotid endarterectomy.

The primary end points of this study were the cumulative incidence of major cardiovascular events at 1 year; death, stroke, or myocardial infarction within 30 days of intervention; and ipsilateral stroke between 31 days and 1 year. Secondary outcomes measured were the rates of target-vessel recanalization at 1 year, cranial nerve palsy, and surgical site complications.

Results. The rate of stroke or death was similar in both groups. The stenting group had fewer adverse cardiac events (mainly non-Q-wave myocardial infarction) than the surgery group. At 1 year the rate of major ipsilateral stroke was 3.3% in the endarterectomy group vs 0% in the stenting group (the difference was not significant), and the cardiovascular event rates continued to be higher in the endarterectomy group.

The investigators noted that myocardial infarction was included as a primary end point because patients with atherosclerotic vascular disease who undergo either stenting or endarterectomy are at a substantial risk of myocardial infarction, and a Q-wave or a non-Q-wave myocardial infarction in the perioperative period increases the risk of future complications and death. A perioperative non-Q-wave infarction increases the risk of death by a factor of 6 and increases the risk of myocardial infarction by a factor of 27 in the subsequent 6 months.

Overall, this study presents evidence that stenting, using distal embolic protection devices, is not inferior to endarterectomy and has fewer cardiovascular complications in patients who have at least one risk factor.

 

 

The Endarterectomy Versus Stenting in Patients With Symptomatic Severe Carotid Stenosis (EVA-3S) study

This recent multicenter, randomized study13 was designed to determine if stenting is as good as (not inferior to) carotid endarterectomy in patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis of at least 60%. The primary end point was to be the incidence of stroke or death within 30 days after treatment. However, the trial was stopped early after the inclusion of 527 patients for reasons of safety and futility.

Results. The 30-day incidence of any stroke or death was higher in the stenting group (9.6% vs 3.9%). The relative risk of any stroke or death after stenting as compared with endarterectomy was 2.5. The 30-day incidence of disabling stroke or death was also higher in the stenting group (3.4% vs 1.5%; relative risk 2.2). At 6 months, the incidence of any stroke or death was 6.1% after endarterectomy and 11.7% after stenting (P = .02). There was a trend toward more major local complications after stenting and systemic complications after endarterectomy. Cranial-nerve injury was more common after endarterectomy than after stenting (as expected). Overall, death and stroke rates were lower at 1 month and 6 months with endarterectomy than with stenting.

The Stent-Protected Angioplasty Versus Carotid Endarterectomy (SPACE) trial

This randomized, multicenter study,14 published in 2006, was also designed to compare the safety and efficacy of carotid stenting and endarterectomy. Some 1,200 patients with symptomatic carotid artery stenosis confirmed by ultrasonography were randomly assigned within 180 days of a transient ischemic attack or moderate stroke to undergo carotid artery stenting (n = 605) or carotid endarterectomy (n = 595). The primary end point was ipsilateral ischemic stroke or death 30 days after the procedure. A total of 1,183 patients were included in the analysis.

Results. The rate of the primary end point was 6.84% with stenting and 6.34% with endarterectomy. The study failed to prove the noninferiority of carotid artery stenting compared with carotid endarterectomy for the periprocedural complication rate. Results at 6 to 24 months are awaited.

The Carotid Revascularization Endarterectomy Versus Stenting (CREST) trial

Perhaps the most anxiously awaited results are those of the CREST trial,15 funded by the National Institutes of Health. This is a prospective, randomized, parallel, two-arm, multicenter clinical trial with blinded end point evaluation. Anticipated enrollment will include 2,500 patients. Patients are eligible for enrollment if they have symptoms of carotid stenosis within 180 days of a stroke or transient ischemic attack with ipsilateral carotid stenosis of at least 50% by angiography (70% by ultrasonography), or if they have asymptomatic carotid stenosis of at least 60% by angiography (70% by ultrasonography).

Patients are being randomized to undergo either carotid artery stenting or carotid endarterectomy. All receive aspirin as anti-platelet therapy, treatment for hypertension, and management of other stroke risk factors. Follow-up will last 4 years, with clinic visits at 1, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, and 48 months. Primary outcome measures will be rates of death, stroke, or myocardial infarction at 30 days postoperatively, and ipsilateral stroke at 30 days postoperatively.

As of February 2007, 1,506 patients had been enrolled and 1,453 had been randomized at 94 sites in North America.

MEDICAID AND MEDICARE NOW PAY FOR THESE THERAPIES

An important practical consideration for patients and physicians is whether Medicaid and Medicare will pay for these therapies.

In July 2001, Medicare began to cover percutaneous transluminal angioplasty of the carotid artery with concurrent stent placement, when furnished in accordance with US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) protocols governing Category B (nonexperimental) investigational device exemption clinical trials.16 Angioplasty of the carotid artery, when provided solely for the purpose of carotid artery dilation concurrent with carotid stent placement, is considered to be a reasonable and necessary service when provided in the context of clinical trials.

In March 2005, Medicare began to provide coverage for percutaneous transluminal angioplasty of the carotid artery concurrent with the placement of an FDA-approved carotid stent with embolic protection for the following groups of patients:

  • Those who would be at high risk during carotid endarterectomy and who also have symptomatic carotid artery stenosis of 70% or greater. Coverage is limited to procedures performed using FDA-approved carotid artery stenting systems and embolic protection devices.
  • Those who would be at high risk during endarterectomy and who have symptomatic carotid artery stenosis of 50% to 70%, in accordance with the Category B Investigational Device Exemption clinical trials regulation, as a routine cost under the clinical trials policy, or in accordance with the national coverage determination on carotid artery stenting post-approval.
  • Those who would be at high risk during carotid endarterectomy and have asymptomatic carotid artery stenosis greater than 80%, in accordance with the Category B Investigational Device Exemption clinical trials regulation, as a routine cost under the clinical trials policy, or in accordance with the national coverage determination on carotid artery stenting postapproval studies.

As noted above, Medicare and Medicaid will only cover carotid stenting if the stent system is FDA-approved, with concomitant use of a distal embolic protection device. However, in view of conflicting data from stenting trials to date, including EVA-3S13 and SPACE,14 it remains to be seen if emboli protection devices significantly reduce periprocedural stroke rates. The FDA recommends that if it is not technically possible to use one of these devices, then the procedure should be aborted due to safety issues.

These coverage decisions are an important practical aspect of carotid stenting and they should be familiar to physicians when they see and refer patients with carotid disease.

 

 

WHAT CAN WE SAY AT THIS POINT?

Given the multiple recent and ongoing trials of stenting vs endarterectomy in carotid stenosis, debate continues as to what the role of stenting will be in the future. What can we say at this point?

In patients with asymptomatic carotid stenosis of greater than 60% or symptomatic carotid stenosis of greater than 50%, carotid endarterectomy has been proven to be superior to medical therapy alone.

The efficacy and safety of carotid stenting compared with carotid endarterectomy is still uncertain. In the trials reviewed above, carotid stenting did not appear to have a clear advantage over endarterectomy in patients at average surgical risk. Stenting may be most advantageous when used in patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis who would be at high operative risk, as indicated by the SAPPHIRE trial.

In patients with severe but asymptomatic carotid stenosis who are at high operative risk, the addition of carotid angioplasty and stenting to maximum medical therapy remains controversial. The periprocedural complication rate in these patients may actually exceed the rate of stroke in asymptomatic patients with greater than 60% stenosis who do not undergo stenting or surgery. In addition, subgroup analyses of patients with 70% to 99% symptomatic stenosis in various trials show that surgical benefit is greater in men than in women, and it remains to be seen whether there is any benefit in women with moderate stenoses, asymptomatic lesions, or both.17

Further experience and study are needed, and the results of the Carotid Stenting vs Surgery of Severe Carotid Artery Disease and Stroke Prevention in Asymptomatic Patients (ACT I) study (comparing stenting and surgery in asymptomatic carotid stenosis), and the ongoing CREST trial (comparing stenting and surgery in symptomatic and asymptomatic carotid stenosis) are eagerly awaited. Until then, clinicians should continue to weigh individual patient risks and benefits when referring patients for surgical treatment of carotid athero-sclerotic disease. Regardless of whether surgery is undertaken, maximal medical therapy with the use of antiplatelet agents, blood pressure control, and statin therapy remains the mainstay of treatment.

References
  1. Incidence and Prevalence 2006 Chart Book on Cardiovascular and Lung Diseases Bethesda, MD: National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; 2006.
  2. Adams HP, Bendixen BH, Kappelle LJ, et al. Classification of subtype of acute ischemic stroke. Definitions for use in a multicenter clinical trial. TOAST. Trial of Org 10172 in Acute Stroke Treatment. Stroke. 1993; 24:3541.
  3. Carrera E, Maeder-Ingvar M, Rossetti AO, Devuyst G, Bogousslavsky JLausanne Stroke Registry. Trends in risk factors, patterns and causes in hospitalized strokes over 25 years: The Lausanne Stroke Registry. Cerebrovasc Dis. 2007; 24:97103.
  4. North American Symptomatic Carotid Endarterectomy Trial Collaborators. Beneficial effect of carotid endarterectomy in symptomatic patients with high-grade carotid stenosis. N Engl J Med. 1991; 325:445453.
  5. Barnett HJ, Taylor DW, Eliasziw M, et al. Benefit of carotid endarterectomy in patients with symptomatic moderate or severe stenosis. North America Symptomatic Carotid Endarterectomy Trial Collaborators. N Engl J Med. 1998; 339:14151425.
  6. European Carotid Surgery Trialists’ Collaborative Group. Randomized trial of endarterectomy for recently symptomatic carotid stenosis: final results of the MRC European Carotid Surgery Trial (ECST). Lancet. 1998; 351:13791387.
  7. Halliday A, Mansfield A, Marro J, et al., MRC Asymptomatic Carotid Surgery Collaborative Group. Prevention of disabling and fatal strokes by successful carotid endarterectomy in patients without recent neurological symptoms: randomized controlled trial. Lancet. 2004; 363:14911502.
  8. Executive Committee for the Asymptomatic Carotid Atherosclerosis Study. Endarterectomy for asymptomatic carotid artery stenosis. JAMA. 1995; 273:14211428.
  9. Cremonesi A, Setacci C, Bignamini A, et al. Carotid artery stenting: first consensus document of the ICCS-SPREAD Joint Committee. Stroke. 2006; 37:24002409.
  10. CAVATAS Investigators. Endovascular versus surgical treatment in patients with carotid stenosis in the Carotid and Vertebral Artery Transluminal Angioplasty Study (CA-VATAS): a randomized trial. Lancet. 2001; 357:17291737.
  11. CARESS Steering Committee. Carotid revascularization using endarterectomy or stenting systems (CARESS): phase I clinical trial: J Endovasc Ther 2003; 10:10211030.
  12. Yadav JS, Wholey MD, Kuntz RE, et al; Stenting and Angioplasty with Protection in Patients at High Risk for Endarterectomy Investigators. Protected carotidartery stenting versus endarterectomy in high-risk patients, N Engl J Med 2004; 351:14931501.
  13. Mas JL, Chatellier G, Beyssen B, et al., EVA-3S Investigators. Endarterectomy versus stenting in patients with symptomatic severe carotid stenosis. N Engl J Med. 2006; 355:16601671.
  14. Ringleb PA, Allenberg J, Bruckmann H, et al., SPACE Collaborative Group. 30 day results from the SPACE trial of stent-protected angioplasty versus carotid endarterectomy in symptomatic patients: a randomised non-inferiority trial. Lancet. 2006; 368:12391247.
  15. CREST. Carotid Revascularization Endarterectomy vs Stent Trial. The Internet Stroke Center. www.strokecenter.org/trials/trialDetail.aspx?tid=80&search_string=crest.
  16. Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Expansion of coverage for percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (PTA). www.cms.hhs.gov/ContractorLearningResources/downloads/JA3811.pdf.
  17. Rothwell PM, Goldstein LB. Carotid endarterectomy for asymptomatic carotid stenosis: asymptomatic carotid surgery trial. Stroke. 2004; 35:24252427.
References
  1. Incidence and Prevalence 2006 Chart Book on Cardiovascular and Lung Diseases Bethesda, MD: National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; 2006.
  2. Adams HP, Bendixen BH, Kappelle LJ, et al. Classification of subtype of acute ischemic stroke. Definitions for use in a multicenter clinical trial. TOAST. Trial of Org 10172 in Acute Stroke Treatment. Stroke. 1993; 24:3541.
  3. Carrera E, Maeder-Ingvar M, Rossetti AO, Devuyst G, Bogousslavsky JLausanne Stroke Registry. Trends in risk factors, patterns and causes in hospitalized strokes over 25 years: The Lausanne Stroke Registry. Cerebrovasc Dis. 2007; 24:97103.
  4. North American Symptomatic Carotid Endarterectomy Trial Collaborators. Beneficial effect of carotid endarterectomy in symptomatic patients with high-grade carotid stenosis. N Engl J Med. 1991; 325:445453.
  5. Barnett HJ, Taylor DW, Eliasziw M, et al. Benefit of carotid endarterectomy in patients with symptomatic moderate or severe stenosis. North America Symptomatic Carotid Endarterectomy Trial Collaborators. N Engl J Med. 1998; 339:14151425.
  6. European Carotid Surgery Trialists’ Collaborative Group. Randomized trial of endarterectomy for recently symptomatic carotid stenosis: final results of the MRC European Carotid Surgery Trial (ECST). Lancet. 1998; 351:13791387.
  7. Halliday A, Mansfield A, Marro J, et al., MRC Asymptomatic Carotid Surgery Collaborative Group. Prevention of disabling and fatal strokes by successful carotid endarterectomy in patients without recent neurological symptoms: randomized controlled trial. Lancet. 2004; 363:14911502.
  8. Executive Committee for the Asymptomatic Carotid Atherosclerosis Study. Endarterectomy for asymptomatic carotid artery stenosis. JAMA. 1995; 273:14211428.
  9. Cremonesi A, Setacci C, Bignamini A, et al. Carotid artery stenting: first consensus document of the ICCS-SPREAD Joint Committee. Stroke. 2006; 37:24002409.
  10. CAVATAS Investigators. Endovascular versus surgical treatment in patients with carotid stenosis in the Carotid and Vertebral Artery Transluminal Angioplasty Study (CA-VATAS): a randomized trial. Lancet. 2001; 357:17291737.
  11. CARESS Steering Committee. Carotid revascularization using endarterectomy or stenting systems (CARESS): phase I clinical trial: J Endovasc Ther 2003; 10:10211030.
  12. Yadav JS, Wholey MD, Kuntz RE, et al; Stenting and Angioplasty with Protection in Patients at High Risk for Endarterectomy Investigators. Protected carotidartery stenting versus endarterectomy in high-risk patients, N Engl J Med 2004; 351:14931501.
  13. Mas JL, Chatellier G, Beyssen B, et al., EVA-3S Investigators. Endarterectomy versus stenting in patients with symptomatic severe carotid stenosis. N Engl J Med. 2006; 355:16601671.
  14. Ringleb PA, Allenberg J, Bruckmann H, et al., SPACE Collaborative Group. 30 day results from the SPACE trial of stent-protected angioplasty versus carotid endarterectomy in symptomatic patients: a randomised non-inferiority trial. Lancet. 2006; 368:12391247.
  15. CREST. Carotid Revascularization Endarterectomy vs Stent Trial. The Internet Stroke Center. www.strokecenter.org/trials/trialDetail.aspx?tid=80&search_string=crest.
  16. Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Expansion of coverage for percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (PTA). www.cms.hhs.gov/ContractorLearningResources/downloads/JA3811.pdf.
  17. Rothwell PM, Goldstein LB. Carotid endarterectomy for asymptomatic carotid stenosis: asymptomatic carotid surgery trial. Stroke. 2004; 35:24252427.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Page Number
714-720
Page Number
714-720
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Which patients benefit from carotid stenting? What recent trials show
Display Headline
Which patients benefit from carotid stenting? What recent trials show
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • In patients with asymptomatic carotid stenosis greater than 60% or symptomatic carotid stenosis greater than 50%, carotid endarterectomy has been proven to be superior to medical therapy alone.
  • In clinical trials, carotid stenting did not appear to have a clear advantage over endarterectomy in patients at average surgical risk.
  • Stenting may be most advantageous when used in patients with symptomatic carotid stenosis who would be at high risk of perioperative complications if they were to undergo carotid endarterectomy.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

A judgment call

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 04/27/2018 - 08:24
Display Headline
A judgment call

A 22-year-old African American man with sickle cell disease comes to the in his joints and chest—a presentation similar to those of his previous sickle cell crises. He is given intravenous fluids for dehydration and morphine sulfate for pain via a peripheral line, and he is admitted to the hospital.

Shortly afterward, the peripheral line becomes infiltrated. After failed attempts at peripheral cannulation, central venous cannulation via an internal jugular site is considered.

Figure 1.
The patient alerts us that he has had multiple “neck lines” in the past and that these had been difficult to place. With this in mind, we attempt to place a triple-lumen catheter under ultrasonographic guidance and with the use of sterile precautions and the Seldinger technique. On the first attempt, the guidewire cannot be advanced beyond 4 cm, and the attempt is terminated. On the second attempt, the guidewire advances freely, but as the catheter is advanced, slight resistance is felt at 4 cm and again at 10 cm. This resistance is overcome with slight pressure, and subsequent advancement meets with no further resistance. After confirming nonpulsatile blood return in all three lumens, we suture the catheter at 14 cm from the insertion site. A chest radiograph (Figure 1) is requested to confirm placement.

WHERE IS THE CATHETER TIP?

Figure 2.
At first look, the catheter appears to broadly follow an expected trajectory. However, a closer look shows that the catheter is not properly positioned: although it is difficult to see, the tip appears to project beyond the main carina (see arrow), an important landmark to identify catheter tip placement. It appears to go beyond the expected site of the junction of the superior vena cava and the right atrium. Also, at the level of the right main-stem bronchus, the catheter appears to curve with an infero-lateral convexity. To confirm the placement, a lateral view is obtained (Figure 2). As evident in this view, the internal jugular catheter does not terminate at the desirable level, but rather turns posteriorly to extend into the azygos vein (see arrow). The lateral view was required in this patient to ascertain the exact location of the catheter tip.

HAZARDS OF ABERRANT LINE PLACEMENT

Central venous catheters are commonly used to give various infusions (eg, parenteral nutrition), to draw blood, and to monitor the central venous pressure.1 The internal jugular vein is one of the preferred veins for central venous access.1,2 Normally, the anatomy of the jugular venous system and the design of the catheter facilitate proper insertion. Occasionally, however, despite proper technique, the tip of the catheter may not terminate at the desired level, resulting in aberrant placement in the internal thoracic vein, superior vena cava, azygos vein, accessory hemiazygos vein, or axillary vein.1–8

The use of chest radiographs to establish the correct placement of internal jugular and subclavian lines has been advocated and is routinely practiced.6,7 Obtaining a chest x-ray to confirm line placement is particularly important in patients with prior multiple and difficult catheterizations. The lateral view is seldom obtained when confirming central neck line placement, but when the anteroposterior view is not reassuring, it may be prudent to obtain this alternate view.

In a large retrospective analysis,9 cannulation of the azygos arch occurred in about 1.2% of insertions, and the rate was about seven times higher when the left jugular vein was used than when the right one was used. A smaller study gave the frequency of azygos arch cannulation as 0.7%.10

All procedure-related complications of central line insertion in the neck can also occur with aberrant azygos vein cannulation. These include infection, bacteremia, pneumothorax, hemothorax, arterial puncture, and various other mechanical complications. It should be noted that aberrant cannulation of the azygos arch is particularly hazardous, and that complication rates are typically higher. These complications are mainly due to the smaller vascular lumen and to the direction of blood flow in the azygos venous system.

 

 

KNOWING THE ANATOMY IS CRUCIAL

Knowledge of venous anatomy and its variants is crucial both for insertion and for ascertaining the correct placement of central venous lines.

The azygos vein has a much smaller lumen than the superior vena cava. Although the lumen size may vary significantly, the maximum diameter of the anterior arch of the azygos vein is about 6 to 7 mm,11 whereas the superior vena cava lumen is typically 1.5 to 2 cm in diameter.12 In addition, when a catheter is inserted into the superior vena cava, the direction of blood flow and the direction of the infusion are the same, but when the catheter is inserted into the azygos system, the directions of blood flow and infusion are opposite, contributing to local turbulence.

Both these factors increase the chance of puncturing the vein when the azygos arch is aberrantly cannulated for central venous access.9 Venous perforation has been reported in as many as 19% of cases in which the azygos arch was inadvertently cannulated. Venous perforation can lead to hemopericardium, hemomediastinum, and hemorrhagic pleural effusions, which can lead to significant morbidity and even death. Perforation, thrombosis, stenosis, and complete occlusion have been reported subsequent to catheter malposition in the azygos vein.13

Patients in whom the azygos vein is inadvertently cannulated may tolerate infusions and blood draws, but this does not mean that inadvertent azygos vein cannulation is acceptable, especially given the late complications of vascular perforation that can occur.9

The cannulation of the azygos vein in our patient was completely unintentional; nevertheless, the line was kept in and used for a short period for the initial rehydration and pain control and was subsequently removed without any complications.

WHEN IS CANNULATION OF THE AZYGOS VEIN AN OPTION?

In patients with previous multiple central vein cannulations, the rates of thrombosis and of fibrotic changes in these veins are high. In patients with thrombosis of both the superior vena cava and the inferior vena cava, direct insertion of a catheter into the azygos vein has been suggested as an alternate route to obtain access for dialysis.8 This approach has also been used successfully to administer total parenteral nutrition for a prolonged time in pediatric patients.14 In short, the azygos vein is never preferred for central venous access, but it can occasionally serve as an alternate route.5–9

TAKE-HOME POINTS

The radiographic assessment of an internal jugular or subclavian line may occasionally be deceptive if based solely on the anteroposterior view; confirmation may require a lateral view. We found no guidelines for using the azygos vein for central venous access. The options in cases of aberrant cannulation include leaving the line in, removing and reinserting it at the same or another site under fluoroscopy, and attempting to reposition it after changing the catheter over a guidewire.

The use of central lines found to be in an aberrant position should be driven by clinical judgment based on the urgency of the need of access, the availability or feasibility of other access options, and the intended use. The use of the azygos vein is fraught with procedural complications, as well as postprocedural complications related to vascular perforation. If the position of the catheter tip on the anteroposterior radiographic view is not satisfactory, obtaining a lateral view should be considered.

References
  1. McGee DC, Goud MK. Preventing complications of central venous catheterization. N Engl J Med. 2003; 348:11231133.
  2. Pittiruti M, Malerba M, Carriero C, Tazza L, Gui D. Which is the easiest and safest technique for central venous access? A retrospective survey of more than 5,400 cases. J Vasc Access. 2000; 1:100107.
  3. Towers MJ. Preventing complications of central venous catheterization. N Engl J Med 2003; 348:26842686; author reply 2684–2686.
  4. Langston CS. The aberrant central venous catheter and its complications. Radiology. 1971; 100:5559.
  5. Smith DC, Pop PM. Malposition of a total parenteral nutrition catheter in the accessory hemiazygos vein. JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr. 1983; 7:289292.
  6. Abood GJ, Davis KA, Esposito TJ, Luchette FA, Gamelli RL. Comparison of routine chest radiograph versus clinician judgment to determine adequate central line placement in critically ill patients. J Trauma. 2007; 63:5056.
  7. Gladwin MT, Slonim A, Landucci DL, Gutierrez DC, Cunnion RE. Cannulation of the internal jugular vein: is postprocedural chest radiography always necessary? Crit Care Med 1999; 27:18191823.
  8. Meranze SG, McLean GK, Stein EJ, Jordan HA. Catheter placement in the azygos system: an unusual approach to venous access. Am J Roentgenol. 1985; 144:10751076.
  9. Bankier AA, Mallek R, Wiesmayr MN, et al. Azygos arch cannulation by central venous catheters: radiographic detection of malposition and subsequent complications. J Thorac Imaging. 1997; 12:6469.
  10. Langston CT. The aberrant central venous catheter and its complications. Radiology. 1971; 100:5559.
  11. Heitzman ER. Radiologic appearance of the azygos vein in cardiovascular disease. Circulation. 1973; 47:628634.
  12. McGowan AR, Pugatch RD. Partial obstruction of the superior vena cava. BrighamRAD. Available at: http://brighamrad.harvard.edu/Cases/bwh/hcache/58/full.html. Accessed 9/4/2008.
  13. Granata A, Figuera M, Castellino S, Logias F, Basile A. Azygos arch cannulation by central venous catheters for hemodialysis. J Vasc Access. 2006; 7:4345.
  14. Malt RA, Kempster M. Direct azygos vein and superior vena cava cannulation for parenteral nutrition. JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr. 1983; 7:580581.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Deepak Asudani, MD
Assistant Clinical Professor of Medicine, Tufts University School of Medicine–Baystate Medical Center, Springfield, MA

Sharon Wretzel, MD
Baystate Medical Center, Tufts University School of Medicine, Springfield, MA

Ruchita Patel, MD
Beverly Hospital and Addison Gilbert Hospital, Beverly, MA

Aaron Stayman, MD
Department of Medicine, Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Nashville, TN

Address: Deepak Asudani, MD, Baystate Medical Center, Tufts University School of Medicine, 759 Chestnut Street, Springfield, MA 01199; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
690-691, 695
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Deepak Asudani, MD
Assistant Clinical Professor of Medicine, Tufts University School of Medicine–Baystate Medical Center, Springfield, MA

Sharon Wretzel, MD
Baystate Medical Center, Tufts University School of Medicine, Springfield, MA

Ruchita Patel, MD
Beverly Hospital and Addison Gilbert Hospital, Beverly, MA

Aaron Stayman, MD
Department of Medicine, Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Nashville, TN

Address: Deepak Asudani, MD, Baystate Medical Center, Tufts University School of Medicine, 759 Chestnut Street, Springfield, MA 01199; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Deepak Asudani, MD
Assistant Clinical Professor of Medicine, Tufts University School of Medicine–Baystate Medical Center, Springfield, MA

Sharon Wretzel, MD
Baystate Medical Center, Tufts University School of Medicine, Springfield, MA

Ruchita Patel, MD
Beverly Hospital and Addison Gilbert Hospital, Beverly, MA

Aaron Stayman, MD
Department of Medicine, Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Nashville, TN

Address: Deepak Asudani, MD, Baystate Medical Center, Tufts University School of Medicine, 759 Chestnut Street, Springfield, MA 01199; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 22-year-old African American man with sickle cell disease comes to the in his joints and chest—a presentation similar to those of his previous sickle cell crises. He is given intravenous fluids for dehydration and morphine sulfate for pain via a peripheral line, and he is admitted to the hospital.

Shortly afterward, the peripheral line becomes infiltrated. After failed attempts at peripheral cannulation, central venous cannulation via an internal jugular site is considered.

Figure 1.
The patient alerts us that he has had multiple “neck lines” in the past and that these had been difficult to place. With this in mind, we attempt to place a triple-lumen catheter under ultrasonographic guidance and with the use of sterile precautions and the Seldinger technique. On the first attempt, the guidewire cannot be advanced beyond 4 cm, and the attempt is terminated. On the second attempt, the guidewire advances freely, but as the catheter is advanced, slight resistance is felt at 4 cm and again at 10 cm. This resistance is overcome with slight pressure, and subsequent advancement meets with no further resistance. After confirming nonpulsatile blood return in all three lumens, we suture the catheter at 14 cm from the insertion site. A chest radiograph (Figure 1) is requested to confirm placement.

WHERE IS THE CATHETER TIP?

Figure 2.
At first look, the catheter appears to broadly follow an expected trajectory. However, a closer look shows that the catheter is not properly positioned: although it is difficult to see, the tip appears to project beyond the main carina (see arrow), an important landmark to identify catheter tip placement. It appears to go beyond the expected site of the junction of the superior vena cava and the right atrium. Also, at the level of the right main-stem bronchus, the catheter appears to curve with an infero-lateral convexity. To confirm the placement, a lateral view is obtained (Figure 2). As evident in this view, the internal jugular catheter does not terminate at the desirable level, but rather turns posteriorly to extend into the azygos vein (see arrow). The lateral view was required in this patient to ascertain the exact location of the catheter tip.

HAZARDS OF ABERRANT LINE PLACEMENT

Central venous catheters are commonly used to give various infusions (eg, parenteral nutrition), to draw blood, and to monitor the central venous pressure.1 The internal jugular vein is one of the preferred veins for central venous access.1,2 Normally, the anatomy of the jugular venous system and the design of the catheter facilitate proper insertion. Occasionally, however, despite proper technique, the tip of the catheter may not terminate at the desired level, resulting in aberrant placement in the internal thoracic vein, superior vena cava, azygos vein, accessory hemiazygos vein, or axillary vein.1–8

The use of chest radiographs to establish the correct placement of internal jugular and subclavian lines has been advocated and is routinely practiced.6,7 Obtaining a chest x-ray to confirm line placement is particularly important in patients with prior multiple and difficult catheterizations. The lateral view is seldom obtained when confirming central neck line placement, but when the anteroposterior view is not reassuring, it may be prudent to obtain this alternate view.

In a large retrospective analysis,9 cannulation of the azygos arch occurred in about 1.2% of insertions, and the rate was about seven times higher when the left jugular vein was used than when the right one was used. A smaller study gave the frequency of azygos arch cannulation as 0.7%.10

All procedure-related complications of central line insertion in the neck can also occur with aberrant azygos vein cannulation. These include infection, bacteremia, pneumothorax, hemothorax, arterial puncture, and various other mechanical complications. It should be noted that aberrant cannulation of the azygos arch is particularly hazardous, and that complication rates are typically higher. These complications are mainly due to the smaller vascular lumen and to the direction of blood flow in the azygos venous system.

 

 

KNOWING THE ANATOMY IS CRUCIAL

Knowledge of venous anatomy and its variants is crucial both for insertion and for ascertaining the correct placement of central venous lines.

The azygos vein has a much smaller lumen than the superior vena cava. Although the lumen size may vary significantly, the maximum diameter of the anterior arch of the azygos vein is about 6 to 7 mm,11 whereas the superior vena cava lumen is typically 1.5 to 2 cm in diameter.12 In addition, when a catheter is inserted into the superior vena cava, the direction of blood flow and the direction of the infusion are the same, but when the catheter is inserted into the azygos system, the directions of blood flow and infusion are opposite, contributing to local turbulence.

Both these factors increase the chance of puncturing the vein when the azygos arch is aberrantly cannulated for central venous access.9 Venous perforation has been reported in as many as 19% of cases in which the azygos arch was inadvertently cannulated. Venous perforation can lead to hemopericardium, hemomediastinum, and hemorrhagic pleural effusions, which can lead to significant morbidity and even death. Perforation, thrombosis, stenosis, and complete occlusion have been reported subsequent to catheter malposition in the azygos vein.13

Patients in whom the azygos vein is inadvertently cannulated may tolerate infusions and blood draws, but this does not mean that inadvertent azygos vein cannulation is acceptable, especially given the late complications of vascular perforation that can occur.9

The cannulation of the azygos vein in our patient was completely unintentional; nevertheless, the line was kept in and used for a short period for the initial rehydration and pain control and was subsequently removed without any complications.

WHEN IS CANNULATION OF THE AZYGOS VEIN AN OPTION?

In patients with previous multiple central vein cannulations, the rates of thrombosis and of fibrotic changes in these veins are high. In patients with thrombosis of both the superior vena cava and the inferior vena cava, direct insertion of a catheter into the azygos vein has been suggested as an alternate route to obtain access for dialysis.8 This approach has also been used successfully to administer total parenteral nutrition for a prolonged time in pediatric patients.14 In short, the azygos vein is never preferred for central venous access, but it can occasionally serve as an alternate route.5–9

TAKE-HOME POINTS

The radiographic assessment of an internal jugular or subclavian line may occasionally be deceptive if based solely on the anteroposterior view; confirmation may require a lateral view. We found no guidelines for using the azygos vein for central venous access. The options in cases of aberrant cannulation include leaving the line in, removing and reinserting it at the same or another site under fluoroscopy, and attempting to reposition it after changing the catheter over a guidewire.

The use of central lines found to be in an aberrant position should be driven by clinical judgment based on the urgency of the need of access, the availability or feasibility of other access options, and the intended use. The use of the azygos vein is fraught with procedural complications, as well as postprocedural complications related to vascular perforation. If the position of the catheter tip on the anteroposterior radiographic view is not satisfactory, obtaining a lateral view should be considered.

A 22-year-old African American man with sickle cell disease comes to the in his joints and chest—a presentation similar to those of his previous sickle cell crises. He is given intravenous fluids for dehydration and morphine sulfate for pain via a peripheral line, and he is admitted to the hospital.

Shortly afterward, the peripheral line becomes infiltrated. After failed attempts at peripheral cannulation, central venous cannulation via an internal jugular site is considered.

Figure 1.
The patient alerts us that he has had multiple “neck lines” in the past and that these had been difficult to place. With this in mind, we attempt to place a triple-lumen catheter under ultrasonographic guidance and with the use of sterile precautions and the Seldinger technique. On the first attempt, the guidewire cannot be advanced beyond 4 cm, and the attempt is terminated. On the second attempt, the guidewire advances freely, but as the catheter is advanced, slight resistance is felt at 4 cm and again at 10 cm. This resistance is overcome with slight pressure, and subsequent advancement meets with no further resistance. After confirming nonpulsatile blood return in all three lumens, we suture the catheter at 14 cm from the insertion site. A chest radiograph (Figure 1) is requested to confirm placement.

WHERE IS THE CATHETER TIP?

Figure 2.
At first look, the catheter appears to broadly follow an expected trajectory. However, a closer look shows that the catheter is not properly positioned: although it is difficult to see, the tip appears to project beyond the main carina (see arrow), an important landmark to identify catheter tip placement. It appears to go beyond the expected site of the junction of the superior vena cava and the right atrium. Also, at the level of the right main-stem bronchus, the catheter appears to curve with an infero-lateral convexity. To confirm the placement, a lateral view is obtained (Figure 2). As evident in this view, the internal jugular catheter does not terminate at the desirable level, but rather turns posteriorly to extend into the azygos vein (see arrow). The lateral view was required in this patient to ascertain the exact location of the catheter tip.

HAZARDS OF ABERRANT LINE PLACEMENT

Central venous catheters are commonly used to give various infusions (eg, parenteral nutrition), to draw blood, and to monitor the central venous pressure.1 The internal jugular vein is one of the preferred veins for central venous access.1,2 Normally, the anatomy of the jugular venous system and the design of the catheter facilitate proper insertion. Occasionally, however, despite proper technique, the tip of the catheter may not terminate at the desired level, resulting in aberrant placement in the internal thoracic vein, superior vena cava, azygos vein, accessory hemiazygos vein, or axillary vein.1–8

The use of chest radiographs to establish the correct placement of internal jugular and subclavian lines has been advocated and is routinely practiced.6,7 Obtaining a chest x-ray to confirm line placement is particularly important in patients with prior multiple and difficult catheterizations. The lateral view is seldom obtained when confirming central neck line placement, but when the anteroposterior view is not reassuring, it may be prudent to obtain this alternate view.

In a large retrospective analysis,9 cannulation of the azygos arch occurred in about 1.2% of insertions, and the rate was about seven times higher when the left jugular vein was used than when the right one was used. A smaller study gave the frequency of azygos arch cannulation as 0.7%.10

All procedure-related complications of central line insertion in the neck can also occur with aberrant azygos vein cannulation. These include infection, bacteremia, pneumothorax, hemothorax, arterial puncture, and various other mechanical complications. It should be noted that aberrant cannulation of the azygos arch is particularly hazardous, and that complication rates are typically higher. These complications are mainly due to the smaller vascular lumen and to the direction of blood flow in the azygos venous system.

 

 

KNOWING THE ANATOMY IS CRUCIAL

Knowledge of venous anatomy and its variants is crucial both for insertion and for ascertaining the correct placement of central venous lines.

The azygos vein has a much smaller lumen than the superior vena cava. Although the lumen size may vary significantly, the maximum diameter of the anterior arch of the azygos vein is about 6 to 7 mm,11 whereas the superior vena cava lumen is typically 1.5 to 2 cm in diameter.12 In addition, when a catheter is inserted into the superior vena cava, the direction of blood flow and the direction of the infusion are the same, but when the catheter is inserted into the azygos system, the directions of blood flow and infusion are opposite, contributing to local turbulence.

Both these factors increase the chance of puncturing the vein when the azygos arch is aberrantly cannulated for central venous access.9 Venous perforation has been reported in as many as 19% of cases in which the azygos arch was inadvertently cannulated. Venous perforation can lead to hemopericardium, hemomediastinum, and hemorrhagic pleural effusions, which can lead to significant morbidity and even death. Perforation, thrombosis, stenosis, and complete occlusion have been reported subsequent to catheter malposition in the azygos vein.13

Patients in whom the azygos vein is inadvertently cannulated may tolerate infusions and blood draws, but this does not mean that inadvertent azygos vein cannulation is acceptable, especially given the late complications of vascular perforation that can occur.9

The cannulation of the azygos vein in our patient was completely unintentional; nevertheless, the line was kept in and used for a short period for the initial rehydration and pain control and was subsequently removed without any complications.

WHEN IS CANNULATION OF THE AZYGOS VEIN AN OPTION?

In patients with previous multiple central vein cannulations, the rates of thrombosis and of fibrotic changes in these veins are high. In patients with thrombosis of both the superior vena cava and the inferior vena cava, direct insertion of a catheter into the azygos vein has been suggested as an alternate route to obtain access for dialysis.8 This approach has also been used successfully to administer total parenteral nutrition for a prolonged time in pediatric patients.14 In short, the azygos vein is never preferred for central venous access, but it can occasionally serve as an alternate route.5–9

TAKE-HOME POINTS

The radiographic assessment of an internal jugular or subclavian line may occasionally be deceptive if based solely on the anteroposterior view; confirmation may require a lateral view. We found no guidelines for using the azygos vein for central venous access. The options in cases of aberrant cannulation include leaving the line in, removing and reinserting it at the same or another site under fluoroscopy, and attempting to reposition it after changing the catheter over a guidewire.

The use of central lines found to be in an aberrant position should be driven by clinical judgment based on the urgency of the need of access, the availability or feasibility of other access options, and the intended use. The use of the azygos vein is fraught with procedural complications, as well as postprocedural complications related to vascular perforation. If the position of the catheter tip on the anteroposterior radiographic view is not satisfactory, obtaining a lateral view should be considered.

References
  1. McGee DC, Goud MK. Preventing complications of central venous catheterization. N Engl J Med. 2003; 348:11231133.
  2. Pittiruti M, Malerba M, Carriero C, Tazza L, Gui D. Which is the easiest and safest technique for central venous access? A retrospective survey of more than 5,400 cases. J Vasc Access. 2000; 1:100107.
  3. Towers MJ. Preventing complications of central venous catheterization. N Engl J Med 2003; 348:26842686; author reply 2684–2686.
  4. Langston CS. The aberrant central venous catheter and its complications. Radiology. 1971; 100:5559.
  5. Smith DC, Pop PM. Malposition of a total parenteral nutrition catheter in the accessory hemiazygos vein. JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr. 1983; 7:289292.
  6. Abood GJ, Davis KA, Esposito TJ, Luchette FA, Gamelli RL. Comparison of routine chest radiograph versus clinician judgment to determine adequate central line placement in critically ill patients. J Trauma. 2007; 63:5056.
  7. Gladwin MT, Slonim A, Landucci DL, Gutierrez DC, Cunnion RE. Cannulation of the internal jugular vein: is postprocedural chest radiography always necessary? Crit Care Med 1999; 27:18191823.
  8. Meranze SG, McLean GK, Stein EJ, Jordan HA. Catheter placement in the azygos system: an unusual approach to venous access. Am J Roentgenol. 1985; 144:10751076.
  9. Bankier AA, Mallek R, Wiesmayr MN, et al. Azygos arch cannulation by central venous catheters: radiographic detection of malposition and subsequent complications. J Thorac Imaging. 1997; 12:6469.
  10. Langston CT. The aberrant central venous catheter and its complications. Radiology. 1971; 100:5559.
  11. Heitzman ER. Radiologic appearance of the azygos vein in cardiovascular disease. Circulation. 1973; 47:628634.
  12. McGowan AR, Pugatch RD. Partial obstruction of the superior vena cava. BrighamRAD. Available at: http://brighamrad.harvard.edu/Cases/bwh/hcache/58/full.html. Accessed 9/4/2008.
  13. Granata A, Figuera M, Castellino S, Logias F, Basile A. Azygos arch cannulation by central venous catheters for hemodialysis. J Vasc Access. 2006; 7:4345.
  14. Malt RA, Kempster M. Direct azygos vein and superior vena cava cannulation for parenteral nutrition. JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr. 1983; 7:580581.
References
  1. McGee DC, Goud MK. Preventing complications of central venous catheterization. N Engl J Med. 2003; 348:11231133.
  2. Pittiruti M, Malerba M, Carriero C, Tazza L, Gui D. Which is the easiest and safest technique for central venous access? A retrospective survey of more than 5,400 cases. J Vasc Access. 2000; 1:100107.
  3. Towers MJ. Preventing complications of central venous catheterization. N Engl J Med 2003; 348:26842686; author reply 2684–2686.
  4. Langston CS. The aberrant central venous catheter and its complications. Radiology. 1971; 100:5559.
  5. Smith DC, Pop PM. Malposition of a total parenteral nutrition catheter in the accessory hemiazygos vein. JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr. 1983; 7:289292.
  6. Abood GJ, Davis KA, Esposito TJ, Luchette FA, Gamelli RL. Comparison of routine chest radiograph versus clinician judgment to determine adequate central line placement in critically ill patients. J Trauma. 2007; 63:5056.
  7. Gladwin MT, Slonim A, Landucci DL, Gutierrez DC, Cunnion RE. Cannulation of the internal jugular vein: is postprocedural chest radiography always necessary? Crit Care Med 1999; 27:18191823.
  8. Meranze SG, McLean GK, Stein EJ, Jordan HA. Catheter placement in the azygos system: an unusual approach to venous access. Am J Roentgenol. 1985; 144:10751076.
  9. Bankier AA, Mallek R, Wiesmayr MN, et al. Azygos arch cannulation by central venous catheters: radiographic detection of malposition and subsequent complications. J Thorac Imaging. 1997; 12:6469.
  10. Langston CT. The aberrant central venous catheter and its complications. Radiology. 1971; 100:5559.
  11. Heitzman ER. Radiologic appearance of the azygos vein in cardiovascular disease. Circulation. 1973; 47:628634.
  12. McGowan AR, Pugatch RD. Partial obstruction of the superior vena cava. BrighamRAD. Available at: http://brighamrad.harvard.edu/Cases/bwh/hcache/58/full.html. Accessed 9/4/2008.
  13. Granata A, Figuera M, Castellino S, Logias F, Basile A. Azygos arch cannulation by central venous catheters for hemodialysis. J Vasc Access. 2006; 7:4345.
  14. Malt RA, Kempster M. Direct azygos vein and superior vena cava cannulation for parenteral nutrition. JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr. 1983; 7:580581.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Page Number
690-691, 695
Page Number
690-691, 695
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
A judgment call
Display Headline
A judgment call
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

When a quick sound bite won’t do

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 16:04
Display Headline
When a quick sound bite won’t do

Over the past year we have read about intervention trials in patients with chronic atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease1 and diabetes1,2 that yielded surprising results. These trials have prompted some to question the most basic underpinning of our management of these diseases, ie, that aggressively lowering low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) and glucose (hemoglobin A1c) truly helps our patients.

The sound bites about these trials in the news have confused physicians and patients alike. But, as we have all experienced during this election year, to understand complex problems requires an in-depth analysis instead of a sound bite.

I was troubled by the results of the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial,2 in which more patients who were treated with an intense hemoglobin A1c-lowering strategy died (mostly of macrovascular events) than those treated with a standard strategy. Older data showing a beneficial effect of glucose-lowering on the microvascular complications of diabetes are solid. I did not understand the mechanistic basis of the ACCORD results, unless the very aggressive therapy caused many hypoglycemic events with catecholamine surges, resulting in stroke or myocardial infarction, or whether a problem with a specific drug arose more often in the intensive-treatment group. There has been similar dialogue surrounding intensity of glucose control in critically ill inpatients3; here, the data suggest that hypoglycemic episodes may limit other benefits of aggressive treatment in the intensive care unit, such as reduced infection rates.

Not to be ignored is that the patients in all arms of the ACCORD trial fared far better than historical diabetic controls. The meticulous attention to management of blood pressure and LDL-C that all patients in the ACCORD trial received paid off. (If only we could do as well in our practices!) But what do we do about the sugar?

This large, well-done, ongoing trial deserves a detailed analysis for those of us who need to translate the conclusions regarding glucose control to our patients. This month in the Journal, I have invited Byron Hoogwerf, a clinical diabetologist, former internal medicine program director, well-published clinical trialist, and ACCORD investigator, to provide this analysis.4 His discussion is more detailed than what we often print purposefully, and it is well worth reading. Some issues simply can’t be understood as a sound bite.

References
  1. Kastelein JJ, Akdim F, Stroes ES, et alENHANCE Investigators. Simvastatin with or without ezetimibe in familial hypercholesterolemia. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:14311443.
  2. Gerstein HC, Miller ME, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:25452559.
  3. Soylemez Wiener R, Wiener DC, Larson RJ. Benefits and risks of tight glucose control in critically ill adults: a meta-analysis. JAMA. 2008; 300:933944.
  4. Hoogwerf BF. A clinician and clinical trialist’s perspective: does intensive therapy of type 2 diabetes help or harm? Seeking accord on ACCORD. Cleve Clin J Med. 2008; 75:729737.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
686
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Over the past year we have read about intervention trials in patients with chronic atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease1 and diabetes1,2 that yielded surprising results. These trials have prompted some to question the most basic underpinning of our management of these diseases, ie, that aggressively lowering low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) and glucose (hemoglobin A1c) truly helps our patients.

The sound bites about these trials in the news have confused physicians and patients alike. But, as we have all experienced during this election year, to understand complex problems requires an in-depth analysis instead of a sound bite.

I was troubled by the results of the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial,2 in which more patients who were treated with an intense hemoglobin A1c-lowering strategy died (mostly of macrovascular events) than those treated with a standard strategy. Older data showing a beneficial effect of glucose-lowering on the microvascular complications of diabetes are solid. I did not understand the mechanistic basis of the ACCORD results, unless the very aggressive therapy caused many hypoglycemic events with catecholamine surges, resulting in stroke or myocardial infarction, or whether a problem with a specific drug arose more often in the intensive-treatment group. There has been similar dialogue surrounding intensity of glucose control in critically ill inpatients3; here, the data suggest that hypoglycemic episodes may limit other benefits of aggressive treatment in the intensive care unit, such as reduced infection rates.

Not to be ignored is that the patients in all arms of the ACCORD trial fared far better than historical diabetic controls. The meticulous attention to management of blood pressure and LDL-C that all patients in the ACCORD trial received paid off. (If only we could do as well in our practices!) But what do we do about the sugar?

This large, well-done, ongoing trial deserves a detailed analysis for those of us who need to translate the conclusions regarding glucose control to our patients. This month in the Journal, I have invited Byron Hoogwerf, a clinical diabetologist, former internal medicine program director, well-published clinical trialist, and ACCORD investigator, to provide this analysis.4 His discussion is more detailed than what we often print purposefully, and it is well worth reading. Some issues simply can’t be understood as a sound bite.

Over the past year we have read about intervention trials in patients with chronic atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease1 and diabetes1,2 that yielded surprising results. These trials have prompted some to question the most basic underpinning of our management of these diseases, ie, that aggressively lowering low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) and glucose (hemoglobin A1c) truly helps our patients.

The sound bites about these trials in the news have confused physicians and patients alike. But, as we have all experienced during this election year, to understand complex problems requires an in-depth analysis instead of a sound bite.

I was troubled by the results of the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial,2 in which more patients who were treated with an intense hemoglobin A1c-lowering strategy died (mostly of macrovascular events) than those treated with a standard strategy. Older data showing a beneficial effect of glucose-lowering on the microvascular complications of diabetes are solid. I did not understand the mechanistic basis of the ACCORD results, unless the very aggressive therapy caused many hypoglycemic events with catecholamine surges, resulting in stroke or myocardial infarction, or whether a problem with a specific drug arose more often in the intensive-treatment group. There has been similar dialogue surrounding intensity of glucose control in critically ill inpatients3; here, the data suggest that hypoglycemic episodes may limit other benefits of aggressive treatment in the intensive care unit, such as reduced infection rates.

Not to be ignored is that the patients in all arms of the ACCORD trial fared far better than historical diabetic controls. The meticulous attention to management of blood pressure and LDL-C that all patients in the ACCORD trial received paid off. (If only we could do as well in our practices!) But what do we do about the sugar?

This large, well-done, ongoing trial deserves a detailed analysis for those of us who need to translate the conclusions regarding glucose control to our patients. This month in the Journal, I have invited Byron Hoogwerf, a clinical diabetologist, former internal medicine program director, well-published clinical trialist, and ACCORD investigator, to provide this analysis.4 His discussion is more detailed than what we often print purposefully, and it is well worth reading. Some issues simply can’t be understood as a sound bite.

References
  1. Kastelein JJ, Akdim F, Stroes ES, et alENHANCE Investigators. Simvastatin with or without ezetimibe in familial hypercholesterolemia. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:14311443.
  2. Gerstein HC, Miller ME, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:25452559.
  3. Soylemez Wiener R, Wiener DC, Larson RJ. Benefits and risks of tight glucose control in critically ill adults: a meta-analysis. JAMA. 2008; 300:933944.
  4. Hoogwerf BF. A clinician and clinical trialist’s perspective: does intensive therapy of type 2 diabetes help or harm? Seeking accord on ACCORD. Cleve Clin J Med. 2008; 75:729737.
References
  1. Kastelein JJ, Akdim F, Stroes ES, et alENHANCE Investigators. Simvastatin with or without ezetimibe in familial hypercholesterolemia. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:14311443.
  2. Gerstein HC, Miller ME, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:25452559.
  3. Soylemez Wiener R, Wiener DC, Larson RJ. Benefits and risks of tight glucose control in critically ill adults: a meta-analysis. JAMA. 2008; 300:933944.
  4. Hoogwerf BF. A clinician and clinical trialist’s perspective: does intensive therapy of type 2 diabetes help or harm? Seeking accord on ACCORD. Cleve Clin J Med. 2008; 75:729737.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Page Number
686
Page Number
686
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
When a quick sound bite won’t do
Display Headline
When a quick sound bite won’t do
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Does intensive therapy of type 2 diabetes help or harm? Seeking accord on ACCORD

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 16:04
Display Headline
Does intensive therapy of type 2 diabetes help or harm? Seeking accord on ACCORD
A clinician and clinical trialist's perspective

The Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial1–5 was designed primarily to address, in patients with type 2 diabetes at high risk of cardiovascular events, whether intensive glucose control would result in a lower risk of atherosclerotic disease events or death than would standard treatment.

It was widely expected that intensive treatment would confer either modest benefit or, at worst, no benefit. However, the glucose-lowering arm of the trial was terminated early because of a higher mortality rate in the intensively treated group. (The ACCORD trial has two other arms, which concern blood pressure and lipid-lowering, and these are continuing.)

In earlier trials in type 2 diabetes, concerns had been raised about an increased risk of cardiovascular events and possibly death associated with glucose-lowering drugs, hypoglycemia itself, or both, and these were well known when ACCORD was convened. ACCORD was very carefully designed and included careful adjudication of each cardiovascular event and death, including whether hypoglycemia might have been a proximate cause of some sudden deaths.5

Therefore, the surprising result of the higher mortality rate with intensive glycemic control in ACCORD will be fodder for discussion in many arenas over the next several years, and it poses some challenges for physicians and patients in determining treatment goals, as well as for organizations that write clinical practice guidelines (and perhaps organizations involved in pay-for-performance based on these guidelines).

Still, I believe that the ACCORD results should not substantially change our approach to treatment goals in type 2 diabetes, although hemoglobin A1c targets below 6% may not have much added value for cardiovascular risk reduction. The low overall mortality rate in all the arms of the ACCORD trial emphasizes the importance of lifestyle modification, lipid and blood pressure therapy, and encouragement of aspirin use in all patients with type 2 diabetes.

This article reflects my views as a practicing diabetologist and clinical trialist (I was an investigator in the ACCORD trial) with a long-standing interest in clinical trials and in how the results influence clinical practice. The views I express herein may not reflect the views of other ACCORD investigators, the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NHLBI), the ACCORD trial coordinating center at Wake Forest University, or its data safety and monitoring board.

RISK OF CORONARY DISEASE INCREASES WITH GLUCOSE

Many observational studies6–10 have shown that the risk of cardiovascular disease, especially coronary heart disease, is two to five times higher in people with diabetes mellitus than in people without diabetes. The risk appears to be continuous, so the higher one’s glucose or hemoglobin A1c, the higher the risk.6 This risk even extends to glucose values well below the threshold values currently used to diagnose diabetes mellitus.6 Since there is no glucose threshold for coronary heart disease, the term dysglycemia (rather than hyperglycemia) has been proposed to note the relationship between glucose and coronary heart disease. (The glucose threshold for microvascular complications of diabetes, such as retinopathy and nephropathy, appears to be between 110 and 126 mg/dL).

The clustering of multiple coronary risk factors such as obesity, dyslipidemia, and hypertension has always raised the question of whether glucose is a culprit in coronary risk or whether it simply “runs in bad company.”

EARLIER CLINICAL TRIALS SUGGEST INTENSIVE TREATMENT RAISES RISK

Even though it has been widely believed that intensive glucose-lowering would reduce cardiovascular risk in type 2 diabetes, there have been hints in previous studies that some intensive-treatment regimens might increase risk.

Two large randomized clinical trials and one small one (discussed below) addressed whether glucose control would reduce the risk of atherosclerotic vascular disease events. In each of them, an increased risk of cardiovascular events and possibly of death was seen in at least one intensively treated group.

In the following discussion, I have calculated all of the death rates as the number of deaths per 1,000 patients per year, based on published study results. In this way, we can compare the rates in the various studies (including ACCORD), regardless of the trial duration.

The university group Diabetes Program: Controvery about tolbutamide therapy

The University Group Diabetes Program (UGDP)11–16 included about 1,000 participants randomized to five treatments: tolbutamide (Orinase, a sulfonylurea), insulin in a fixed dose based on body weight, insulin in adjusted doses based on fasting glucose levels, placebo, and (later) phenformin.

In the 1970s, when the UGDP was carried out, randomized clinical trials were uncommon. Like other trials from that era, the UGDP was underpowered by today’s standards and did not have a data safety and monitoring board.

Rates of cardiovascular events and deaths (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 25 (tolbutamide group)
  • 12 (placebo group).

The two insulin groups did not differ from the placebo group in their rates of cardiovascular events or death.15 The tolbutamide arm was stopped, and the ensuing controversy about how to interpret the trial results lasted for more than a decade. It also resulted in a black-box warning for tolbutamide and all subsequent sulfonylureas.

 

 

United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study: Method of glucose-lowering an issue

The United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)17–27 was launched in 1977. A cohort of 5,102 patients (mean age 54 years) with newly diagnosed type 2 diabetes mellitus followed a “prudent diet” for the first 3 to 4 months. Then, if their fasting glucose levels were in the range of 6.1 to 15 mmol/L (110–270 mg/dL), they were randomized to receive various treatments.

Patients who were not obese were randomized to receive either intensive treatment or conventional treatment. The intensive-treatment group received either insulin or a sulfonylurea (chlorpropamide [Diabinese], glibenclamide, or glipizide [Glucotrol]); the conventional-treatment group received diet therapy. The sulfonylurea arm was included partly to address the UGDP results.

Patients who were obese were randomized to receive one of three treatments: intensive treatment (with the agents listed above), conventional treatment, or metformin (Fortamet, Glucophage).

The mean in-trial hemoglobin A1c level in the intensive-treatment group was 7.0%, compared with 7.9% in the conventional-treatment group.

After a mean follow-up of more than 10 years, the incidence of myocardial infarction was 16% lower in the intensive-treatment group, but the difference was not statistically significant (P = .052).

Rates of death from all causes among nonobese subjects (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 18.2–20.5 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 19.9 (conventional-treatment group).

In the obese patients who received metformin, the incidence of myocardial infarction was lower than in the conventional-treatment group but not the intensive-treatment group.

Rates of death among obese patients (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 13.5 (metformin group)
  • 18.9 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 20.6 (conventional-treatment group).

However, a small subset (n = 587) of the original group assigned to sulfonylurea therapy whose glycemic control deteriorated during the trial were rerandomized to continue to receive a sulfonylurea alone or to have metformin added. There was a statistically significantly higher rate of cardiovascular events and a nonsignificantly higher rate of total mortality in the metformin-plus-sulfonylurea group (30.3 per 1,000 patient-years) than in the sulfonylurea-only group (19.1 per 1,000 patient-years).

These data suggested that the way glucose-lowering was achieved might be as important as the glucose levels actually achieved. However, no definite conclusions could be drawn.

In an editorial on the UKPDS, Nathan26 made a comment that may have been prescient in terms of the ACCORD trial: “Professional organizations will now scramble to decide how to translate the UKPDS results … Whether the UKPDS firmly establishes the choice of any one therapy…or any combination of therapies for the long-term treatment of type 2 diabetes is more questionable.”26

Veterans Administration feasibility study

A Veterans Administration feasibility study28,29 included 153 men (mean age 60) with type 2 diabetes (mean duration 7.8 years) who received either conventional therapy (a single daily dose of insulin) or intensive therapy (multiple doses of insulin plus a sulfonylurea). Over a mean of 27 months, the intensive-therapy group achieved a hemoglobin A1c level that was 2 percentage points lower than in the conventional-therapy group.

At 2.25 years of follow-up, cardiovascular events had occurred in 24 (24%) of the intensive-therapy group and in 16 (20%) of the standard-therapy group (P = .10).

Rates of death from all causes (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 28.9 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 17.5 (conventional-treatment group).

ACCORD TRIAL DESIGN

ACCORD had a double two-by-two factorial design: all of the more than 10,000 patients were randomly assigned to undergo either intensive or standard glucose-lowering therapy; in addition, approximately half were randomly assigned to receive either aggressive or standard antihypertensive therapy, and the other half were randomly assigned to receive one of two lipid-lowering regimens (Table 1).

The primary outcome measured was the combined incidence of nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, or death from cardiovascular causes. Secondary outcomes included death from any cause. The study is also evaluating the effect of intensive treatment on microvascular disease, hypoglycemia, cognition, quality of life, and cost-effectiveness.

The ACCORD study was designed to have 89% power to detect a 15% treatment effect of intensive glycemic control compared with standard glycemic control for the primary end point.

ACCORD RESULTS

Participants in ACCORD were between the ages of 40 and 82 at randomization and were generally at high risk of coronary heart disease on the basis of having multiple risk factors or a prior event. Table 2 summarizes their baseline characteristics.3

From Gerstein HC, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545-2559. Copyright 2008, Massachusetts Medical Society. All rights reserved.
Figure 1. Median hemoglobin A1c levels at each study visit in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Bars denote interquartile ranges.
At 1 year, the median hemoglobin A1c value had fallen from 8.1% at baseline to 6.4% in the intensive-treatment group and to 7.5% in the standard-treatment group, and these values remained stable throughout the rest of the trial (Figure 1).1

From Gerstein HC, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545-2559. Copyright 2008, Massachusetts Medical Society. All rights reserved.
Figure 2. Kaplan-Meier curves for the combined primary outcome (the first occurrence of nonfatal myocardial infarction or nonfatal stroke or death from cardiovascular causes) in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial.
At a median of 3.4 years, the primary outcome (nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, or death from cardiovascular causes) had occurred in 6.9% of the intensive-therapy group compared with 7.2% of the standard-therapy group (hazard ratio [HR] 0.90, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.78–1.04, P = .16) (Figure 2).1 The difference was primarily due to a lower rate of nonfatal myocardial infarction in the intensive-therapy group (n = 186, 3.6%) than in the standard-therapy group (n = 235, 4.6%; HR 0.76, 95% CI 0.62–0.92, P = .004).1

From Gerstein HC, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545–2559. Copyright 2008, Massachusetts Medical Society. All rights reserved.
Figure 3. Kaplan-Meier curves for death from any cause in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial.
However, on February 6, 2008, the ACCORD trial announced that 257 (5%) of the patients in the intensive-treatment group had died, compared with 203 (4%) of the standard-treatment group, a 20% difference (P = .04) (Figure 3).1

Rates of death from any cause (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 14 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 11 (standard-treatment group).

Although this difference was relatively small by some standards, it was statistically significant (P = .04).1 The number needed to harm was 333 patients for 1 excess death. The difference was attributable to cardiovascular deaths (Table 3).1

In the analyses available at the time that this study arm closed, the excess mortality was not attributable to any particular treatment regimen. In particular, rosiglitazone (Avandia) use did not contribute to the excess mortality. (Of note, 91.2% of the intensive-treatment group and 57.5% of the conventional-treatment group had been treated with rosiglitazone, with more than 19,000 patient-years of rosiglitazone exposure). The excess mortality was also not attributable to hypoglycemia immediately proximate to the death.

The ACCORD trial’s data safety and monitoring board recommended that this arm of the study be discontinued for safety reasons, and this recommendation was accepted by the NHLBI project office. All participants were notified by letter before the trial results were announced publicly, and all intensive-therapy group participants are now being treated by the protocol used in the standard-therapy group.1

 

 

FEWER DEATHS IN ACCORD THAN IN OTHER STUDIES IN DIABETES

The mortality rates in both arms of ACCORD were much lower than in other observational studies and clinical trials in type 2 diabetes.

The National Health and Nutrition Education Survey (NHANES),30 conducted from 1971 to 1975, included 14,374 people with diabetes between the ages of 25 and 74. Many of them were younger than the ACCORD patients, but two NHANES age-groups overlapped the ACCORD cohort. Rates of death from any cause at 22 years (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 39.7 (ages 45–64)
  • 89.7 (ages 65–74).

The NHANES cohort would not have been treated as vigorously for coronary risk and other common causes of death.

UGDP, UKPDS. Death rates in the glucose-lowering trials of type 2 diabetes mellitus cited above were typically in the range of 20 deaths per 1,000 patient-years but were as high as 30 deaths per 1,000 patient-years in the UGDP tolbutamide group16 and the UK-PDS sulfonylurea-plus-metformin group.20,22,26

Steno-2.31 Half of 160 patients with type 2 diabetes were randomized to intensive strategies for controlling glucose, lipids, and blood pressure and for taking aspirin and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and following a healthy lifestyle. The other half received conventional therapy. Even in the intensive-treatment group, the mortality rate at 13 years was higher than in ACCORD. Rates of death from any cause (per 1,000 patient years):

  • 22.5 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 37.6 (conventional-treatment group).

After the ACCORD results were presented, two other trials addressing the question of whether lower hemoglobin A1c would reduce cardiovascular risk in type 2 diabetes have reported their outcomes:

The ADVANCE trial (Action in Diabetes and Vascular Disease: Preterax and Diamicron Modified Release Controlled Evaluation),32,33 with 11,140 patients, had a target hemoglobin A1c of 6.5% in an intensive-treatment group and 7.3% in a usual-treatment group. The intensive-treatment group showed no difference in the rates of major macrovascular events (HR 0.94, 95% CI 0.84–1.06, P = .32) or all-cause mortality (HR 0.93, 95% CI 0.83–1.06, P = .32). The overall death rate in ADVANCE (about 18 deaths per 1,000 patient-years) was higher than in ACCORD.

The Veterans Administration Diabetes Trial included 1,791 patients.34 Like the ADVANCE trial, it also found no difference in major cardiovascular outcomes (HR 0.868, P = .11) or cardiovascular mortality rates (HR 1.258, P = .36) with intensive therapy vs conventional therapy, ie, achieved hemoglobin A1c levels of 6.9% vs 8.4% (presented at the American Diabetes Association 2008 Scientific Sessions). Hypoglycemia was associated with an increased risk of death in the standard-treatment group.

An analysis suggested that patients with a shorter duration of diabetes may have had cardiovascular benefit from intensive glucose-lowering, while those who had had it longer may have had increased risk associated with the more intensive therapy. The rate of death from all causes appears to have been higher than in ACCORD, but this could not be determined accurately from the presentations.

Comment. Thus, the ACCORD cohort as a whole has had strikingly lower death rates than in these other studies. The fact that all participants had lower glucose levels on therapy than at baseline may possibly contribute to these lower death rates. In addition, all ACCORD participants in the lipid arm received a statin; all participants in the blood pressure arm had their blood pressure lowered to levels below those commonly seen in clinical practice; participants were encouraged to exercise regularly; most participants were given diet instruction; and other healthy behaviors such as aspirin use, regular follow-up with primary care physicians, and recommendations about smoking were encouraged throughout the study. These comprehensive strategies may represent better care and thus result in lower death rates than in other studies.

POSSIBLE EXPLANATIONS FOR THE ACCORD OUTCOMES

The ACCORD trial has already stimulated fierce debate about the reasons for the higher mortality rate in the intensive-treatment group. With longer follow-up, some new risk factors for death may be identified that are not evident in the analyses of the current 460 deaths. What follows are some of my thoughts, with the caveat that they are not confirmed (supported statistically) by any currently available analyses from ACCORD.

It seems unlikely that lower glucose values as reflected by lower hemoglobin A1c values in the intensive-treatment group are an a priori explanation for the observed differences in mortality rates—especially since the mortality rates were lower than in the NHANES and clinical trial data sets cited above. If we assume that a type 1 statistical error (finding a difference where no difference actually exists) does not explain the findings, then at least four reasonable postulates exist:

Hypoglycemia may have some adverse effect, either acutely or from recurrent events that trigger a catecholamine response with associated risk for arrhythmia or increased coronary heart disease risk. However, the investigators analyzed each death to determine whether hypoglycemia was a contributing cause, and they found no statistically significant relationship between hypoglycemia and death in the intensive-treatment group.

Weight gain is common with intensive therapy. Obesity may be associated with greater cytokine production, higher concentrations of clotting factors, higher levels of free fatty acids, and other potential contributors to the risk of coronary heart disease and death. Currently, the ACCORD analyses do not suggest that weight gain explains the higher death rate.

Medications such as rosiglitazone, sulfonylureas, and the combination of a sulfonylurea plus metformin have been previously associated with increased death rates in some observational and intervention trials. These studies had some serious methodologic limitations (eg, absence of risk adjustment, events not adjudicated, small study cohorts, wide variation in study cohort characteristics) and small numbers of events.11–13,16,26,35 ACCORD analyses have not shown that any single glucose-lowering agent—including rosiglitazone—or combination of agents explains the death rates.

The stress of maintaining glycemic control has been speculated to have in some way contributed to an increased risk. To achieve intensive control, patients had to have frequent contact with their health care providers, they were often told that their hemoglobin A1c values were “too high” even when they were well below those in the American Diabetes Association guidelines, and they had to follow complex glucose-lowering regimens.

Semiquantitative measures of overall attitudes about health exist (eg, the “Feeling Thermometer” scale), but stress was not measured quantitatively in the ACCORD trial.

 

 

IMPLICATIONS OF ACCORD

In practice, most clinicians believe that the target glucose level in patients with type 2 diabetes should be as low as safely possible. This approach does not need to be modified on the basis of current information from ACCORD.

To be safe, regimens should be associated with a low risk of hypoglycemia and a low risk of weight gain. Use of combinations of medications that work by different mechanisms is still prudent. Agents should be used that may have favorable effects on other cardiovascular risk factors (eg, lipids, blood pressure, visceral fat).

Hemoglobin A1c targets below 7% are not precluded in all patients on the basis of the ACCORD results, though values lower than 6% may not have much added benefit for cardiovascular risk reduction. We should note that hemoglobin A1c was reduced in all ACCORD participants and that death rates were lower than in many other type 2 diabetic cohorts. Pending data on other outcomes in ACCORD (nephropathy, retinopathy, dementia, fracture risk), I believe it is premature for organizations to change their proposed hemoglobin A1c targets,36,37 as none have proposed values as low as the target in the ACCORD intensive-treatment group. At present, no class of glucose-lowering agents needs to be excluded from consideration on the basis of the ACCORD data.

The overall low rates of death in this population at high risk of coronary heart disease deserve comment. Not only are they lower than in other glucose-lowering trials, but they are also lower than in a number of studies of mortality in diabetes cohorts. As noted above, multiple risk factors for coronary heart disease and death were (and are) addressed in the ACCORD study participants, including repeated recommendation for lifestyle modification, intervention arms with lipid and blood pressure therapy, encouragement of aspirin use, and regular follow-up with health care providers for risk factors not managed by the ACCORD trial protocol. It is likely that multiple approaches to reducing the risk of cardiovascular disease contributed to this low mortality rate and that similar approaches will reduce the risk of coronary disease and death in regular clinical practice.

The ACCORD lipid and blood pressure arms are continuing, with results expected in 2010. The future results from ACCORD as well as from several glucose-lowering trials currently in progress (ADVANCE,32,33 Veteran’s Administration,34 Bypass Angioplasty Revascularization Investigation 2 Diabetes [BARI-2D]38) will likely help refine our understanding of the effects of glucose-lowering, glucose-lowering strategies and targets, and multiple interventions on coronary events and all-cause mortality.

For now, any strategy that lowers glucose and is associated with a low risk of hypoglycemia and does not cause excessive weight gain should be considered appropriate in patients with type 2 diabetes.

References
  1. Gerstein HC, Miller ME, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:25452559.
  2. Goff DC, Gerstein HC, Ginsberg HN, et al. Prevention of cardiovascular disease in persons with type 2 diabetes mellitus: current knowledge and rationale for the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:4i20i.
  3. Buse JB, Bigger JT, Byington RP, et al. Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial: design and methods. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:21i33i.
  4. Gerstein HC, Riddle MC, Kendall DM, et al. Glycemia treatment strategies in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:34i43i.
  5. Bonds DE, Kurashige EM, Bergenstal R, et al. Severe hypoglycemia monitoring and risk management procedures in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:80i89i.
  6. Gerstein HC. Dysglycemia, not just diabetes, is a continuous risk factor for cardiovascular disease. Evid Based Cardiovasc Med. 1997; 1:8788.
  7. Gerstein HC, Pais P, Pogue J, Yusuf S. Relationship of glucose and insulin levels to the risk of myocardial infarction: a case-control study. J Am Coll Cardiol. 1999; 33:612619.
  8. Gerstein HC, Capes SE. Dysglycemia: a key cardiovascular risk factor. Semin Vasc Med. 2002; 2:165174.
  9. Gerstein HC, Santaguida P, Raina P, et al. Annual incidence and relative risk of diabetes in people with various categories of dysglycemia: a systematic overview and meta-analysis of prospective studies. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2007; 78:305312.
  10. American Diabetes Association. Role of cardiovascular risk factors in prevention and treatment of macrovascular disease in diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1989; 12:573579.
  11. Schor S. The University Group Diabetes Program. A statistician looks at the mortality results. JAMA. 1971; 217:16711675.
  12. Cornfield JThe University Group Diabetes Program. A further statistical analysis of the mortality findings. JAMA. 1971; 217:16761687.
  13. Feinstein AR. Clinical biostatistics. 8. An analytic appraisal of the University Group Diabetes Program (UGDP) study. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 1971; 12:167191.
  14. The University Group Diabetes Program. A study of the effects of hypoglycemic agents on vascular complications in patients with adult-onset diabetes. V. Evaluation of pheniformin therapy. Diabetes 1975; 24( suppl 1):65184.
  15. Knatterud GL, Klimt CR, Levin ME, Jacobson ME, Goldner MG. Effects of hypoglycemic agents on vascular complications in patients with adult-onset diabetes. VII. Mortality and selected nonfatal events with insulin treatment. JAMA. 1978; 240:3742.
  16. Schwartz TB, Meinert CL. The UGDP controversy: thirty-four years of contentious ambiguity laid to rest. Perspect Biol Med. 2004; 47:564574.
  17. Turner RC, Holman RR. Lessons from UK Prospective Diabetes Study. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 1995; 28( suppl):S151S157.
  18. UKPDS Research Group. Effect of intensive blood-glucose control with metformin on complications in overweight patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 34). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Lancet. 1998; 352:854865.
  19. UKPDS Study Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Lancet. 1998; 352:837853.
  20. UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. UKPDS 28: a randomized trial of efficacy of early addition of metformin in sulfonylurea-treated type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1998; 21:8792.
  21. Bretzel RG, Voigt K, Schatz H. The United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) implications for the pharmacotherapy of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes. 1998; 106:369372.
  22. Turner RC, Cull CA, Frighi V, Holman RR. Glycemic control with diet, sulfonylurea, metformin, or insulin in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: progressive requirement for multiple therapies (UKPDS 49). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. JAMA. 1999; 281:20052012.
  23. Leslie RD. United Kingdom prospective diabetes study (UKPDS): what now or so what? Diabetes Metab Res Rev 1999; 15:6571.
  24. Stratton IM, Adler AI, Neil HA, et al. Association of glycaemia with macrovascular and microvascular complications of type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 35): prospective observational study. BMJ. 2000; 321:405412.
  25. Mooradian AD, Chehade J. Implications of the UK Prospective Diabetes Study: questions answered and issues remaining. Drugs Aging. 2000; 16:159164.
  26. Nathan DM. Some answers, more controversy, from UKPDS. United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study. Lancet. 1998; 352:832833.
  27. Srimanunthiphol J, Beddow R, Arakaki R. A review of the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) and a discussion of the implications for patient care. Hawaii Med J. 2000; 59:295298.
  28. Duckworth WC, McCarren M, Abraira C. Glucose control and cardiovascular complications: the VA Diabetes Trial. Diabetes Care. 2001; 24:942945.
  29. Abraira C, Colwell JA, Nuttall FQ, et al. Veterans Affairs Cooperative Study on glycemic control and complications in type II diabetes (VA CSDM). Results of the feasibility trial. Veterans Affairs Cooperative Study in Type II Diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1995; 18:11131123.
  30. Gu K, Cowie CC, Harris MI. Mortality in adults with and without diabetes in a national cohort of the U.S. population, 1971–1993. Diabetes Care. 1998; 21:11381145. NHANES
  31. Gaede P, Lund-Andersen H, Parving HH, Pedersen O. Effect of a multifactorial intervention on mortality in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:580591.
  32. Patel A, MacMahon S, Chalmers J, et al. Intensive blood glucose control and vascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:25602572.
  33. Action in Diabetes and Vascular Disease: PreterAx and DiamicroN Modified-Release Controlled Evaluation. Rationale and design of the ADVANCE study: a randomised trial of blood pressure lowering and intensive glucose control in high-risk individuals with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Hypertens 2001; 19(suppl):S21S28.
  34. Abraira C, Duckworth W, McCarren M, et al. Design of the cooperative study on glycemic control and complications in diabetes mellitus type 2: Veterans Affairs Diabetes Trial. J Diabetes Complications. 2003; 17:314322.
  35. Nissen SE, Wolski K. Effect of rosiglitazone on the risk of myocardial infarction and death from cardiovascular causes. N Engl J Med. 2007; 356:24572471.
  36. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists medical guidelines for clinical practice for the management of diabetes mellitus. Endocr Pract 2007; 13(suppl 1):168.
  37. American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes—2008. Diabetes Care 2008; 31(suppl 1):S12S54.
  38. Magee MF, Isley WL. Rationale, design, and methods for glycemic control in the Bypass Angioplasty Revascularization Investigation 2 Diabetes (BARI 2D) Trial. Am J Cardiol 2006; 97:20G30G.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Byron J. Hoogwerf, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic; Principal Investigator (Cleveland Clinic Site), Member, Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) Study Group

Address: Byron J. Hoogwerf, MD, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, A53, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

The author has disclosed that he has received honoraria for consulting, teaching, or speaking from the Abbott, Amylin, Lilly, Merck, and Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America corporations. As of October 20th Dr. Hoogwerf will assume a position in the Diabetes Group at Eli Lilly, US Affiliate (at the time the manuscript was submitted, reviewed, and revised he was a full-time staff endocrinologist at the Cleveland Clinic).

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
729-737
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Byron J. Hoogwerf, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic; Principal Investigator (Cleveland Clinic Site), Member, Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) Study Group

Address: Byron J. Hoogwerf, MD, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, A53, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

The author has disclosed that he has received honoraria for consulting, teaching, or speaking from the Abbott, Amylin, Lilly, Merck, and Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America corporations. As of October 20th Dr. Hoogwerf will assume a position in the Diabetes Group at Eli Lilly, US Affiliate (at the time the manuscript was submitted, reviewed, and revised he was a full-time staff endocrinologist at the Cleveland Clinic).

Author and Disclosure Information

Byron J. Hoogwerf, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic; Principal Investigator (Cleveland Clinic Site), Member, Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) Study Group

Address: Byron J. Hoogwerf, MD, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, A53, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

The author has disclosed that he has received honoraria for consulting, teaching, or speaking from the Abbott, Amylin, Lilly, Merck, and Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America corporations. As of October 20th Dr. Hoogwerf will assume a position in the Diabetes Group at Eli Lilly, US Affiliate (at the time the manuscript was submitted, reviewed, and revised he was a full-time staff endocrinologist at the Cleveland Clinic).

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
A clinician and clinical trialist's perspective
A clinician and clinical trialist's perspective

The Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial1–5 was designed primarily to address, in patients with type 2 diabetes at high risk of cardiovascular events, whether intensive glucose control would result in a lower risk of atherosclerotic disease events or death than would standard treatment.

It was widely expected that intensive treatment would confer either modest benefit or, at worst, no benefit. However, the glucose-lowering arm of the trial was terminated early because of a higher mortality rate in the intensively treated group. (The ACCORD trial has two other arms, which concern blood pressure and lipid-lowering, and these are continuing.)

In earlier trials in type 2 diabetes, concerns had been raised about an increased risk of cardiovascular events and possibly death associated with glucose-lowering drugs, hypoglycemia itself, or both, and these were well known when ACCORD was convened. ACCORD was very carefully designed and included careful adjudication of each cardiovascular event and death, including whether hypoglycemia might have been a proximate cause of some sudden deaths.5

Therefore, the surprising result of the higher mortality rate with intensive glycemic control in ACCORD will be fodder for discussion in many arenas over the next several years, and it poses some challenges for physicians and patients in determining treatment goals, as well as for organizations that write clinical practice guidelines (and perhaps organizations involved in pay-for-performance based on these guidelines).

Still, I believe that the ACCORD results should not substantially change our approach to treatment goals in type 2 diabetes, although hemoglobin A1c targets below 6% may not have much added value for cardiovascular risk reduction. The low overall mortality rate in all the arms of the ACCORD trial emphasizes the importance of lifestyle modification, lipid and blood pressure therapy, and encouragement of aspirin use in all patients with type 2 diabetes.

This article reflects my views as a practicing diabetologist and clinical trialist (I was an investigator in the ACCORD trial) with a long-standing interest in clinical trials and in how the results influence clinical practice. The views I express herein may not reflect the views of other ACCORD investigators, the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NHLBI), the ACCORD trial coordinating center at Wake Forest University, or its data safety and monitoring board.

RISK OF CORONARY DISEASE INCREASES WITH GLUCOSE

Many observational studies6–10 have shown that the risk of cardiovascular disease, especially coronary heart disease, is two to five times higher in people with diabetes mellitus than in people without diabetes. The risk appears to be continuous, so the higher one’s glucose or hemoglobin A1c, the higher the risk.6 This risk even extends to glucose values well below the threshold values currently used to diagnose diabetes mellitus.6 Since there is no glucose threshold for coronary heart disease, the term dysglycemia (rather than hyperglycemia) has been proposed to note the relationship between glucose and coronary heart disease. (The glucose threshold for microvascular complications of diabetes, such as retinopathy and nephropathy, appears to be between 110 and 126 mg/dL).

The clustering of multiple coronary risk factors such as obesity, dyslipidemia, and hypertension has always raised the question of whether glucose is a culprit in coronary risk or whether it simply “runs in bad company.”

EARLIER CLINICAL TRIALS SUGGEST INTENSIVE TREATMENT RAISES RISK

Even though it has been widely believed that intensive glucose-lowering would reduce cardiovascular risk in type 2 diabetes, there have been hints in previous studies that some intensive-treatment regimens might increase risk.

Two large randomized clinical trials and one small one (discussed below) addressed whether glucose control would reduce the risk of atherosclerotic vascular disease events. In each of them, an increased risk of cardiovascular events and possibly of death was seen in at least one intensively treated group.

In the following discussion, I have calculated all of the death rates as the number of deaths per 1,000 patients per year, based on published study results. In this way, we can compare the rates in the various studies (including ACCORD), regardless of the trial duration.

The university group Diabetes Program: Controvery about tolbutamide therapy

The University Group Diabetes Program (UGDP)11–16 included about 1,000 participants randomized to five treatments: tolbutamide (Orinase, a sulfonylurea), insulin in a fixed dose based on body weight, insulin in adjusted doses based on fasting glucose levels, placebo, and (later) phenformin.

In the 1970s, when the UGDP was carried out, randomized clinical trials were uncommon. Like other trials from that era, the UGDP was underpowered by today’s standards and did not have a data safety and monitoring board.

Rates of cardiovascular events and deaths (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 25 (tolbutamide group)
  • 12 (placebo group).

The two insulin groups did not differ from the placebo group in their rates of cardiovascular events or death.15 The tolbutamide arm was stopped, and the ensuing controversy about how to interpret the trial results lasted for more than a decade. It also resulted in a black-box warning for tolbutamide and all subsequent sulfonylureas.

 

 

United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study: Method of glucose-lowering an issue

The United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)17–27 was launched in 1977. A cohort of 5,102 patients (mean age 54 years) with newly diagnosed type 2 diabetes mellitus followed a “prudent diet” for the first 3 to 4 months. Then, if their fasting glucose levels were in the range of 6.1 to 15 mmol/L (110–270 mg/dL), they were randomized to receive various treatments.

Patients who were not obese were randomized to receive either intensive treatment or conventional treatment. The intensive-treatment group received either insulin or a sulfonylurea (chlorpropamide [Diabinese], glibenclamide, or glipizide [Glucotrol]); the conventional-treatment group received diet therapy. The sulfonylurea arm was included partly to address the UGDP results.

Patients who were obese were randomized to receive one of three treatments: intensive treatment (with the agents listed above), conventional treatment, or metformin (Fortamet, Glucophage).

The mean in-trial hemoglobin A1c level in the intensive-treatment group was 7.0%, compared with 7.9% in the conventional-treatment group.

After a mean follow-up of more than 10 years, the incidence of myocardial infarction was 16% lower in the intensive-treatment group, but the difference was not statistically significant (P = .052).

Rates of death from all causes among nonobese subjects (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 18.2–20.5 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 19.9 (conventional-treatment group).

In the obese patients who received metformin, the incidence of myocardial infarction was lower than in the conventional-treatment group but not the intensive-treatment group.

Rates of death among obese patients (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 13.5 (metformin group)
  • 18.9 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 20.6 (conventional-treatment group).

However, a small subset (n = 587) of the original group assigned to sulfonylurea therapy whose glycemic control deteriorated during the trial were rerandomized to continue to receive a sulfonylurea alone or to have metformin added. There was a statistically significantly higher rate of cardiovascular events and a nonsignificantly higher rate of total mortality in the metformin-plus-sulfonylurea group (30.3 per 1,000 patient-years) than in the sulfonylurea-only group (19.1 per 1,000 patient-years).

These data suggested that the way glucose-lowering was achieved might be as important as the glucose levels actually achieved. However, no definite conclusions could be drawn.

In an editorial on the UKPDS, Nathan26 made a comment that may have been prescient in terms of the ACCORD trial: “Professional organizations will now scramble to decide how to translate the UKPDS results … Whether the UKPDS firmly establishes the choice of any one therapy…or any combination of therapies for the long-term treatment of type 2 diabetes is more questionable.”26

Veterans Administration feasibility study

A Veterans Administration feasibility study28,29 included 153 men (mean age 60) with type 2 diabetes (mean duration 7.8 years) who received either conventional therapy (a single daily dose of insulin) or intensive therapy (multiple doses of insulin plus a sulfonylurea). Over a mean of 27 months, the intensive-therapy group achieved a hemoglobin A1c level that was 2 percentage points lower than in the conventional-therapy group.

At 2.25 years of follow-up, cardiovascular events had occurred in 24 (24%) of the intensive-therapy group and in 16 (20%) of the standard-therapy group (P = .10).

Rates of death from all causes (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 28.9 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 17.5 (conventional-treatment group).

ACCORD TRIAL DESIGN

ACCORD had a double two-by-two factorial design: all of the more than 10,000 patients were randomly assigned to undergo either intensive or standard glucose-lowering therapy; in addition, approximately half were randomly assigned to receive either aggressive or standard antihypertensive therapy, and the other half were randomly assigned to receive one of two lipid-lowering regimens (Table 1).

The primary outcome measured was the combined incidence of nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, or death from cardiovascular causes. Secondary outcomes included death from any cause. The study is also evaluating the effect of intensive treatment on microvascular disease, hypoglycemia, cognition, quality of life, and cost-effectiveness.

The ACCORD study was designed to have 89% power to detect a 15% treatment effect of intensive glycemic control compared with standard glycemic control for the primary end point.

ACCORD RESULTS

Participants in ACCORD were between the ages of 40 and 82 at randomization and were generally at high risk of coronary heart disease on the basis of having multiple risk factors or a prior event. Table 2 summarizes their baseline characteristics.3

From Gerstein HC, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545-2559. Copyright 2008, Massachusetts Medical Society. All rights reserved.
Figure 1. Median hemoglobin A1c levels at each study visit in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Bars denote interquartile ranges.
At 1 year, the median hemoglobin A1c value had fallen from 8.1% at baseline to 6.4% in the intensive-treatment group and to 7.5% in the standard-treatment group, and these values remained stable throughout the rest of the trial (Figure 1).1

From Gerstein HC, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545-2559. Copyright 2008, Massachusetts Medical Society. All rights reserved.
Figure 2. Kaplan-Meier curves for the combined primary outcome (the first occurrence of nonfatal myocardial infarction or nonfatal stroke or death from cardiovascular causes) in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial.
At a median of 3.4 years, the primary outcome (nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, or death from cardiovascular causes) had occurred in 6.9% of the intensive-therapy group compared with 7.2% of the standard-therapy group (hazard ratio [HR] 0.90, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.78–1.04, P = .16) (Figure 2).1 The difference was primarily due to a lower rate of nonfatal myocardial infarction in the intensive-therapy group (n = 186, 3.6%) than in the standard-therapy group (n = 235, 4.6%; HR 0.76, 95% CI 0.62–0.92, P = .004).1

From Gerstein HC, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545–2559. Copyright 2008, Massachusetts Medical Society. All rights reserved.
Figure 3. Kaplan-Meier curves for death from any cause in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial.
However, on February 6, 2008, the ACCORD trial announced that 257 (5%) of the patients in the intensive-treatment group had died, compared with 203 (4%) of the standard-treatment group, a 20% difference (P = .04) (Figure 3).1

Rates of death from any cause (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 14 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 11 (standard-treatment group).

Although this difference was relatively small by some standards, it was statistically significant (P = .04).1 The number needed to harm was 333 patients for 1 excess death. The difference was attributable to cardiovascular deaths (Table 3).1

In the analyses available at the time that this study arm closed, the excess mortality was not attributable to any particular treatment regimen. In particular, rosiglitazone (Avandia) use did not contribute to the excess mortality. (Of note, 91.2% of the intensive-treatment group and 57.5% of the conventional-treatment group had been treated with rosiglitazone, with more than 19,000 patient-years of rosiglitazone exposure). The excess mortality was also not attributable to hypoglycemia immediately proximate to the death.

The ACCORD trial’s data safety and monitoring board recommended that this arm of the study be discontinued for safety reasons, and this recommendation was accepted by the NHLBI project office. All participants were notified by letter before the trial results were announced publicly, and all intensive-therapy group participants are now being treated by the protocol used in the standard-therapy group.1

 

 

FEWER DEATHS IN ACCORD THAN IN OTHER STUDIES IN DIABETES

The mortality rates in both arms of ACCORD were much lower than in other observational studies and clinical trials in type 2 diabetes.

The National Health and Nutrition Education Survey (NHANES),30 conducted from 1971 to 1975, included 14,374 people with diabetes between the ages of 25 and 74. Many of them were younger than the ACCORD patients, but two NHANES age-groups overlapped the ACCORD cohort. Rates of death from any cause at 22 years (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 39.7 (ages 45–64)
  • 89.7 (ages 65–74).

The NHANES cohort would not have been treated as vigorously for coronary risk and other common causes of death.

UGDP, UKPDS. Death rates in the glucose-lowering trials of type 2 diabetes mellitus cited above were typically in the range of 20 deaths per 1,000 patient-years but were as high as 30 deaths per 1,000 patient-years in the UGDP tolbutamide group16 and the UK-PDS sulfonylurea-plus-metformin group.20,22,26

Steno-2.31 Half of 160 patients with type 2 diabetes were randomized to intensive strategies for controlling glucose, lipids, and blood pressure and for taking aspirin and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and following a healthy lifestyle. The other half received conventional therapy. Even in the intensive-treatment group, the mortality rate at 13 years was higher than in ACCORD. Rates of death from any cause (per 1,000 patient years):

  • 22.5 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 37.6 (conventional-treatment group).

After the ACCORD results were presented, two other trials addressing the question of whether lower hemoglobin A1c would reduce cardiovascular risk in type 2 diabetes have reported their outcomes:

The ADVANCE trial (Action in Diabetes and Vascular Disease: Preterax and Diamicron Modified Release Controlled Evaluation),32,33 with 11,140 patients, had a target hemoglobin A1c of 6.5% in an intensive-treatment group and 7.3% in a usual-treatment group. The intensive-treatment group showed no difference in the rates of major macrovascular events (HR 0.94, 95% CI 0.84–1.06, P = .32) or all-cause mortality (HR 0.93, 95% CI 0.83–1.06, P = .32). The overall death rate in ADVANCE (about 18 deaths per 1,000 patient-years) was higher than in ACCORD.

The Veterans Administration Diabetes Trial included 1,791 patients.34 Like the ADVANCE trial, it also found no difference in major cardiovascular outcomes (HR 0.868, P = .11) or cardiovascular mortality rates (HR 1.258, P = .36) with intensive therapy vs conventional therapy, ie, achieved hemoglobin A1c levels of 6.9% vs 8.4% (presented at the American Diabetes Association 2008 Scientific Sessions). Hypoglycemia was associated with an increased risk of death in the standard-treatment group.

An analysis suggested that patients with a shorter duration of diabetes may have had cardiovascular benefit from intensive glucose-lowering, while those who had had it longer may have had increased risk associated with the more intensive therapy. The rate of death from all causes appears to have been higher than in ACCORD, but this could not be determined accurately from the presentations.

Comment. Thus, the ACCORD cohort as a whole has had strikingly lower death rates than in these other studies. The fact that all participants had lower glucose levels on therapy than at baseline may possibly contribute to these lower death rates. In addition, all ACCORD participants in the lipid arm received a statin; all participants in the blood pressure arm had their blood pressure lowered to levels below those commonly seen in clinical practice; participants were encouraged to exercise regularly; most participants were given diet instruction; and other healthy behaviors such as aspirin use, regular follow-up with primary care physicians, and recommendations about smoking were encouraged throughout the study. These comprehensive strategies may represent better care and thus result in lower death rates than in other studies.

POSSIBLE EXPLANATIONS FOR THE ACCORD OUTCOMES

The ACCORD trial has already stimulated fierce debate about the reasons for the higher mortality rate in the intensive-treatment group. With longer follow-up, some new risk factors for death may be identified that are not evident in the analyses of the current 460 deaths. What follows are some of my thoughts, with the caveat that they are not confirmed (supported statistically) by any currently available analyses from ACCORD.

It seems unlikely that lower glucose values as reflected by lower hemoglobin A1c values in the intensive-treatment group are an a priori explanation for the observed differences in mortality rates—especially since the mortality rates were lower than in the NHANES and clinical trial data sets cited above. If we assume that a type 1 statistical error (finding a difference where no difference actually exists) does not explain the findings, then at least four reasonable postulates exist:

Hypoglycemia may have some adverse effect, either acutely or from recurrent events that trigger a catecholamine response with associated risk for arrhythmia or increased coronary heart disease risk. However, the investigators analyzed each death to determine whether hypoglycemia was a contributing cause, and they found no statistically significant relationship between hypoglycemia and death in the intensive-treatment group.

Weight gain is common with intensive therapy. Obesity may be associated with greater cytokine production, higher concentrations of clotting factors, higher levels of free fatty acids, and other potential contributors to the risk of coronary heart disease and death. Currently, the ACCORD analyses do not suggest that weight gain explains the higher death rate.

Medications such as rosiglitazone, sulfonylureas, and the combination of a sulfonylurea plus metformin have been previously associated with increased death rates in some observational and intervention trials. These studies had some serious methodologic limitations (eg, absence of risk adjustment, events not adjudicated, small study cohorts, wide variation in study cohort characteristics) and small numbers of events.11–13,16,26,35 ACCORD analyses have not shown that any single glucose-lowering agent—including rosiglitazone—or combination of agents explains the death rates.

The stress of maintaining glycemic control has been speculated to have in some way contributed to an increased risk. To achieve intensive control, patients had to have frequent contact with their health care providers, they were often told that their hemoglobin A1c values were “too high” even when they were well below those in the American Diabetes Association guidelines, and they had to follow complex glucose-lowering regimens.

Semiquantitative measures of overall attitudes about health exist (eg, the “Feeling Thermometer” scale), but stress was not measured quantitatively in the ACCORD trial.

 

 

IMPLICATIONS OF ACCORD

In practice, most clinicians believe that the target glucose level in patients with type 2 diabetes should be as low as safely possible. This approach does not need to be modified on the basis of current information from ACCORD.

To be safe, regimens should be associated with a low risk of hypoglycemia and a low risk of weight gain. Use of combinations of medications that work by different mechanisms is still prudent. Agents should be used that may have favorable effects on other cardiovascular risk factors (eg, lipids, blood pressure, visceral fat).

Hemoglobin A1c targets below 7% are not precluded in all patients on the basis of the ACCORD results, though values lower than 6% may not have much added benefit for cardiovascular risk reduction. We should note that hemoglobin A1c was reduced in all ACCORD participants and that death rates were lower than in many other type 2 diabetic cohorts. Pending data on other outcomes in ACCORD (nephropathy, retinopathy, dementia, fracture risk), I believe it is premature for organizations to change their proposed hemoglobin A1c targets,36,37 as none have proposed values as low as the target in the ACCORD intensive-treatment group. At present, no class of glucose-lowering agents needs to be excluded from consideration on the basis of the ACCORD data.

The overall low rates of death in this population at high risk of coronary heart disease deserve comment. Not only are they lower than in other glucose-lowering trials, but they are also lower than in a number of studies of mortality in diabetes cohorts. As noted above, multiple risk factors for coronary heart disease and death were (and are) addressed in the ACCORD study participants, including repeated recommendation for lifestyle modification, intervention arms with lipid and blood pressure therapy, encouragement of aspirin use, and regular follow-up with health care providers for risk factors not managed by the ACCORD trial protocol. It is likely that multiple approaches to reducing the risk of cardiovascular disease contributed to this low mortality rate and that similar approaches will reduce the risk of coronary disease and death in regular clinical practice.

The ACCORD lipid and blood pressure arms are continuing, with results expected in 2010. The future results from ACCORD as well as from several glucose-lowering trials currently in progress (ADVANCE,32,33 Veteran’s Administration,34 Bypass Angioplasty Revascularization Investigation 2 Diabetes [BARI-2D]38) will likely help refine our understanding of the effects of glucose-lowering, glucose-lowering strategies and targets, and multiple interventions on coronary events and all-cause mortality.

For now, any strategy that lowers glucose and is associated with a low risk of hypoglycemia and does not cause excessive weight gain should be considered appropriate in patients with type 2 diabetes.

The Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial1–5 was designed primarily to address, in patients with type 2 diabetes at high risk of cardiovascular events, whether intensive glucose control would result in a lower risk of atherosclerotic disease events or death than would standard treatment.

It was widely expected that intensive treatment would confer either modest benefit or, at worst, no benefit. However, the glucose-lowering arm of the trial was terminated early because of a higher mortality rate in the intensively treated group. (The ACCORD trial has two other arms, which concern blood pressure and lipid-lowering, and these are continuing.)

In earlier trials in type 2 diabetes, concerns had been raised about an increased risk of cardiovascular events and possibly death associated with glucose-lowering drugs, hypoglycemia itself, or both, and these were well known when ACCORD was convened. ACCORD was very carefully designed and included careful adjudication of each cardiovascular event and death, including whether hypoglycemia might have been a proximate cause of some sudden deaths.5

Therefore, the surprising result of the higher mortality rate with intensive glycemic control in ACCORD will be fodder for discussion in many arenas over the next several years, and it poses some challenges for physicians and patients in determining treatment goals, as well as for organizations that write clinical practice guidelines (and perhaps organizations involved in pay-for-performance based on these guidelines).

Still, I believe that the ACCORD results should not substantially change our approach to treatment goals in type 2 diabetes, although hemoglobin A1c targets below 6% may not have much added value for cardiovascular risk reduction. The low overall mortality rate in all the arms of the ACCORD trial emphasizes the importance of lifestyle modification, lipid and blood pressure therapy, and encouragement of aspirin use in all patients with type 2 diabetes.

This article reflects my views as a practicing diabetologist and clinical trialist (I was an investigator in the ACCORD trial) with a long-standing interest in clinical trials and in how the results influence clinical practice. The views I express herein may not reflect the views of other ACCORD investigators, the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NHLBI), the ACCORD trial coordinating center at Wake Forest University, or its data safety and monitoring board.

RISK OF CORONARY DISEASE INCREASES WITH GLUCOSE

Many observational studies6–10 have shown that the risk of cardiovascular disease, especially coronary heart disease, is two to five times higher in people with diabetes mellitus than in people without diabetes. The risk appears to be continuous, so the higher one’s glucose or hemoglobin A1c, the higher the risk.6 This risk even extends to glucose values well below the threshold values currently used to diagnose diabetes mellitus.6 Since there is no glucose threshold for coronary heart disease, the term dysglycemia (rather than hyperglycemia) has been proposed to note the relationship between glucose and coronary heart disease. (The glucose threshold for microvascular complications of diabetes, such as retinopathy and nephropathy, appears to be between 110 and 126 mg/dL).

The clustering of multiple coronary risk factors such as obesity, dyslipidemia, and hypertension has always raised the question of whether glucose is a culprit in coronary risk or whether it simply “runs in bad company.”

EARLIER CLINICAL TRIALS SUGGEST INTENSIVE TREATMENT RAISES RISK

Even though it has been widely believed that intensive glucose-lowering would reduce cardiovascular risk in type 2 diabetes, there have been hints in previous studies that some intensive-treatment regimens might increase risk.

Two large randomized clinical trials and one small one (discussed below) addressed whether glucose control would reduce the risk of atherosclerotic vascular disease events. In each of them, an increased risk of cardiovascular events and possibly of death was seen in at least one intensively treated group.

In the following discussion, I have calculated all of the death rates as the number of deaths per 1,000 patients per year, based on published study results. In this way, we can compare the rates in the various studies (including ACCORD), regardless of the trial duration.

The university group Diabetes Program: Controvery about tolbutamide therapy

The University Group Diabetes Program (UGDP)11–16 included about 1,000 participants randomized to five treatments: tolbutamide (Orinase, a sulfonylurea), insulin in a fixed dose based on body weight, insulin in adjusted doses based on fasting glucose levels, placebo, and (later) phenformin.

In the 1970s, when the UGDP was carried out, randomized clinical trials were uncommon. Like other trials from that era, the UGDP was underpowered by today’s standards and did not have a data safety and monitoring board.

Rates of cardiovascular events and deaths (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 25 (tolbutamide group)
  • 12 (placebo group).

The two insulin groups did not differ from the placebo group in their rates of cardiovascular events or death.15 The tolbutamide arm was stopped, and the ensuing controversy about how to interpret the trial results lasted for more than a decade. It also resulted in a black-box warning for tolbutamide and all subsequent sulfonylureas.

 

 

United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study: Method of glucose-lowering an issue

The United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)17–27 was launched in 1977. A cohort of 5,102 patients (mean age 54 years) with newly diagnosed type 2 diabetes mellitus followed a “prudent diet” for the first 3 to 4 months. Then, if their fasting glucose levels were in the range of 6.1 to 15 mmol/L (110–270 mg/dL), they were randomized to receive various treatments.

Patients who were not obese were randomized to receive either intensive treatment or conventional treatment. The intensive-treatment group received either insulin or a sulfonylurea (chlorpropamide [Diabinese], glibenclamide, or glipizide [Glucotrol]); the conventional-treatment group received diet therapy. The sulfonylurea arm was included partly to address the UGDP results.

Patients who were obese were randomized to receive one of three treatments: intensive treatment (with the agents listed above), conventional treatment, or metformin (Fortamet, Glucophage).

The mean in-trial hemoglobin A1c level in the intensive-treatment group was 7.0%, compared with 7.9% in the conventional-treatment group.

After a mean follow-up of more than 10 years, the incidence of myocardial infarction was 16% lower in the intensive-treatment group, but the difference was not statistically significant (P = .052).

Rates of death from all causes among nonobese subjects (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 18.2–20.5 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 19.9 (conventional-treatment group).

In the obese patients who received metformin, the incidence of myocardial infarction was lower than in the conventional-treatment group but not the intensive-treatment group.

Rates of death among obese patients (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 13.5 (metformin group)
  • 18.9 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 20.6 (conventional-treatment group).

However, a small subset (n = 587) of the original group assigned to sulfonylurea therapy whose glycemic control deteriorated during the trial were rerandomized to continue to receive a sulfonylurea alone or to have metformin added. There was a statistically significantly higher rate of cardiovascular events and a nonsignificantly higher rate of total mortality in the metformin-plus-sulfonylurea group (30.3 per 1,000 patient-years) than in the sulfonylurea-only group (19.1 per 1,000 patient-years).

These data suggested that the way glucose-lowering was achieved might be as important as the glucose levels actually achieved. However, no definite conclusions could be drawn.

In an editorial on the UKPDS, Nathan26 made a comment that may have been prescient in terms of the ACCORD trial: “Professional organizations will now scramble to decide how to translate the UKPDS results … Whether the UKPDS firmly establishes the choice of any one therapy…or any combination of therapies for the long-term treatment of type 2 diabetes is more questionable.”26

Veterans Administration feasibility study

A Veterans Administration feasibility study28,29 included 153 men (mean age 60) with type 2 diabetes (mean duration 7.8 years) who received either conventional therapy (a single daily dose of insulin) or intensive therapy (multiple doses of insulin plus a sulfonylurea). Over a mean of 27 months, the intensive-therapy group achieved a hemoglobin A1c level that was 2 percentage points lower than in the conventional-therapy group.

At 2.25 years of follow-up, cardiovascular events had occurred in 24 (24%) of the intensive-therapy group and in 16 (20%) of the standard-therapy group (P = .10).

Rates of death from all causes (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 28.9 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 17.5 (conventional-treatment group).

ACCORD TRIAL DESIGN

ACCORD had a double two-by-two factorial design: all of the more than 10,000 patients were randomly assigned to undergo either intensive or standard glucose-lowering therapy; in addition, approximately half were randomly assigned to receive either aggressive or standard antihypertensive therapy, and the other half were randomly assigned to receive one of two lipid-lowering regimens (Table 1).

The primary outcome measured was the combined incidence of nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, or death from cardiovascular causes. Secondary outcomes included death from any cause. The study is also evaluating the effect of intensive treatment on microvascular disease, hypoglycemia, cognition, quality of life, and cost-effectiveness.

The ACCORD study was designed to have 89% power to detect a 15% treatment effect of intensive glycemic control compared with standard glycemic control for the primary end point.

ACCORD RESULTS

Participants in ACCORD were between the ages of 40 and 82 at randomization and were generally at high risk of coronary heart disease on the basis of having multiple risk factors or a prior event. Table 2 summarizes their baseline characteristics.3

From Gerstein HC, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545-2559. Copyright 2008, Massachusetts Medical Society. All rights reserved.
Figure 1. Median hemoglobin A1c levels at each study visit in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Bars denote interquartile ranges.
At 1 year, the median hemoglobin A1c value had fallen from 8.1% at baseline to 6.4% in the intensive-treatment group and to 7.5% in the standard-treatment group, and these values remained stable throughout the rest of the trial (Figure 1).1

From Gerstein HC, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545-2559. Copyright 2008, Massachusetts Medical Society. All rights reserved.
Figure 2. Kaplan-Meier curves for the combined primary outcome (the first occurrence of nonfatal myocardial infarction or nonfatal stroke or death from cardiovascular causes) in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial.
At a median of 3.4 years, the primary outcome (nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, or death from cardiovascular causes) had occurred in 6.9% of the intensive-therapy group compared with 7.2% of the standard-therapy group (hazard ratio [HR] 0.90, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.78–1.04, P = .16) (Figure 2).1 The difference was primarily due to a lower rate of nonfatal myocardial infarction in the intensive-therapy group (n = 186, 3.6%) than in the standard-therapy group (n = 235, 4.6%; HR 0.76, 95% CI 0.62–0.92, P = .004).1

From Gerstein HC, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:2545–2559. Copyright 2008, Massachusetts Medical Society. All rights reserved.
Figure 3. Kaplan-Meier curves for death from any cause in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial.
However, on February 6, 2008, the ACCORD trial announced that 257 (5%) of the patients in the intensive-treatment group had died, compared with 203 (4%) of the standard-treatment group, a 20% difference (P = .04) (Figure 3).1

Rates of death from any cause (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 14 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 11 (standard-treatment group).

Although this difference was relatively small by some standards, it was statistically significant (P = .04).1 The number needed to harm was 333 patients for 1 excess death. The difference was attributable to cardiovascular deaths (Table 3).1

In the analyses available at the time that this study arm closed, the excess mortality was not attributable to any particular treatment regimen. In particular, rosiglitazone (Avandia) use did not contribute to the excess mortality. (Of note, 91.2% of the intensive-treatment group and 57.5% of the conventional-treatment group had been treated with rosiglitazone, with more than 19,000 patient-years of rosiglitazone exposure). The excess mortality was also not attributable to hypoglycemia immediately proximate to the death.

The ACCORD trial’s data safety and monitoring board recommended that this arm of the study be discontinued for safety reasons, and this recommendation was accepted by the NHLBI project office. All participants were notified by letter before the trial results were announced publicly, and all intensive-therapy group participants are now being treated by the protocol used in the standard-therapy group.1

 

 

FEWER DEATHS IN ACCORD THAN IN OTHER STUDIES IN DIABETES

The mortality rates in both arms of ACCORD were much lower than in other observational studies and clinical trials in type 2 diabetes.

The National Health and Nutrition Education Survey (NHANES),30 conducted from 1971 to 1975, included 14,374 people with diabetes between the ages of 25 and 74. Many of them were younger than the ACCORD patients, but two NHANES age-groups overlapped the ACCORD cohort. Rates of death from any cause at 22 years (per 1,000 patient-years):

  • 39.7 (ages 45–64)
  • 89.7 (ages 65–74).

The NHANES cohort would not have been treated as vigorously for coronary risk and other common causes of death.

UGDP, UKPDS. Death rates in the glucose-lowering trials of type 2 diabetes mellitus cited above were typically in the range of 20 deaths per 1,000 patient-years but were as high as 30 deaths per 1,000 patient-years in the UGDP tolbutamide group16 and the UK-PDS sulfonylurea-plus-metformin group.20,22,26

Steno-2.31 Half of 160 patients with type 2 diabetes were randomized to intensive strategies for controlling glucose, lipids, and blood pressure and for taking aspirin and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and following a healthy lifestyle. The other half received conventional therapy. Even in the intensive-treatment group, the mortality rate at 13 years was higher than in ACCORD. Rates of death from any cause (per 1,000 patient years):

  • 22.5 (intensive-treatment group)
  • 37.6 (conventional-treatment group).

After the ACCORD results were presented, two other trials addressing the question of whether lower hemoglobin A1c would reduce cardiovascular risk in type 2 diabetes have reported their outcomes:

The ADVANCE trial (Action in Diabetes and Vascular Disease: Preterax and Diamicron Modified Release Controlled Evaluation),32,33 with 11,140 patients, had a target hemoglobin A1c of 6.5% in an intensive-treatment group and 7.3% in a usual-treatment group. The intensive-treatment group showed no difference in the rates of major macrovascular events (HR 0.94, 95% CI 0.84–1.06, P = .32) or all-cause mortality (HR 0.93, 95% CI 0.83–1.06, P = .32). The overall death rate in ADVANCE (about 18 deaths per 1,000 patient-years) was higher than in ACCORD.

The Veterans Administration Diabetes Trial included 1,791 patients.34 Like the ADVANCE trial, it also found no difference in major cardiovascular outcomes (HR 0.868, P = .11) or cardiovascular mortality rates (HR 1.258, P = .36) with intensive therapy vs conventional therapy, ie, achieved hemoglobin A1c levels of 6.9% vs 8.4% (presented at the American Diabetes Association 2008 Scientific Sessions). Hypoglycemia was associated with an increased risk of death in the standard-treatment group.

An analysis suggested that patients with a shorter duration of diabetes may have had cardiovascular benefit from intensive glucose-lowering, while those who had had it longer may have had increased risk associated with the more intensive therapy. The rate of death from all causes appears to have been higher than in ACCORD, but this could not be determined accurately from the presentations.

Comment. Thus, the ACCORD cohort as a whole has had strikingly lower death rates than in these other studies. The fact that all participants had lower glucose levels on therapy than at baseline may possibly contribute to these lower death rates. In addition, all ACCORD participants in the lipid arm received a statin; all participants in the blood pressure arm had their blood pressure lowered to levels below those commonly seen in clinical practice; participants were encouraged to exercise regularly; most participants were given diet instruction; and other healthy behaviors such as aspirin use, regular follow-up with primary care physicians, and recommendations about smoking were encouraged throughout the study. These comprehensive strategies may represent better care and thus result in lower death rates than in other studies.

POSSIBLE EXPLANATIONS FOR THE ACCORD OUTCOMES

The ACCORD trial has already stimulated fierce debate about the reasons for the higher mortality rate in the intensive-treatment group. With longer follow-up, some new risk factors for death may be identified that are not evident in the analyses of the current 460 deaths. What follows are some of my thoughts, with the caveat that they are not confirmed (supported statistically) by any currently available analyses from ACCORD.

It seems unlikely that lower glucose values as reflected by lower hemoglobin A1c values in the intensive-treatment group are an a priori explanation for the observed differences in mortality rates—especially since the mortality rates were lower than in the NHANES and clinical trial data sets cited above. If we assume that a type 1 statistical error (finding a difference where no difference actually exists) does not explain the findings, then at least four reasonable postulates exist:

Hypoglycemia may have some adverse effect, either acutely or from recurrent events that trigger a catecholamine response with associated risk for arrhythmia or increased coronary heart disease risk. However, the investigators analyzed each death to determine whether hypoglycemia was a contributing cause, and they found no statistically significant relationship between hypoglycemia and death in the intensive-treatment group.

Weight gain is common with intensive therapy. Obesity may be associated with greater cytokine production, higher concentrations of clotting factors, higher levels of free fatty acids, and other potential contributors to the risk of coronary heart disease and death. Currently, the ACCORD analyses do not suggest that weight gain explains the higher death rate.

Medications such as rosiglitazone, sulfonylureas, and the combination of a sulfonylurea plus metformin have been previously associated with increased death rates in some observational and intervention trials. These studies had some serious methodologic limitations (eg, absence of risk adjustment, events not adjudicated, small study cohorts, wide variation in study cohort characteristics) and small numbers of events.11–13,16,26,35 ACCORD analyses have not shown that any single glucose-lowering agent—including rosiglitazone—or combination of agents explains the death rates.

The stress of maintaining glycemic control has been speculated to have in some way contributed to an increased risk. To achieve intensive control, patients had to have frequent contact with their health care providers, they were often told that their hemoglobin A1c values were “too high” even when they were well below those in the American Diabetes Association guidelines, and they had to follow complex glucose-lowering regimens.

Semiquantitative measures of overall attitudes about health exist (eg, the “Feeling Thermometer” scale), but stress was not measured quantitatively in the ACCORD trial.

 

 

IMPLICATIONS OF ACCORD

In practice, most clinicians believe that the target glucose level in patients with type 2 diabetes should be as low as safely possible. This approach does not need to be modified on the basis of current information from ACCORD.

To be safe, regimens should be associated with a low risk of hypoglycemia and a low risk of weight gain. Use of combinations of medications that work by different mechanisms is still prudent. Agents should be used that may have favorable effects on other cardiovascular risk factors (eg, lipids, blood pressure, visceral fat).

Hemoglobin A1c targets below 7% are not precluded in all patients on the basis of the ACCORD results, though values lower than 6% may not have much added benefit for cardiovascular risk reduction. We should note that hemoglobin A1c was reduced in all ACCORD participants and that death rates were lower than in many other type 2 diabetic cohorts. Pending data on other outcomes in ACCORD (nephropathy, retinopathy, dementia, fracture risk), I believe it is premature for organizations to change their proposed hemoglobin A1c targets,36,37 as none have proposed values as low as the target in the ACCORD intensive-treatment group. At present, no class of glucose-lowering agents needs to be excluded from consideration on the basis of the ACCORD data.

The overall low rates of death in this population at high risk of coronary heart disease deserve comment. Not only are they lower than in other glucose-lowering trials, but they are also lower than in a number of studies of mortality in diabetes cohorts. As noted above, multiple risk factors for coronary heart disease and death were (and are) addressed in the ACCORD study participants, including repeated recommendation for lifestyle modification, intervention arms with lipid and blood pressure therapy, encouragement of aspirin use, and regular follow-up with health care providers for risk factors not managed by the ACCORD trial protocol. It is likely that multiple approaches to reducing the risk of cardiovascular disease contributed to this low mortality rate and that similar approaches will reduce the risk of coronary disease and death in regular clinical practice.

The ACCORD lipid and blood pressure arms are continuing, with results expected in 2010. The future results from ACCORD as well as from several glucose-lowering trials currently in progress (ADVANCE,32,33 Veteran’s Administration,34 Bypass Angioplasty Revascularization Investigation 2 Diabetes [BARI-2D]38) will likely help refine our understanding of the effects of glucose-lowering, glucose-lowering strategies and targets, and multiple interventions on coronary events and all-cause mortality.

For now, any strategy that lowers glucose and is associated with a low risk of hypoglycemia and does not cause excessive weight gain should be considered appropriate in patients with type 2 diabetes.

References
  1. Gerstein HC, Miller ME, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:25452559.
  2. Goff DC, Gerstein HC, Ginsberg HN, et al. Prevention of cardiovascular disease in persons with type 2 diabetes mellitus: current knowledge and rationale for the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:4i20i.
  3. Buse JB, Bigger JT, Byington RP, et al. Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial: design and methods. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:21i33i.
  4. Gerstein HC, Riddle MC, Kendall DM, et al. Glycemia treatment strategies in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:34i43i.
  5. Bonds DE, Kurashige EM, Bergenstal R, et al. Severe hypoglycemia monitoring and risk management procedures in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:80i89i.
  6. Gerstein HC. Dysglycemia, not just diabetes, is a continuous risk factor for cardiovascular disease. Evid Based Cardiovasc Med. 1997; 1:8788.
  7. Gerstein HC, Pais P, Pogue J, Yusuf S. Relationship of glucose and insulin levels to the risk of myocardial infarction: a case-control study. J Am Coll Cardiol. 1999; 33:612619.
  8. Gerstein HC, Capes SE. Dysglycemia: a key cardiovascular risk factor. Semin Vasc Med. 2002; 2:165174.
  9. Gerstein HC, Santaguida P, Raina P, et al. Annual incidence and relative risk of diabetes in people with various categories of dysglycemia: a systematic overview and meta-analysis of prospective studies. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2007; 78:305312.
  10. American Diabetes Association. Role of cardiovascular risk factors in prevention and treatment of macrovascular disease in diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1989; 12:573579.
  11. Schor S. The University Group Diabetes Program. A statistician looks at the mortality results. JAMA. 1971; 217:16711675.
  12. Cornfield JThe University Group Diabetes Program. A further statistical analysis of the mortality findings. JAMA. 1971; 217:16761687.
  13. Feinstein AR. Clinical biostatistics. 8. An analytic appraisal of the University Group Diabetes Program (UGDP) study. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 1971; 12:167191.
  14. The University Group Diabetes Program. A study of the effects of hypoglycemic agents on vascular complications in patients with adult-onset diabetes. V. Evaluation of pheniformin therapy. Diabetes 1975; 24( suppl 1):65184.
  15. Knatterud GL, Klimt CR, Levin ME, Jacobson ME, Goldner MG. Effects of hypoglycemic agents on vascular complications in patients with adult-onset diabetes. VII. Mortality and selected nonfatal events with insulin treatment. JAMA. 1978; 240:3742.
  16. Schwartz TB, Meinert CL. The UGDP controversy: thirty-four years of contentious ambiguity laid to rest. Perspect Biol Med. 2004; 47:564574.
  17. Turner RC, Holman RR. Lessons from UK Prospective Diabetes Study. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 1995; 28( suppl):S151S157.
  18. UKPDS Research Group. Effect of intensive blood-glucose control with metformin on complications in overweight patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 34). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Lancet. 1998; 352:854865.
  19. UKPDS Study Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Lancet. 1998; 352:837853.
  20. UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. UKPDS 28: a randomized trial of efficacy of early addition of metformin in sulfonylurea-treated type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1998; 21:8792.
  21. Bretzel RG, Voigt K, Schatz H. The United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) implications for the pharmacotherapy of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes. 1998; 106:369372.
  22. Turner RC, Cull CA, Frighi V, Holman RR. Glycemic control with diet, sulfonylurea, metformin, or insulin in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: progressive requirement for multiple therapies (UKPDS 49). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. JAMA. 1999; 281:20052012.
  23. Leslie RD. United Kingdom prospective diabetes study (UKPDS): what now or so what? Diabetes Metab Res Rev 1999; 15:6571.
  24. Stratton IM, Adler AI, Neil HA, et al. Association of glycaemia with macrovascular and microvascular complications of type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 35): prospective observational study. BMJ. 2000; 321:405412.
  25. Mooradian AD, Chehade J. Implications of the UK Prospective Diabetes Study: questions answered and issues remaining. Drugs Aging. 2000; 16:159164.
  26. Nathan DM. Some answers, more controversy, from UKPDS. United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study. Lancet. 1998; 352:832833.
  27. Srimanunthiphol J, Beddow R, Arakaki R. A review of the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) and a discussion of the implications for patient care. Hawaii Med J. 2000; 59:295298.
  28. Duckworth WC, McCarren M, Abraira C. Glucose control and cardiovascular complications: the VA Diabetes Trial. Diabetes Care. 2001; 24:942945.
  29. Abraira C, Colwell JA, Nuttall FQ, et al. Veterans Affairs Cooperative Study on glycemic control and complications in type II diabetes (VA CSDM). Results of the feasibility trial. Veterans Affairs Cooperative Study in Type II Diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1995; 18:11131123.
  30. Gu K, Cowie CC, Harris MI. Mortality in adults with and without diabetes in a national cohort of the U.S. population, 1971–1993. Diabetes Care. 1998; 21:11381145. NHANES
  31. Gaede P, Lund-Andersen H, Parving HH, Pedersen O. Effect of a multifactorial intervention on mortality in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:580591.
  32. Patel A, MacMahon S, Chalmers J, et al. Intensive blood glucose control and vascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:25602572.
  33. Action in Diabetes and Vascular Disease: PreterAx and DiamicroN Modified-Release Controlled Evaluation. Rationale and design of the ADVANCE study: a randomised trial of blood pressure lowering and intensive glucose control in high-risk individuals with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Hypertens 2001; 19(suppl):S21S28.
  34. Abraira C, Duckworth W, McCarren M, et al. Design of the cooperative study on glycemic control and complications in diabetes mellitus type 2: Veterans Affairs Diabetes Trial. J Diabetes Complications. 2003; 17:314322.
  35. Nissen SE, Wolski K. Effect of rosiglitazone on the risk of myocardial infarction and death from cardiovascular causes. N Engl J Med. 2007; 356:24572471.
  36. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists medical guidelines for clinical practice for the management of diabetes mellitus. Endocr Pract 2007; 13(suppl 1):168.
  37. American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes—2008. Diabetes Care 2008; 31(suppl 1):S12S54.
  38. Magee MF, Isley WL. Rationale, design, and methods for glycemic control in the Bypass Angioplasty Revascularization Investigation 2 Diabetes (BARI 2D) Trial. Am J Cardiol 2006; 97:20G30G.
References
  1. Gerstein HC, Miller ME, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:25452559.
  2. Goff DC, Gerstein HC, Ginsberg HN, et al. Prevention of cardiovascular disease in persons with type 2 diabetes mellitus: current knowledge and rationale for the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:4i20i.
  3. Buse JB, Bigger JT, Byington RP, et al. Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial: design and methods. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:21i33i.
  4. Gerstein HC, Riddle MC, Kendall DM, et al. Glycemia treatment strategies in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:34i43i.
  5. Bonds DE, Kurashige EM, Bergenstal R, et al. Severe hypoglycemia monitoring and risk management procedures in the Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD) trial. Am J Cardiol 2007; 99:80i89i.
  6. Gerstein HC. Dysglycemia, not just diabetes, is a continuous risk factor for cardiovascular disease. Evid Based Cardiovasc Med. 1997; 1:8788.
  7. Gerstein HC, Pais P, Pogue J, Yusuf S. Relationship of glucose and insulin levels to the risk of myocardial infarction: a case-control study. J Am Coll Cardiol. 1999; 33:612619.
  8. Gerstein HC, Capes SE. Dysglycemia: a key cardiovascular risk factor. Semin Vasc Med. 2002; 2:165174.
  9. Gerstein HC, Santaguida P, Raina P, et al. Annual incidence and relative risk of diabetes in people with various categories of dysglycemia: a systematic overview and meta-analysis of prospective studies. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2007; 78:305312.
  10. American Diabetes Association. Role of cardiovascular risk factors in prevention and treatment of macrovascular disease in diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1989; 12:573579.
  11. Schor S. The University Group Diabetes Program. A statistician looks at the mortality results. JAMA. 1971; 217:16711675.
  12. Cornfield JThe University Group Diabetes Program. A further statistical analysis of the mortality findings. JAMA. 1971; 217:16761687.
  13. Feinstein AR. Clinical biostatistics. 8. An analytic appraisal of the University Group Diabetes Program (UGDP) study. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 1971; 12:167191.
  14. The University Group Diabetes Program. A study of the effects of hypoglycemic agents on vascular complications in patients with adult-onset diabetes. V. Evaluation of pheniformin therapy. Diabetes 1975; 24( suppl 1):65184.
  15. Knatterud GL, Klimt CR, Levin ME, Jacobson ME, Goldner MG. Effects of hypoglycemic agents on vascular complications in patients with adult-onset diabetes. VII. Mortality and selected nonfatal events with insulin treatment. JAMA. 1978; 240:3742.
  16. Schwartz TB, Meinert CL. The UGDP controversy: thirty-four years of contentious ambiguity laid to rest. Perspect Biol Med. 2004; 47:564574.
  17. Turner RC, Holman RR. Lessons from UK Prospective Diabetes Study. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 1995; 28( suppl):S151S157.
  18. UKPDS Research Group. Effect of intensive blood-glucose control with metformin on complications in overweight patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 34). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Lancet. 1998; 352:854865.
  19. UKPDS Study Group. Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Lancet. 1998; 352:837853.
  20. UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. UKPDS 28: a randomized trial of efficacy of early addition of metformin in sulfonylurea-treated type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1998; 21:8792.
  21. Bretzel RG, Voigt K, Schatz H. The United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) implications for the pharmacotherapy of type 2 diabetes mellitus. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes. 1998; 106:369372.
  22. Turner RC, Cull CA, Frighi V, Holman RR. Glycemic control with diet, sulfonylurea, metformin, or insulin in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: progressive requirement for multiple therapies (UKPDS 49). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. JAMA. 1999; 281:20052012.
  23. Leslie RD. United Kingdom prospective diabetes study (UKPDS): what now or so what? Diabetes Metab Res Rev 1999; 15:6571.
  24. Stratton IM, Adler AI, Neil HA, et al. Association of glycaemia with macrovascular and microvascular complications of type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 35): prospective observational study. BMJ. 2000; 321:405412.
  25. Mooradian AD, Chehade J. Implications of the UK Prospective Diabetes Study: questions answered and issues remaining. Drugs Aging. 2000; 16:159164.
  26. Nathan DM. Some answers, more controversy, from UKPDS. United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study. Lancet. 1998; 352:832833.
  27. Srimanunthiphol J, Beddow R, Arakaki R. A review of the United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) and a discussion of the implications for patient care. Hawaii Med J. 2000; 59:295298.
  28. Duckworth WC, McCarren M, Abraira C. Glucose control and cardiovascular complications: the VA Diabetes Trial. Diabetes Care. 2001; 24:942945.
  29. Abraira C, Colwell JA, Nuttall FQ, et al. Veterans Affairs Cooperative Study on glycemic control and complications in type II diabetes (VA CSDM). Results of the feasibility trial. Veterans Affairs Cooperative Study in Type II Diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1995; 18:11131123.
  30. Gu K, Cowie CC, Harris MI. Mortality in adults with and without diabetes in a national cohort of the U.S. population, 1971–1993. Diabetes Care. 1998; 21:11381145. NHANES
  31. Gaede P, Lund-Andersen H, Parving HH, Pedersen O. Effect of a multifactorial intervention on mortality in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:580591.
  32. Patel A, MacMahon S, Chalmers J, et al. Intensive blood glucose control and vascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2008; 358:25602572.
  33. Action in Diabetes and Vascular Disease: PreterAx and DiamicroN Modified-Release Controlled Evaluation. Rationale and design of the ADVANCE study: a randomised trial of blood pressure lowering and intensive glucose control in high-risk individuals with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Hypertens 2001; 19(suppl):S21S28.
  34. Abraira C, Duckworth W, McCarren M, et al. Design of the cooperative study on glycemic control and complications in diabetes mellitus type 2: Veterans Affairs Diabetes Trial. J Diabetes Complications. 2003; 17:314322.
  35. Nissen SE, Wolski K. Effect of rosiglitazone on the risk of myocardial infarction and death from cardiovascular causes. N Engl J Med. 2007; 356:24572471.
  36. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists medical guidelines for clinical practice for the management of diabetes mellitus. Endocr Pract 2007; 13(suppl 1):168.
  37. American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes—2008. Diabetes Care 2008; 31(suppl 1):S12S54.
  38. Magee MF, Isley WL. Rationale, design, and methods for glycemic control in the Bypass Angioplasty Revascularization Investigation 2 Diabetes (BARI 2D) Trial. Am J Cardiol 2006; 97:20G30G.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 75(10)
Page Number
729-737
Page Number
729-737
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Does intensive therapy of type 2 diabetes help or harm? Seeking accord on ACCORD
Display Headline
Does intensive therapy of type 2 diabetes help or harm? Seeking accord on ACCORD
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • No obvious cause, including hypoglycemia proximate to death or the use of any particular medication, clearly explained the excess deaths, although hypoglycemia occurred more often in intensively treated participants.
  • The death rates in ACCORD were lower than in population studies and in other intervention trials. It is likely that multiple approaches to reducing the risk of cardiovascular disease contributed to this low mortality rate.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

What's Eating You? Extensive Cutaneous Larva Migrans (Ancylostoma braziliense)

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 01/10/2019 - 12:15
Display Headline
What's Eating You? Extensive Cutaneous Larva Migrans (Ancylostoma braziliense)

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Patel S, Aboutalebi S, Vindhya PL, Smith J

Issue
Cutis - 82(4)
Publications
Page Number
239-240
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Patel S, Aboutalebi S, Vindhya PL, Smith J

Author and Disclosure Information

Patel S, Aboutalebi S, Vindhya PL, Smith J

Article PDF
Article PDF

Issue
Cutis - 82(4)
Issue
Cutis - 82(4)
Page Number
239-240
Page Number
239-240
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
What's Eating You? Extensive Cutaneous Larva Migrans (Ancylostoma braziliense)
Display Headline
What's Eating You? Extensive Cutaneous Larva Migrans (Ancylostoma braziliense)
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

How to reach LDL targets quickly in patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 16:04
Display Headline
How to reach LDL targets quickly in patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome

 

Practice recommendations

 

  • You can reduce elevated LDL-C levels in more patients with diabetes and metabolic syndrome using this study's algorithm.
  • Choose a starting dose of a statin according to the gap between baseline and target LDL-C values.
  • Using a tailored starting dose of atorvastatin, most patients with type 2 diabetes or metabolic syndrome can achieve LDL-C target levels safely within 6 to 12 weeks, without raising the initial dose or with a single titration step.

 

Abstract

Purpose To investigate whether using an algorithm to select the starting dose of a statin according to baseline and target LDL-cholesterol (LDL-C) values would facilitate achieving lipid targets in patients with diabetes or the metabolic syndrome.

Methods Two 12-week, prospective, open-label trials enrolled 2717 high-risk subjects, of whom 1024 had diabetes and 1251 had metabolic syndrome. Subjects with LDL-C between 100 and 220 mg/dL (2.6-5.7 mmol/L) were assigned a starting dose of atorvastatin (10, 20, 40, or 80 mg/d) based on LDL-C level and status of statin use at baseline (statin-free [SF] or statin-treated [ST]), with a single uptitration at 6 weeks, if required.

Results Among patients with diabetes, 81% of SF subjects (82%, 84%, 82%, and 76% with 10, 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) and 60% of ST subjects (61%, 68%, and 47% with 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) achieved LDL-C target. Among patients with metabolic syndrome, 78% of SF subjects (81%, 84%, 82%, and 66% with 10, 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) and 57% of ST subjects (58%, 70%, and 47% with 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) achieved LDL-C target. Among ST subjects, we observed reductions in LDL-C with atorvastatin beyond those achieved with other statins used at baseline in patients with diabetes and patients with metabolic syndrome. Atorvastatin was well tolerated.

Conclusions The ACTFAST studies confirm that a targeted starting dose of atorvastatin allows most patients with type 2 diabetes or the metabolic syndrome to achieve their LDL-C target safely with the initial dose or just a single titration. This therapeutic strategy may help overcome the treatment gap still observed in the treatment of lipids in diabetes.

How many of your patients with type 2 diabetes or metabolic syndrome have a low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) level below the target of 100 mg/dL? Your answer, undoubtedly, is not enough of them. The good news we report in this article is that you can safely achieve the target more often, within 6 to 12 weeks, using a simple algorithm that helps you determine the optimal starting dose of a statin.

Good reason for concern. Individuals with coronary heart disease (CHD) or CHD risk equivalents such as diabetes have the highest cardiovascular risk and, according to the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) III and other guidelines, must aim for the lowest target levels of LDL-C.1 As the number of cardiovascular risk factors increases in a population, the percentage of patients reaching targets decreases2,3 —to as low as 37% among those at highest risk.2 The international Analysis and Understanding of Diabetes and Dyslipidaemia: Improving Treatment (AUDIT) survey found that out of all patients with type 2 diabetes being treated, only 54% achieved target.4

Type 2 diabetes purportedly imparts a cardiovascular risk comparable to that of a prior cardiovascular event.1,5-7 Moreover, the outcome of such events in patients with diabetes is worse than in patients without diabetes, with approximately 7 out of 10 patients dying from the event or its complications.7-9

 

The metabolic syndrome (MetSyn) also increases risk of cardiovascular events and mortality, even in individuals without diabetes or CHD.10-13 In 1 study, the risks of all-cause and cardiovascular mortality in patients with MetSyn were 1.38 to 1.44 and 2.26 to 2.78, respectively, compared with those who did not have MetSyn.12

The algorithm we describe in this article was developed from results of the Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST) trials. These trials were designed to assess whether, according to the degree of reduction required in LDL-C, an optimal starting dose of atorvastatin could be identified so that patients would achieve LDL-C targets quickly, with no change in the dose or with just one titration step, and regardless of statin use at baseline.

The main results of ACTFAST 1 and 2 have been published elsewhere.14,15 We report specifically on a prespecified analysis of pooled results in the subset of patients with diabetes or MetSyn.

 

 

Methods

Patient population

We extracted the study population from prespecified pooling of data from ACTFAST 1 and 2,14,15 which were 12-week, multicenter, prospective, open-label trials that used the same protocol. A full description of inclusion and exclusion criteria for ACTFAST has been published elsewhere.14,15

Briefly, subjects were either statin-free or statin-treated at baseline, had CHD or a CHD equivalent, had an LDL-C level between 100 and 220 mg/dL (2.6-5.7 mmol/L) and triglycerides =600 mg/dL (6.8 mmol/L), and were willing to follow a recommended diet.

We excluded patients if they had used other lipid-lowering therapy in the prior 2 months (except for statins in the statin-treated study arm) or if they were receiving >40 mg/d of any statin. Patients taking atorvastatin at screening were excluded because the study's goal was to assess the benefits of switching over to a flexible starting dose of atorvastatin. We defined diabetes and MetSyn according to the American Diabetes Association criteria16 and the NCEP 2001 criteria,1 respectively.

Doses reflected LDL-C baseline-target gap and prior statin use

If patients were statin free at baseline, we assigned them to 6 weeks of treatment with atorvastatin, at 10, 20, 40, or 80 mg/d, according to their baseline LDL-C level ( FIGURE 1 ). For patients who had been taking a statin at screening, starting doses of atorvastatin for each LDL-C increment were doubled.

If patients did not reach LDL-C targets at the end of 6 weeks, we titrated their regimen to the next higher dose for an additional 6 weeks. Patients initially allocated to receive atorvastatin at 80 mg who did not reach LDL-C targets continued at that dose, and we added a more intense therapeutic lifestyle intervention (NCEP II step 2 diet).1

We obtained blood samples at baseline screening, week 6, and week 12, to measure 12-hour fasting serum lipid profiles and to make routine safety assessments (hematology and chemistry). Patients received dietary counseling at all visits.

The ACTFAST protocol and amendments were approved by appropriately constituted central or local institutional review boards, and all patients gave written informed consent.

 

FIGURE 1
How treatment doses were determined

Statin-free patients received a specified dose of atorvastatin according to their baseline low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) level. Patients who had been treated with another statin at screening received atorvastatin at a dose double that given to statin-free patients with equivalent LDL-C levels, for a maximum dose of 80 mg.



Reprinted from Atherosclerosis, vol. 191, Martineau P, Gaw A, de Teresa E, et al, Effect of individualizing starting doses of a statin according to baseline LDL-cholesterol levels on achieving cholesterol targets: The Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST) study, 135-146, © 2006, with permission from Elsevier.

Primary efficacy outcome: LDL-C levels of <100 mg/dL

The primary efficacy outcome was the proportion of patients with either diabetes or MetSyn achieving NCEP Adult Treatment Panel-III target LDL-C levels of <100 mg/dL (<2.6 mmol/L) after 12 weeks of treatment.1 Secondary efficacy parameters were described in ACTFAST 1.14

We analyzed data according to intention-to-treat (ITT), using the last observation carried forward (LOCF) for missing data. The ITT population consisted of all patients who took at least 1 dose of study medication, and had at least 1 subsequent assessment.

Results

Between January 2003 and February 2004, 3634 subjects were screened for ACTFAST 1 and 2, and 2717 patients were enrolled from 12 countries (Canada, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom). Ethnicity was recorded for about 80% of patients; more than 90% were Caucasian.

Diabetes

The ITT population included 1024 patients with diabetes, of whom 97% had type 2 diabetes and 73% were statin-free ( TABLE 1 ). Baseline laboratory parameters are available online, in TABLE W1 .

 

After 12 weeks of treatment, 81% (95% confidence interval [CI], 77.8%-83.5%) of statin-free and 60% (95% CI, 53.9%-65.4%) of statin-treated patients with diabetes achieved LDLC target of <100 mg/dL ( FIGURE 2 ). In contrast, among patients without diabetes (n=1693), 77% (95% CI, 73.9%-79.3%) of statin-free and 59% (95% CI, 55.4%-62.5%) of statin-treated patients achieved target.

For diabetes patients, mean percent reductions in total cholesterol, TC/HDL-C, LDL-C, triglycerides, non-HDL-C and apolipoprotein B (apo B) were significant vs baseline for all doses in both statin-free and statin-treated subjects ( TABLE 2 ). Significant increases in HDL-C were seen only with the 10- and 80-mg doses in statin-free patients.

 

 

 

FIGURE 2
Patients who achieved an LDL-C level of <100 mg/dL
after receiving 12 weeks of atorvastatin

TABLE 1
Demographic profiles of patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome
(This is an expanded version of the table that appeared in print.)

 

DIABETESSTATIN-FREE (N=744)STATIN-TREATED (N=280)ALL (N=1024)
Men, n (%)410 (55.1)161 (57.5)571 (55.8)
Age, years60.9±10.962.2±10.161.3±10.7
Weight, kg85.0±18.083.3±16.084.6±17.5
Waist circumference, cm103.3±13.8102.3±13.0103.0±13.6
Smokers, %16.512.515.4
Type 2 diabetes, % (% treated with insulin)96.8 (16.3)96.8 (16.6)96.8 (16.3)
Blood pressure, mm Hg137.1±15.7/79.6±9.6136.3±16.4/77.5±10.5136.9±15.9/79.0±9.9
CHD, %24.256.433.0
PVD, %5.57.96.2
CVD, %6.99.37.5
METABOLIC SYNDROMESTATIN-FREE (N=839)STATIN-TREATED (N=412)ALL (N=1251)
Men, n (%)483 (57.6)248 (60.2)731 (58.4)
Age, years62.0±10.262.7±10.162.2±10.2
Weight, kg87.4±17.285.7±15.186.9±16.6
Waist circumference, cm106.2±12.3104.8±12.6105.7±12.4
Smokers, %23.019.721.9
Diabetes, % (% type 2 diabetes) (% treated with insulin)60.4 (98.6) (15.6)46.1 (98.9) (17.6)55.7 (98.7) (16.1)
Blood pressure, mm Hg140.1±14.8/81.4±9.3139.7±14.6/79.4±10.0140.0±14.7/80.7±9.6
CHD, %41.875.552.9
PVD, %6.49.07.3
CVD, %9.810.09.8
Mean±standard deviation for continuous variables.
CHD, coronary heart disease; PVD, peripheral vascular disease; CVD, cerebrovascular disease.

TABLE 2
Mean percent change (95% CI) in lipid levels from baseline when patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome took atorvastatin
(This is an expanded version of the table that appeared in print.)

 

DIABETESSTATIN-FREESTATIN-TREATED
10 MG (N=395)20 MG (N=98)40 MG (N=90)80 MG (N=161)20 MG (N=216)40 MG (N=28)80 MG (N=36)
Total cholesterol*-23.0 (-24.3 to -21.7)-31.6 (-33.8 to -29.3)-38.1 (-40.5 to -35.7)-41.2 (-43.3 to -39.1)-16.9 (-18.6 to -15.2)-30.4 (-36.0 to -24.9)-34.2 (-39.4 to -30.0)
LDL-C*-33.9 (-35.6 to -32.2)-43.4 (-46.0 to -40.7)-51.0 (-54.1 to -48.0)-53.0 (-55.6 to -50.4)-23.9 (-26.3 to -21.6)-40.3 (-47.2 to -33.5)-42.1 (-50.2 to -33.9)
HDL-C2.9 (1.4 to 4.3)0.4 (-2.1 to 2.9)-0.7 (-3.9 to 2.6)-2.8 (-4.9 to -0.6)-0.8 (-2.6 to 1.0)0.5 (-4.8 to 5.8)-0.8 (-3.8 to 2.2)
TC/HDL-C*-24.2 (-25.7 to -22.7)-31.2 (-34.1 to -28.4)-36.7 (-39.5 to -33.9)-39.1 (-41.0 to -37.3)-15.1 (-17.3 to -12.9)-30.2 (-35.6 to -24.7)-33.3 (-37.8 to -28.8)
Triglycerides*-14.4 (-17.3 to -11.4)-19.1 (-24.5 to -13.6)-23.6 (-29.5 to -17.7)-23.6 (-28.3 to -18.9)-7.3 (-13.2 to -1.4)-24.9 (-35.7 to -14.1)-20.7 (-29.5 to -11.9)
Non-HDL-C*-30.8 (-32.4 to -29.3)-40.6 (-43.5 to -37.7)-47.9 (-50.7 to -45.1)-50.0 (-52.3 to -47.6)-21.8 (-24.0 to -19.6)-38.3 (-44.9 to -31.7)-42.3 (-47.2 to -37.4)
Apo B*-30.6 (-32.0 to -29.1)-39.1 (-41.6 to -36.6)-46.2 (-48.7 to -43.6)-47.8 (-50.0 to -45.6)-22.3 (-24.2 to -20.4)-34.7 (-40.3 to -29.0)-39.1 (-43.6 to -34.6)
METABOLIC SYNDROMESTATIN-FREESTATIN-TREATED
10 MG (N=418)20 MG (N=103)40 MG (N=104)80 MG (N=214)20 MG (N=290)40 MG (N=47)80 MG (N=75)
Total cholesterol*-24.6 (-25.8 to -23.3)-31.6 (-33.6 to -29.5)-37.6 (-39.7 to -35.5)-39.5 (-41.4 to -37.6)-16.2 (-17.7 to -14.7)-30.3 (-33.5 to -27.2)-33.0 (-36.0 to -30.1)
LDL-C*-34.6 (-36.1 to -33.0)-43.4 (-46.1 to -40.6)-49.3 (-51.9 to -46.7)-50.3 (-52.7 to -47.9)-21.8 (-23.7 to -19.9)-40.4 (-44.1 to -36.7)-41.3 (-45.9 to -36.8)
HDL-C4.4 (2.9 to 5.8)2.9 (0.3 to 5.5)2.3 (-0.6 to 5.3)2.0 (-0.1 to 4.2)1.3 (-0.3 to 2.9)4.1 (0.3 to 7.8)-1.6 (-3.7 to 0.6)
TC/HDL-C*-26.6 (-28.1 to -25.1)-32.6 (-35.4 to -29.8)-38.2 (-40.6 to -35.9)-39.5 (-41.9 to -37.0)-16.2 (-18.0 to -14.4)-32.3 (-35.6 to -29.1)-31.4 (-34.8 to -28.1)
Triglycerides*-18.8 (-21.7 to -15.8)-22.8 (-27.9 to -17.8)-28.8 (-33.7 to -23.9)-29.5 (-33.0 to -26.0)-12.6 (-16.7 to -8.6)-32.4 (-39.1 to -25.6)-21.7 (-28.1 to -15.3)
Non-HDL-C*-32.2 (-33.7 to -30.7)-39.9 (-42.6 to -37.2)-46.7 (-49.1 to -44.3)-47.9 (-50.0 to -45.8)-20.9 (-22.8 to -19.1)-38.9 (-42.5 to -35.2)-39.8 (-43.3 to -36.3)
Apo B*-31.9 (-33.2, to -30.5)-39.4 (-41.9 to -37.0)-45.4 (-47.6 to -43.2)-45.4 (-47.4 to -43.4)-21.4 (-23.0 to -19.7)-36.2 (-39.5 to -32.8)-38.3 (-41.6 to -35.1)
CI, confidence interval; LDL-C, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol; HDL-C, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol; TC/HDL-C, total cholesterol/HDL-C ratio; Apo B, apolipoprotein B.
*P<.05 from baseline for all doses.
P<.05 from baseline for a specific dose.

Metabolic syndrome

The ITT population included 1251 patients with MetSyn, of whom 56% also had diabetes and 67% were statin-free ( TABLE 1 ). Baseline laboratory parameters are in TABLE W1 .

 

After 12 weeks of treatment, 78% (95% CI, 74.9%-80.5%) of statin-free and 57% (95% CI, 52.5%-62.1%) of statin-treated patients achieved LDL-C target of <100 mg/dL ( FIGURE 2 ). Among patients without MetSyn (n=1454), 79% (95% CI, 76.2%-81.7%) of statin-free and 61% (95% CI, 56.8%-64.6%) of statin-treated patients achieved target. (Because of missing data, the presence or absence of MetSyn could not be confirmed in 12 patients.)

Mean percent reductions for MetSyn patients in total cholesterol, TC/HDL-C, LDL-C, triglycerides, non-HDL-C, and apo B were significant vs baseline for all doses in both statin-free and statin-treated patients ( TABLE 2 ). HDL-C increased significantly in the 10- and 20-mg statin-free groups and in the 40-mg statin-treated group.

Treatment was well tolerated

 

The incidences of treatment-related adverse events were similar in all patient groups, at around 10%. Most events were mild to moderate, with severe events reported in only 0.5% and 0.8% of patients with diabetes and MetSyn, respectively. Incidences of treatment-related musculoskeletal adverse events were 1.9% and 2%, respectively, in patients with and without diabetes; and were 1.7% and 2.3% in patients with and without MetSyn.

 

 

The incidence of elevations in aspartate aminotransferase (AST) or alanine aminotransferase (ALT) >3 times and creatine kinase (CK) >10 times the upper limit of normal were 1.1% and 0.1%, respectively, for patients with diabetes, and 0.9% and 0.08% for those with MetSyn, which did not differ from those of patients without diabetes (1.2% and 0%, respectively) or MetSyn (1.3% and 0%, respectively).

TABLE W1
Baseline lipid values for patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome (mean ± SD)

 

DIABETESSTATIN-FREE (N=744)STATIN-TREATED (N=280)ALL (N=1024)
Total cholesterol, mg/dL225.8±32.7*210.8±29.9221.7±32.6
LDL-C, mg/dL149.4±26.8*133.8±24.3145.1±27.0
HDL-C, mg/dL50.0±12.550.2±12.050.1±12.4
TC/HDL-C4.7±1.1*4.4±1.04.6±1.1
Triglycerides, mg/dL173.8±85.1179.4±80.4175.3±83.8
Apo B, g/L1.1±0.21.1±0.21.1±0.2
HbA1C, %7.2±1.27.4±1.37.3±1.2
FPG, mmol/L8.2±2.98.2±2.68.2±2.8
METABOLIC SYNDROMESTATIN-FREE (N=839)STATIN-TREATED (N=412)ALL (N=1251)
Total cholesterol, mg/dL229.3±34.1*215.7±32.7224.9±34.2
LDL-C, mg/dL152.3±27.8*137.8±26.6147.5±28.3
HDL-C, mg/dL45.3±11.046.1±10.445.5±10.8
TC/HDL-C5.3±1.3*4.9±1.15.2±1.2
Triglycerides, mg/dL206.4±88.7211.2±83.7208.0±87.1
Apo B, g/L1.2±0.21.1±0.21.2±0.2
HbA1C, %6.7±1.26.6±1.26.7±1.2
FPG, mmol/L7.4±2.57.1±2.37.3±2.4
LDL-C, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol; HDL-C, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol; TC/HDL-C, total cholesterol/HDL-C ratio; Apo B, apolipoprotein B; HbA1C, hemoglobin A1C; FPG, fasting plasma glucose; SD, standard deviation.
*P<.05 statin-free vs statin-treated.

Discussion

 

Despite their increased cardiovascular risk, patients with diabetes and MetSyn often do not reach lipid targets.17 In patients with diabetes, lowering LDL-C levels reduces the risk of a cardiovascular event by 25% to 50%.18-23 Atorvastatin has demonstrated its efficacy for the primary prevention of cardiovascular events among patients with diabetes.22,23

MetSyn also increases the risk of cardiovascular events and mortality.10-13 Atorvastatin has been used effectively to achieve LDL-C goals in hypercholesterolemic patients with MetSyn.24,25

Higher starting doses of statins are generally beneficial. This substudy of ACTFAST demonstrates that by initiating therapy at doses selected according to baseline LDL-C levels, 81% of statin-free and 60% of statin-treated subjects with diabetes and 78% of statin-free and 57% of statin-treated subjects with MetSyn achieved a target LDL-C of <100 mg/dL within 6 to 12 weeks. Among statin-treated patients, atorvastatin provided additional reduction in lipid parameters over what was achieved with the statin they had been using at baseline.

Other studies have also suggested that patients at high risk for cardiovascular events, such as those with diabetes or MetSyn, may benefit from starting therapy at a higher dose of atorvastatin.14,15,26,27 In the New Atorvastatin Starting Doses: A Comparison (NASDAC) study, patients were randomized to receive various starting doses of atorvastatin, regardless of their baseline LDL-C value.26 The proportion of patients with CHD or a CHD-equivalent (of whom 150 had diabetes) who achieved LDL-C target (<100 mg/dL) with 10, 20, 40, and 80 mg/d was 47%, 66%, 81% and 80%, respectively, demonstrating that a higher starting dose is required to achieve target.

 

However, lower doses may work depending on LDL-C levels. In contrast to NASDAC, statin-free patients with diabetes or MetSyn in ACTFAST showed better results on 10- and 20-mg doses, because baseline LDL-C was taken into account. The Atorvastatin Goal Achievement Across Risk Levels (ATGOAL) study used a design similar to ACTFAST, assigning patients with dyslipidemia to starting doses of atorvastatin for 8 weeks, at 10, 20, 40, or 80 mg, based on their CHD risk category and the magnitude of LDL-C reduction necessary to reach lipid targets.27 Of the 1298 patients, 705 were at high CHD risk (43.8% with diabetes), and 81.1% of these high-risk patients achieved an LDL-C <100 mg/dL.

No safety issues arose when initiating atorvastatin at higher doses in patients with diabetes or MetSyn. The incidence of clinically elevated AST, ALT, or CK levels in ACTFAST was low and comparable to that reported in meta-analyses (0.96%).28,29

Benefits of our dosing algorithm seem clear. Aggressive treatment with atorvastatin across the dose range improves LDL-C target achievement compared with usual care,30,31 and current NCEP-III recommendations support the use of a higher initial dose in patients requiring large LDL-C reductions.1 Atorva-statin is approved in many countries at starting doses ranging from 10 to 40 mg, with a titration to 80 mg, if needed, to achieve LDL-C target. ACTFAST suggests that, in patients with diabetes or MetSyn, initiation of atorvastatin at a dose appropriate for the required level of LDL-C reduction would facilitate achievement of LDL-C targets.

 

One meta-analysis of trials demonstrated that a 10-mg/dL reduction in LDL-C could result in a 5.4% reduction in major vascular events and a 3.1% reduction in all-cause mortality over 5 years.32 In our study, patients with diabetes or MetSyn experienced reductions in LDL-C of approximately 57 mg/dL, which, if maintained over 5 years, could be expected to translate into reductions of 30% in major vascular events and 17% in mortality. Therefore, a regimen that allows a larger number of high-risk patients to achieve substantial reductions in LDL-C levels quickly could significantly improve cardiovascular outcomes.

 

 

Limitations of our study include the fact that the trial was not blinded, the size of the dosing groups was unequal, and there was no control group. However, it is unlikely that reduction of LDL-C was due to chance. Also, this study was not designed to investigate the effect of lowering LDL-C on the incidence of cardiovascular events.

Correspondence
Lawrence A. Leiter, MD, University of Toronto, St. Michael's Hospital, 61 Queen St. E.,#6121Q, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. M5C 2T2; [email protected]

References

 

1. NCEP. Executive Summary of The Third Report of The National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, And Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol In Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III). JAMA. 2001;285:2486-2497.

2. Olson K, Tsuyuki R. Patients' achievement of cholesterol targets: a cross-sectional evaluation. Am J Prev Med. 2003;25:339-342.

3. Pearson T, Laurora I, Chu H, et al. The lipid treatment assessment project (L-TAP): a multicenter survey to evaluate the percentages of dyslipidemic patients receiving lipid-lowering therapy and achieving low-density lipoprotein cholesterol goals. Arch Intern Med. 2000;160:459-467.

4. Leiter L, Betteridge D, Chacra A, et al. AUDIT study. Evidence of global undertreatment of dyslipidaemia in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Br J Diabetes Vasc Dis. 2006;6:31-40.

5. Haffner S, Lehto S, Ronnemaa T, et al. Mortality from coronary heart disease in subjects with type 2 diabetes and in nondiabetic subjects with and without prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med. 1998;339:229-234.

6. Grundy S, Cleeman J, Merz C, et al. Implications of recent clinical trials for the National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III guidelines. Circulation. 2004;110:227-239.

7. Grundy SM. Diabetes and coronary risk equivalency: what does it mean? Diabetes Care. 2006;29:457-460.

8. Miettinen H, Lehto S, Salomaa V, et al. Impact of diabetes on mortality after the first myocardial infarction. The FINMONICA Myocardial Infarction Register Study Group. Diabetes Care. 1998;21:69-75.

9. Hurst RT, Lee RW. Increased incidence of coronary atherosclerosis in type 2 diabetes mellitus: mechanisms and management. Ann Intern Med. 2003;139:824-834.

10. McNeill A, Rosamond W, Girman C, et al. The metabolic syndrome and 11-year risk of incident cardiovascular disease in the atherosclerosis risk in communities study. Diabetes Care. 2005;28:385-390.

11. Lakka H, Laaksonen D, Lakka T, et al. The metabolic syndrome and total and cardiovascular disease mortality in middle-aged men. JAMA. 2002;288:2709-2716.

12. Hu G, Qiao Q, Tuomilehto J, et al. Prevalence of the metabolic syndrome and its relation to all-cause and cardiovascular mortality in nondiabetic European men and women. Arch Intern Med. 2004;164:1066-1076.

13. Ford E. The metabolic syndrome and mortality from cardiovascular disease and all-causes: findings from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey II Mortality Study. Atherosclerosis. 2004;173:309-314.

14. Martineau P, Gaw A, de Teresa E, et al. Effect of individualizing starting doses of a statin according to baseline LDL-cholesterol levels on achieving cholesterol targets: The Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST) study. Atherosclerosis. 2006;191:135-146.

15. Farsang C, Athyros V, Gaw A. A multicentre, open study to assess the effect of individualizing starting doses of atorvastatin according to baseline LDL-C levels on achieving cholesterol targets: the Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST-2) study. Curr Med Res Opin. 2007;23:1945-1956.

16. Report of the expert committee on the diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. Diabetes Care. 2002;25(suppl 1):S5-S20.

17. Saydah SH, Fradkin J, Cowie CC. Poor control of risk factors for vascular disease among adults with previously diagnosed diabetes. JAMA. 2004;291:335-342.

18. Haffner S, Alexander C, Cook T, et al. Reduced coronary events in simvastatin-treated patients with coronary heart disease and diabetes or impaired fasting glucose levels: subgroup analyses in the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study. Arch Intern Med. 1999;159:2661-2667.

19. Goldberg RB, Mellies MJ, Sacks FM, et al. Cardiovascular events and their reduction with pravastatin in diabetic and glucose-intolerant myocardial infarction survivors with average cholesterol levels: subgroup analyses in the cholesterol and recurrent events (CARE) trial. The Care Investigators. Circulation. 1998;98:2513-2519.

20. American Diabetes Association: clinical practice recommendations 2002. Diabetes Care. 2002;25(suppl 1):S1-S147.

21. Sacks FM, Tonkin AM, Shepherd J, et al. Effect of pravastatin on coronary disease events in subgroups defined by coronary risk factors: the Prospective Pravastatin Pooling Project. Circulation. 2000;102:1893-1900.

22. Sever PS, Poulter NR, Dahlof B, et al. Reduction in cardiovascular events with atorvastatin in 2532 patients with type 2 diabetes: Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial—lipid-lowering arm (ASCOT-LLA). Diabetes Care. 2005;28:1151-1157.

23. Colhoun HM, Betteridge DJ, Durrington PN, et al. Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with atorvastatin in type 2 diabetes in the Collaborative Atorvastatin Diabetes Study (CARDS): multicentre randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2004;364:685-696.

24. Stender S, Schuster H, Barter P, et al. Comparison of rosuvastatin with atorvastatin, simvastatin and pravastatin in achieving cholesterol goals and improving plasma lipids in hypercholesterolaemic patients with or without the metabolic syndrome in the MERCURY I trial. Diabetes Obes Metab. 2005;7:430-438.

25. Hunninghake D, Ballantyne C, Maccubbin D, et al. Comparative effects of simvastatin and atorvastatin in hypercholesterolemic patients with characteristics of metabolic syndrome. Clin Ther. 2003;25:1670-1686.

26. Jones PH, McKenney JM, Karalis DG, et al. Comparison of the efficacy and safety of atorvastatin initiated at different starting doses in patients with dyslipidemia. Am Heart J. 2005;149(1):e1-e8.Available at: http://www.ahjonline.com/article/S0002-8703(04)00476-4/fulltext. Accessed September 10, 2008.

27. McKenney JM, Davidson MH, Saponaro J, et al. Use of a treatment algorithm to achieve NCEP ATP III goals with atorvastatin. J Cardiovasc Pharmacol. 2005;46:594-599.

28. Newman CB, Palmer G, Silbershatz H, et al. Safety of atorvastatin derived from analysis of 44 completed trials in 9416 patients. Am J Cardiol. 2003;92:670-676.

29. Newman C, Tsai J, Szarek M, et al. Comparative safety of atorvastatin 80 mg versus 10 mg derived from analysis of 49 completed trials in 14,236 patients. Am J Cardiol. 2006;97:61-67.

30. Athyros V, Papageorgiou A, Mercouris B, et al. Treatment with atorvastatin to the National Cholesterol Educational Program goal versus 'usual' care in secondary coronary heart disease prevention. The GREek Atorvastatin and Coronary-heart-disease Evaluation (GREACE) study. Curr Med Res Opin. 2002;18:220-228.

31. Koren MJ, Hunninghake DB. Clinical outcomes in managed-care patients with coronary heart disease treated aggressively in lipid-lowering disease management clinics: the alliance study. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2004;44:1772-1779.

32. Baigent C, Keech A, Kearney PM, et al. Efficacy and safety of cholesterol-lowering treatment: prospective meta-analysis of data from 90,056 participants in 14 randomised trials of statins. Lancet. 2005;366:1267-1278.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Lawrence A. Leiter, MD, FRCPC, FACP
Pierre Martineau, MSc, PharmD, BCPS
Eduardo de Teresa, MD, FESC
Csaba Farsang, MD, DSc
Allan Gaw, MD, PhD, MRCPath, FFPM
GianFranco Gensini, MD
Anatoly Langer, MD
On behalf of the ACTFAST 1 & 2 investigators. [email protected]
FROM: St. Michael's Hospital, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada (LAL); Medical Division, Pfizer Canada, Kirkland, Quebec, Canada (PM); University of Malaga, V. de la Victoria Hospital, Malaga, Spain (EdT); St. Imre Teaching Hospital, Budapest, Hungary (CF); University of Glasgow, Glasgow, UK (AG); University of Florence, Careggi Hospital, Firenze, Italy (GG); and St. Michael's Hospital, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada; and Canadian Heart Research Centre, Toronto (AL).

Dr. Leiter reports that he receives grants/research support from AstraZeneca International, Merck & Co., Inc., Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals, and Pfizer, Inc. Dr. Leiter also reports that he serves as a consultant to these companies and serves on their speakers' bureaus. Dr. Martineau reports that he is an employee of Pfizer Canada. Dr. de Teresa reports no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article. Dr. Farsang reports that he serves as a consultant to Sanofi-aventis, Pfizer, Inc., Servier, Egis Rt., and Richter, G.Rt. He also reports that he is on the speakers' bureau of Sanofi-aventis. Dr. Gaw reports that he serves as a consultant to Merck Sharp & Dohme, AstraZeneca International, Schering-Plough, and Bristol-Myers Squibb. He also reports that he serves on the speakers' bureaus for these companies. Dr. Gensini reports that he serves as a consultant to Pfizer, Inc. Dr. Langer reports that he receives grants/research support from AstraZeneca International, Biovail Corporation, DuPont, Eli Lilly and Company, Fournier, GlaxoSmithKline, Guidant, Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Oryx Pharmaceuticals, Pfizer, Inc., Roche, Sanofi-aventis, and Servier. He also reports that he serves as a consultant to Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Pfizer, Inc., Roche, and Sanofi-aventis.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 57(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
661-668
Legacy Keywords
low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C); algorithm; statin
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Lawrence A. Leiter, MD, FRCPC, FACP
Pierre Martineau, MSc, PharmD, BCPS
Eduardo de Teresa, MD, FESC
Csaba Farsang, MD, DSc
Allan Gaw, MD, PhD, MRCPath, FFPM
GianFranco Gensini, MD
Anatoly Langer, MD
On behalf of the ACTFAST 1 & 2 investigators. [email protected]
FROM: St. Michael's Hospital, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada (LAL); Medical Division, Pfizer Canada, Kirkland, Quebec, Canada (PM); University of Malaga, V. de la Victoria Hospital, Malaga, Spain (EdT); St. Imre Teaching Hospital, Budapest, Hungary (CF); University of Glasgow, Glasgow, UK (AG); University of Florence, Careggi Hospital, Firenze, Italy (GG); and St. Michael's Hospital, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada; and Canadian Heart Research Centre, Toronto (AL).

Dr. Leiter reports that he receives grants/research support from AstraZeneca International, Merck & Co., Inc., Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals, and Pfizer, Inc. Dr. Leiter also reports that he serves as a consultant to these companies and serves on their speakers' bureaus. Dr. Martineau reports that he is an employee of Pfizer Canada. Dr. de Teresa reports no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article. Dr. Farsang reports that he serves as a consultant to Sanofi-aventis, Pfizer, Inc., Servier, Egis Rt., and Richter, G.Rt. He also reports that he is on the speakers' bureau of Sanofi-aventis. Dr. Gaw reports that he serves as a consultant to Merck Sharp & Dohme, AstraZeneca International, Schering-Plough, and Bristol-Myers Squibb. He also reports that he serves on the speakers' bureaus for these companies. Dr. Gensini reports that he serves as a consultant to Pfizer, Inc. Dr. Langer reports that he receives grants/research support from AstraZeneca International, Biovail Corporation, DuPont, Eli Lilly and Company, Fournier, GlaxoSmithKline, Guidant, Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Oryx Pharmaceuticals, Pfizer, Inc., Roche, Sanofi-aventis, and Servier. He also reports that he serves as a consultant to Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Pfizer, Inc., Roche, and Sanofi-aventis.

Author and Disclosure Information

 

Lawrence A. Leiter, MD, FRCPC, FACP
Pierre Martineau, MSc, PharmD, BCPS
Eduardo de Teresa, MD, FESC
Csaba Farsang, MD, DSc
Allan Gaw, MD, PhD, MRCPath, FFPM
GianFranco Gensini, MD
Anatoly Langer, MD
On behalf of the ACTFAST 1 & 2 investigators. [email protected]
FROM: St. Michael's Hospital, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada (LAL); Medical Division, Pfizer Canada, Kirkland, Quebec, Canada (PM); University of Malaga, V. de la Victoria Hospital, Malaga, Spain (EdT); St. Imre Teaching Hospital, Budapest, Hungary (CF); University of Glasgow, Glasgow, UK (AG); University of Florence, Careggi Hospital, Firenze, Italy (GG); and St. Michael's Hospital, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada; and Canadian Heart Research Centre, Toronto (AL).

Dr. Leiter reports that he receives grants/research support from AstraZeneca International, Merck & Co., Inc., Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals, and Pfizer, Inc. Dr. Leiter also reports that he serves as a consultant to these companies and serves on their speakers' bureaus. Dr. Martineau reports that he is an employee of Pfizer Canada. Dr. de Teresa reports no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article. Dr. Farsang reports that he serves as a consultant to Sanofi-aventis, Pfizer, Inc., Servier, Egis Rt., and Richter, G.Rt. He also reports that he is on the speakers' bureau of Sanofi-aventis. Dr. Gaw reports that he serves as a consultant to Merck Sharp & Dohme, AstraZeneca International, Schering-Plough, and Bristol-Myers Squibb. He also reports that he serves on the speakers' bureaus for these companies. Dr. Gensini reports that he serves as a consultant to Pfizer, Inc. Dr. Langer reports that he receives grants/research support from AstraZeneca International, Biovail Corporation, DuPont, Eli Lilly and Company, Fournier, GlaxoSmithKline, Guidant, Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Oryx Pharmaceuticals, Pfizer, Inc., Roche, Sanofi-aventis, and Servier. He also reports that he serves as a consultant to Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Pfizer, Inc., Roche, and Sanofi-aventis.

Article PDF
Article PDF

 

Practice recommendations

 

  • You can reduce elevated LDL-C levels in more patients with diabetes and metabolic syndrome using this study's algorithm.
  • Choose a starting dose of a statin according to the gap between baseline and target LDL-C values.
  • Using a tailored starting dose of atorvastatin, most patients with type 2 diabetes or metabolic syndrome can achieve LDL-C target levels safely within 6 to 12 weeks, without raising the initial dose or with a single titration step.

 

Abstract

Purpose To investigate whether using an algorithm to select the starting dose of a statin according to baseline and target LDL-cholesterol (LDL-C) values would facilitate achieving lipid targets in patients with diabetes or the metabolic syndrome.

Methods Two 12-week, prospective, open-label trials enrolled 2717 high-risk subjects, of whom 1024 had diabetes and 1251 had metabolic syndrome. Subjects with LDL-C between 100 and 220 mg/dL (2.6-5.7 mmol/L) were assigned a starting dose of atorvastatin (10, 20, 40, or 80 mg/d) based on LDL-C level and status of statin use at baseline (statin-free [SF] or statin-treated [ST]), with a single uptitration at 6 weeks, if required.

Results Among patients with diabetes, 81% of SF subjects (82%, 84%, 82%, and 76% with 10, 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) and 60% of ST subjects (61%, 68%, and 47% with 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) achieved LDL-C target. Among patients with metabolic syndrome, 78% of SF subjects (81%, 84%, 82%, and 66% with 10, 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) and 57% of ST subjects (58%, 70%, and 47% with 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) achieved LDL-C target. Among ST subjects, we observed reductions in LDL-C with atorvastatin beyond those achieved with other statins used at baseline in patients with diabetes and patients with metabolic syndrome. Atorvastatin was well tolerated.

Conclusions The ACTFAST studies confirm that a targeted starting dose of atorvastatin allows most patients with type 2 diabetes or the metabolic syndrome to achieve their LDL-C target safely with the initial dose or just a single titration. This therapeutic strategy may help overcome the treatment gap still observed in the treatment of lipids in diabetes.

How many of your patients with type 2 diabetes or metabolic syndrome have a low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) level below the target of 100 mg/dL? Your answer, undoubtedly, is not enough of them. The good news we report in this article is that you can safely achieve the target more often, within 6 to 12 weeks, using a simple algorithm that helps you determine the optimal starting dose of a statin.

Good reason for concern. Individuals with coronary heart disease (CHD) or CHD risk equivalents such as diabetes have the highest cardiovascular risk and, according to the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) III and other guidelines, must aim for the lowest target levels of LDL-C.1 As the number of cardiovascular risk factors increases in a population, the percentage of patients reaching targets decreases2,3 —to as low as 37% among those at highest risk.2 The international Analysis and Understanding of Diabetes and Dyslipidaemia: Improving Treatment (AUDIT) survey found that out of all patients with type 2 diabetes being treated, only 54% achieved target.4

Type 2 diabetes purportedly imparts a cardiovascular risk comparable to that of a prior cardiovascular event.1,5-7 Moreover, the outcome of such events in patients with diabetes is worse than in patients without diabetes, with approximately 7 out of 10 patients dying from the event or its complications.7-9

 

The metabolic syndrome (MetSyn) also increases risk of cardiovascular events and mortality, even in individuals without diabetes or CHD.10-13 In 1 study, the risks of all-cause and cardiovascular mortality in patients with MetSyn were 1.38 to 1.44 and 2.26 to 2.78, respectively, compared with those who did not have MetSyn.12

The algorithm we describe in this article was developed from results of the Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST) trials. These trials were designed to assess whether, according to the degree of reduction required in LDL-C, an optimal starting dose of atorvastatin could be identified so that patients would achieve LDL-C targets quickly, with no change in the dose or with just one titration step, and regardless of statin use at baseline.

The main results of ACTFAST 1 and 2 have been published elsewhere.14,15 We report specifically on a prespecified analysis of pooled results in the subset of patients with diabetes or MetSyn.

 

 

Methods

Patient population

We extracted the study population from prespecified pooling of data from ACTFAST 1 and 2,14,15 which were 12-week, multicenter, prospective, open-label trials that used the same protocol. A full description of inclusion and exclusion criteria for ACTFAST has been published elsewhere.14,15

Briefly, subjects were either statin-free or statin-treated at baseline, had CHD or a CHD equivalent, had an LDL-C level between 100 and 220 mg/dL (2.6-5.7 mmol/L) and triglycerides =600 mg/dL (6.8 mmol/L), and were willing to follow a recommended diet.

We excluded patients if they had used other lipid-lowering therapy in the prior 2 months (except for statins in the statin-treated study arm) or if they were receiving >40 mg/d of any statin. Patients taking atorvastatin at screening were excluded because the study's goal was to assess the benefits of switching over to a flexible starting dose of atorvastatin. We defined diabetes and MetSyn according to the American Diabetes Association criteria16 and the NCEP 2001 criteria,1 respectively.

Doses reflected LDL-C baseline-target gap and prior statin use

If patients were statin free at baseline, we assigned them to 6 weeks of treatment with atorvastatin, at 10, 20, 40, or 80 mg/d, according to their baseline LDL-C level ( FIGURE 1 ). For patients who had been taking a statin at screening, starting doses of atorvastatin for each LDL-C increment were doubled.

If patients did not reach LDL-C targets at the end of 6 weeks, we titrated their regimen to the next higher dose for an additional 6 weeks. Patients initially allocated to receive atorvastatin at 80 mg who did not reach LDL-C targets continued at that dose, and we added a more intense therapeutic lifestyle intervention (NCEP II step 2 diet).1

We obtained blood samples at baseline screening, week 6, and week 12, to measure 12-hour fasting serum lipid profiles and to make routine safety assessments (hematology and chemistry). Patients received dietary counseling at all visits.

The ACTFAST protocol and amendments were approved by appropriately constituted central or local institutional review boards, and all patients gave written informed consent.

 

FIGURE 1
How treatment doses were determined

Statin-free patients received a specified dose of atorvastatin according to their baseline low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) level. Patients who had been treated with another statin at screening received atorvastatin at a dose double that given to statin-free patients with equivalent LDL-C levels, for a maximum dose of 80 mg.



Reprinted from Atherosclerosis, vol. 191, Martineau P, Gaw A, de Teresa E, et al, Effect of individualizing starting doses of a statin according to baseline LDL-cholesterol levels on achieving cholesterol targets: The Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST) study, 135-146, © 2006, with permission from Elsevier.

Primary efficacy outcome: LDL-C levels of <100 mg/dL

The primary efficacy outcome was the proportion of patients with either diabetes or MetSyn achieving NCEP Adult Treatment Panel-III target LDL-C levels of <100 mg/dL (<2.6 mmol/L) after 12 weeks of treatment.1 Secondary efficacy parameters were described in ACTFAST 1.14

We analyzed data according to intention-to-treat (ITT), using the last observation carried forward (LOCF) for missing data. The ITT population consisted of all patients who took at least 1 dose of study medication, and had at least 1 subsequent assessment.

Results

Between January 2003 and February 2004, 3634 subjects were screened for ACTFAST 1 and 2, and 2717 patients were enrolled from 12 countries (Canada, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom). Ethnicity was recorded for about 80% of patients; more than 90% were Caucasian.

Diabetes

The ITT population included 1024 patients with diabetes, of whom 97% had type 2 diabetes and 73% were statin-free ( TABLE 1 ). Baseline laboratory parameters are available online, in TABLE W1 .

 

After 12 weeks of treatment, 81% (95% confidence interval [CI], 77.8%-83.5%) of statin-free and 60% (95% CI, 53.9%-65.4%) of statin-treated patients with diabetes achieved LDLC target of <100 mg/dL ( FIGURE 2 ). In contrast, among patients without diabetes (n=1693), 77% (95% CI, 73.9%-79.3%) of statin-free and 59% (95% CI, 55.4%-62.5%) of statin-treated patients achieved target.

For diabetes patients, mean percent reductions in total cholesterol, TC/HDL-C, LDL-C, triglycerides, non-HDL-C and apolipoprotein B (apo B) were significant vs baseline for all doses in both statin-free and statin-treated subjects ( TABLE 2 ). Significant increases in HDL-C were seen only with the 10- and 80-mg doses in statin-free patients.

 

 

 

FIGURE 2
Patients who achieved an LDL-C level of <100 mg/dL
after receiving 12 weeks of atorvastatin

TABLE 1
Demographic profiles of patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome
(This is an expanded version of the table that appeared in print.)

 

DIABETESSTATIN-FREE (N=744)STATIN-TREATED (N=280)ALL (N=1024)
Men, n (%)410 (55.1)161 (57.5)571 (55.8)
Age, years60.9±10.962.2±10.161.3±10.7
Weight, kg85.0±18.083.3±16.084.6±17.5
Waist circumference, cm103.3±13.8102.3±13.0103.0±13.6
Smokers, %16.512.515.4
Type 2 diabetes, % (% treated with insulin)96.8 (16.3)96.8 (16.6)96.8 (16.3)
Blood pressure, mm Hg137.1±15.7/79.6±9.6136.3±16.4/77.5±10.5136.9±15.9/79.0±9.9
CHD, %24.256.433.0
PVD, %5.57.96.2
CVD, %6.99.37.5
METABOLIC SYNDROMESTATIN-FREE (N=839)STATIN-TREATED (N=412)ALL (N=1251)
Men, n (%)483 (57.6)248 (60.2)731 (58.4)
Age, years62.0±10.262.7±10.162.2±10.2
Weight, kg87.4±17.285.7±15.186.9±16.6
Waist circumference, cm106.2±12.3104.8±12.6105.7±12.4
Smokers, %23.019.721.9
Diabetes, % (% type 2 diabetes) (% treated with insulin)60.4 (98.6) (15.6)46.1 (98.9) (17.6)55.7 (98.7) (16.1)
Blood pressure, mm Hg140.1±14.8/81.4±9.3139.7±14.6/79.4±10.0140.0±14.7/80.7±9.6
CHD, %41.875.552.9
PVD, %6.49.07.3
CVD, %9.810.09.8
Mean±standard deviation for continuous variables.
CHD, coronary heart disease; PVD, peripheral vascular disease; CVD, cerebrovascular disease.

TABLE 2
Mean percent change (95% CI) in lipid levels from baseline when patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome took atorvastatin
(This is an expanded version of the table that appeared in print.)

 

DIABETESSTATIN-FREESTATIN-TREATED
10 MG (N=395)20 MG (N=98)40 MG (N=90)80 MG (N=161)20 MG (N=216)40 MG (N=28)80 MG (N=36)
Total cholesterol*-23.0 (-24.3 to -21.7)-31.6 (-33.8 to -29.3)-38.1 (-40.5 to -35.7)-41.2 (-43.3 to -39.1)-16.9 (-18.6 to -15.2)-30.4 (-36.0 to -24.9)-34.2 (-39.4 to -30.0)
LDL-C*-33.9 (-35.6 to -32.2)-43.4 (-46.0 to -40.7)-51.0 (-54.1 to -48.0)-53.0 (-55.6 to -50.4)-23.9 (-26.3 to -21.6)-40.3 (-47.2 to -33.5)-42.1 (-50.2 to -33.9)
HDL-C2.9 (1.4 to 4.3)0.4 (-2.1 to 2.9)-0.7 (-3.9 to 2.6)-2.8 (-4.9 to -0.6)-0.8 (-2.6 to 1.0)0.5 (-4.8 to 5.8)-0.8 (-3.8 to 2.2)
TC/HDL-C*-24.2 (-25.7 to -22.7)-31.2 (-34.1 to -28.4)-36.7 (-39.5 to -33.9)-39.1 (-41.0 to -37.3)-15.1 (-17.3 to -12.9)-30.2 (-35.6 to -24.7)-33.3 (-37.8 to -28.8)
Triglycerides*-14.4 (-17.3 to -11.4)-19.1 (-24.5 to -13.6)-23.6 (-29.5 to -17.7)-23.6 (-28.3 to -18.9)-7.3 (-13.2 to -1.4)-24.9 (-35.7 to -14.1)-20.7 (-29.5 to -11.9)
Non-HDL-C*-30.8 (-32.4 to -29.3)-40.6 (-43.5 to -37.7)-47.9 (-50.7 to -45.1)-50.0 (-52.3 to -47.6)-21.8 (-24.0 to -19.6)-38.3 (-44.9 to -31.7)-42.3 (-47.2 to -37.4)
Apo B*-30.6 (-32.0 to -29.1)-39.1 (-41.6 to -36.6)-46.2 (-48.7 to -43.6)-47.8 (-50.0 to -45.6)-22.3 (-24.2 to -20.4)-34.7 (-40.3 to -29.0)-39.1 (-43.6 to -34.6)
METABOLIC SYNDROMESTATIN-FREESTATIN-TREATED
10 MG (N=418)20 MG (N=103)40 MG (N=104)80 MG (N=214)20 MG (N=290)40 MG (N=47)80 MG (N=75)
Total cholesterol*-24.6 (-25.8 to -23.3)-31.6 (-33.6 to -29.5)-37.6 (-39.7 to -35.5)-39.5 (-41.4 to -37.6)-16.2 (-17.7 to -14.7)-30.3 (-33.5 to -27.2)-33.0 (-36.0 to -30.1)
LDL-C*-34.6 (-36.1 to -33.0)-43.4 (-46.1 to -40.6)-49.3 (-51.9 to -46.7)-50.3 (-52.7 to -47.9)-21.8 (-23.7 to -19.9)-40.4 (-44.1 to -36.7)-41.3 (-45.9 to -36.8)
HDL-C4.4 (2.9 to 5.8)2.9 (0.3 to 5.5)2.3 (-0.6 to 5.3)2.0 (-0.1 to 4.2)1.3 (-0.3 to 2.9)4.1 (0.3 to 7.8)-1.6 (-3.7 to 0.6)
TC/HDL-C*-26.6 (-28.1 to -25.1)-32.6 (-35.4 to -29.8)-38.2 (-40.6 to -35.9)-39.5 (-41.9 to -37.0)-16.2 (-18.0 to -14.4)-32.3 (-35.6 to -29.1)-31.4 (-34.8 to -28.1)
Triglycerides*-18.8 (-21.7 to -15.8)-22.8 (-27.9 to -17.8)-28.8 (-33.7 to -23.9)-29.5 (-33.0 to -26.0)-12.6 (-16.7 to -8.6)-32.4 (-39.1 to -25.6)-21.7 (-28.1 to -15.3)
Non-HDL-C*-32.2 (-33.7 to -30.7)-39.9 (-42.6 to -37.2)-46.7 (-49.1 to -44.3)-47.9 (-50.0 to -45.8)-20.9 (-22.8 to -19.1)-38.9 (-42.5 to -35.2)-39.8 (-43.3 to -36.3)
Apo B*-31.9 (-33.2, to -30.5)-39.4 (-41.9 to -37.0)-45.4 (-47.6 to -43.2)-45.4 (-47.4 to -43.4)-21.4 (-23.0 to -19.7)-36.2 (-39.5 to -32.8)-38.3 (-41.6 to -35.1)
CI, confidence interval; LDL-C, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol; HDL-C, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol; TC/HDL-C, total cholesterol/HDL-C ratio; Apo B, apolipoprotein B.
*P<.05 from baseline for all doses.
P<.05 from baseline for a specific dose.

Metabolic syndrome

The ITT population included 1251 patients with MetSyn, of whom 56% also had diabetes and 67% were statin-free ( TABLE 1 ). Baseline laboratory parameters are in TABLE W1 .

 

After 12 weeks of treatment, 78% (95% CI, 74.9%-80.5%) of statin-free and 57% (95% CI, 52.5%-62.1%) of statin-treated patients achieved LDL-C target of <100 mg/dL ( FIGURE 2 ). Among patients without MetSyn (n=1454), 79% (95% CI, 76.2%-81.7%) of statin-free and 61% (95% CI, 56.8%-64.6%) of statin-treated patients achieved target. (Because of missing data, the presence or absence of MetSyn could not be confirmed in 12 patients.)

Mean percent reductions for MetSyn patients in total cholesterol, TC/HDL-C, LDL-C, triglycerides, non-HDL-C, and apo B were significant vs baseline for all doses in both statin-free and statin-treated patients ( TABLE 2 ). HDL-C increased significantly in the 10- and 20-mg statin-free groups and in the 40-mg statin-treated group.

Treatment was well tolerated

 

The incidences of treatment-related adverse events were similar in all patient groups, at around 10%. Most events were mild to moderate, with severe events reported in only 0.5% and 0.8% of patients with diabetes and MetSyn, respectively. Incidences of treatment-related musculoskeletal adverse events were 1.9% and 2%, respectively, in patients with and without diabetes; and were 1.7% and 2.3% in patients with and without MetSyn.

 

 

The incidence of elevations in aspartate aminotransferase (AST) or alanine aminotransferase (ALT) >3 times and creatine kinase (CK) >10 times the upper limit of normal were 1.1% and 0.1%, respectively, for patients with diabetes, and 0.9% and 0.08% for those with MetSyn, which did not differ from those of patients without diabetes (1.2% and 0%, respectively) or MetSyn (1.3% and 0%, respectively).

TABLE W1
Baseline lipid values for patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome (mean ± SD)

 

DIABETESSTATIN-FREE (N=744)STATIN-TREATED (N=280)ALL (N=1024)
Total cholesterol, mg/dL225.8±32.7*210.8±29.9221.7±32.6
LDL-C, mg/dL149.4±26.8*133.8±24.3145.1±27.0
HDL-C, mg/dL50.0±12.550.2±12.050.1±12.4
TC/HDL-C4.7±1.1*4.4±1.04.6±1.1
Triglycerides, mg/dL173.8±85.1179.4±80.4175.3±83.8
Apo B, g/L1.1±0.21.1±0.21.1±0.2
HbA1C, %7.2±1.27.4±1.37.3±1.2
FPG, mmol/L8.2±2.98.2±2.68.2±2.8
METABOLIC SYNDROMESTATIN-FREE (N=839)STATIN-TREATED (N=412)ALL (N=1251)
Total cholesterol, mg/dL229.3±34.1*215.7±32.7224.9±34.2
LDL-C, mg/dL152.3±27.8*137.8±26.6147.5±28.3
HDL-C, mg/dL45.3±11.046.1±10.445.5±10.8
TC/HDL-C5.3±1.3*4.9±1.15.2±1.2
Triglycerides, mg/dL206.4±88.7211.2±83.7208.0±87.1
Apo B, g/L1.2±0.21.1±0.21.2±0.2
HbA1C, %6.7±1.26.6±1.26.7±1.2
FPG, mmol/L7.4±2.57.1±2.37.3±2.4
LDL-C, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol; HDL-C, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol; TC/HDL-C, total cholesterol/HDL-C ratio; Apo B, apolipoprotein B; HbA1C, hemoglobin A1C; FPG, fasting plasma glucose; SD, standard deviation.
*P<.05 statin-free vs statin-treated.

Discussion

 

Despite their increased cardiovascular risk, patients with diabetes and MetSyn often do not reach lipid targets.17 In patients with diabetes, lowering LDL-C levels reduces the risk of a cardiovascular event by 25% to 50%.18-23 Atorvastatin has demonstrated its efficacy for the primary prevention of cardiovascular events among patients with diabetes.22,23

MetSyn also increases the risk of cardiovascular events and mortality.10-13 Atorvastatin has been used effectively to achieve LDL-C goals in hypercholesterolemic patients with MetSyn.24,25

Higher starting doses of statins are generally beneficial. This substudy of ACTFAST demonstrates that by initiating therapy at doses selected according to baseline LDL-C levels, 81% of statin-free and 60% of statin-treated subjects with diabetes and 78% of statin-free and 57% of statin-treated subjects with MetSyn achieved a target LDL-C of <100 mg/dL within 6 to 12 weeks. Among statin-treated patients, atorvastatin provided additional reduction in lipid parameters over what was achieved with the statin they had been using at baseline.

Other studies have also suggested that patients at high risk for cardiovascular events, such as those with diabetes or MetSyn, may benefit from starting therapy at a higher dose of atorvastatin.14,15,26,27 In the New Atorvastatin Starting Doses: A Comparison (NASDAC) study, patients were randomized to receive various starting doses of atorvastatin, regardless of their baseline LDL-C value.26 The proportion of patients with CHD or a CHD-equivalent (of whom 150 had diabetes) who achieved LDL-C target (<100 mg/dL) with 10, 20, 40, and 80 mg/d was 47%, 66%, 81% and 80%, respectively, demonstrating that a higher starting dose is required to achieve target.

 

However, lower doses may work depending on LDL-C levels. In contrast to NASDAC, statin-free patients with diabetes or MetSyn in ACTFAST showed better results on 10- and 20-mg doses, because baseline LDL-C was taken into account. The Atorvastatin Goal Achievement Across Risk Levels (ATGOAL) study used a design similar to ACTFAST, assigning patients with dyslipidemia to starting doses of atorvastatin for 8 weeks, at 10, 20, 40, or 80 mg, based on their CHD risk category and the magnitude of LDL-C reduction necessary to reach lipid targets.27 Of the 1298 patients, 705 were at high CHD risk (43.8% with diabetes), and 81.1% of these high-risk patients achieved an LDL-C <100 mg/dL.

No safety issues arose when initiating atorvastatin at higher doses in patients with diabetes or MetSyn. The incidence of clinically elevated AST, ALT, or CK levels in ACTFAST was low and comparable to that reported in meta-analyses (0.96%).28,29

Benefits of our dosing algorithm seem clear. Aggressive treatment with atorvastatin across the dose range improves LDL-C target achievement compared with usual care,30,31 and current NCEP-III recommendations support the use of a higher initial dose in patients requiring large LDL-C reductions.1 Atorva-statin is approved in many countries at starting doses ranging from 10 to 40 mg, with a titration to 80 mg, if needed, to achieve LDL-C target. ACTFAST suggests that, in patients with diabetes or MetSyn, initiation of atorvastatin at a dose appropriate for the required level of LDL-C reduction would facilitate achievement of LDL-C targets.

 

One meta-analysis of trials demonstrated that a 10-mg/dL reduction in LDL-C could result in a 5.4% reduction in major vascular events and a 3.1% reduction in all-cause mortality over 5 years.32 In our study, patients with diabetes or MetSyn experienced reductions in LDL-C of approximately 57 mg/dL, which, if maintained over 5 years, could be expected to translate into reductions of 30% in major vascular events and 17% in mortality. Therefore, a regimen that allows a larger number of high-risk patients to achieve substantial reductions in LDL-C levels quickly could significantly improve cardiovascular outcomes.

 

 

Limitations of our study include the fact that the trial was not blinded, the size of the dosing groups was unequal, and there was no control group. However, it is unlikely that reduction of LDL-C was due to chance. Also, this study was not designed to investigate the effect of lowering LDL-C on the incidence of cardiovascular events.

Correspondence
Lawrence A. Leiter, MD, University of Toronto, St. Michael's Hospital, 61 Queen St. E.,#6121Q, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. M5C 2T2; [email protected]

 

Practice recommendations

 

  • You can reduce elevated LDL-C levels in more patients with diabetes and metabolic syndrome using this study's algorithm.
  • Choose a starting dose of a statin according to the gap between baseline and target LDL-C values.
  • Using a tailored starting dose of atorvastatin, most patients with type 2 diabetes or metabolic syndrome can achieve LDL-C target levels safely within 6 to 12 weeks, without raising the initial dose or with a single titration step.

 

Abstract

Purpose To investigate whether using an algorithm to select the starting dose of a statin according to baseline and target LDL-cholesterol (LDL-C) values would facilitate achieving lipid targets in patients with diabetes or the metabolic syndrome.

Methods Two 12-week, prospective, open-label trials enrolled 2717 high-risk subjects, of whom 1024 had diabetes and 1251 had metabolic syndrome. Subjects with LDL-C between 100 and 220 mg/dL (2.6-5.7 mmol/L) were assigned a starting dose of atorvastatin (10, 20, 40, or 80 mg/d) based on LDL-C level and status of statin use at baseline (statin-free [SF] or statin-treated [ST]), with a single uptitration at 6 weeks, if required.

Results Among patients with diabetes, 81% of SF subjects (82%, 84%, 82%, and 76% with 10, 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) and 60% of ST subjects (61%, 68%, and 47% with 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) achieved LDL-C target. Among patients with metabolic syndrome, 78% of SF subjects (81%, 84%, 82%, and 66% with 10, 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) and 57% of ST subjects (58%, 70%, and 47% with 20, 40, and 80 mg, respectively) achieved LDL-C target. Among ST subjects, we observed reductions in LDL-C with atorvastatin beyond those achieved with other statins used at baseline in patients with diabetes and patients with metabolic syndrome. Atorvastatin was well tolerated.

Conclusions The ACTFAST studies confirm that a targeted starting dose of atorvastatin allows most patients with type 2 diabetes or the metabolic syndrome to achieve their LDL-C target safely with the initial dose or just a single titration. This therapeutic strategy may help overcome the treatment gap still observed in the treatment of lipids in diabetes.

How many of your patients with type 2 diabetes or metabolic syndrome have a low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) level below the target of 100 mg/dL? Your answer, undoubtedly, is not enough of them. The good news we report in this article is that you can safely achieve the target more often, within 6 to 12 weeks, using a simple algorithm that helps you determine the optimal starting dose of a statin.

Good reason for concern. Individuals with coronary heart disease (CHD) or CHD risk equivalents such as diabetes have the highest cardiovascular risk and, according to the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) III and other guidelines, must aim for the lowest target levels of LDL-C.1 As the number of cardiovascular risk factors increases in a population, the percentage of patients reaching targets decreases2,3 —to as low as 37% among those at highest risk.2 The international Analysis and Understanding of Diabetes and Dyslipidaemia: Improving Treatment (AUDIT) survey found that out of all patients with type 2 diabetes being treated, only 54% achieved target.4

Type 2 diabetes purportedly imparts a cardiovascular risk comparable to that of a prior cardiovascular event.1,5-7 Moreover, the outcome of such events in patients with diabetes is worse than in patients without diabetes, with approximately 7 out of 10 patients dying from the event or its complications.7-9

 

The metabolic syndrome (MetSyn) also increases risk of cardiovascular events and mortality, even in individuals without diabetes or CHD.10-13 In 1 study, the risks of all-cause and cardiovascular mortality in patients with MetSyn were 1.38 to 1.44 and 2.26 to 2.78, respectively, compared with those who did not have MetSyn.12

The algorithm we describe in this article was developed from results of the Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST) trials. These trials were designed to assess whether, according to the degree of reduction required in LDL-C, an optimal starting dose of atorvastatin could be identified so that patients would achieve LDL-C targets quickly, with no change in the dose or with just one titration step, and regardless of statin use at baseline.

The main results of ACTFAST 1 and 2 have been published elsewhere.14,15 We report specifically on a prespecified analysis of pooled results in the subset of patients with diabetes or MetSyn.

 

 

Methods

Patient population

We extracted the study population from prespecified pooling of data from ACTFAST 1 and 2,14,15 which were 12-week, multicenter, prospective, open-label trials that used the same protocol. A full description of inclusion and exclusion criteria for ACTFAST has been published elsewhere.14,15

Briefly, subjects were either statin-free or statin-treated at baseline, had CHD or a CHD equivalent, had an LDL-C level between 100 and 220 mg/dL (2.6-5.7 mmol/L) and triglycerides =600 mg/dL (6.8 mmol/L), and were willing to follow a recommended diet.

We excluded patients if they had used other lipid-lowering therapy in the prior 2 months (except for statins in the statin-treated study arm) or if they were receiving >40 mg/d of any statin. Patients taking atorvastatin at screening were excluded because the study's goal was to assess the benefits of switching over to a flexible starting dose of atorvastatin. We defined diabetes and MetSyn according to the American Diabetes Association criteria16 and the NCEP 2001 criteria,1 respectively.

Doses reflected LDL-C baseline-target gap and prior statin use

If patients were statin free at baseline, we assigned them to 6 weeks of treatment with atorvastatin, at 10, 20, 40, or 80 mg/d, according to their baseline LDL-C level ( FIGURE 1 ). For patients who had been taking a statin at screening, starting doses of atorvastatin for each LDL-C increment were doubled.

If patients did not reach LDL-C targets at the end of 6 weeks, we titrated their regimen to the next higher dose for an additional 6 weeks. Patients initially allocated to receive atorvastatin at 80 mg who did not reach LDL-C targets continued at that dose, and we added a more intense therapeutic lifestyle intervention (NCEP II step 2 diet).1

We obtained blood samples at baseline screening, week 6, and week 12, to measure 12-hour fasting serum lipid profiles and to make routine safety assessments (hematology and chemistry). Patients received dietary counseling at all visits.

The ACTFAST protocol and amendments were approved by appropriately constituted central or local institutional review boards, and all patients gave written informed consent.

 

FIGURE 1
How treatment doses were determined

Statin-free patients received a specified dose of atorvastatin according to their baseline low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) level. Patients who had been treated with another statin at screening received atorvastatin at a dose double that given to statin-free patients with equivalent LDL-C levels, for a maximum dose of 80 mg.



Reprinted from Atherosclerosis, vol. 191, Martineau P, Gaw A, de Teresa E, et al, Effect of individualizing starting doses of a statin according to baseline LDL-cholesterol levels on achieving cholesterol targets: The Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST) study, 135-146, © 2006, with permission from Elsevier.

Primary efficacy outcome: LDL-C levels of <100 mg/dL

The primary efficacy outcome was the proportion of patients with either diabetes or MetSyn achieving NCEP Adult Treatment Panel-III target LDL-C levels of <100 mg/dL (<2.6 mmol/L) after 12 weeks of treatment.1 Secondary efficacy parameters were described in ACTFAST 1.14

We analyzed data according to intention-to-treat (ITT), using the last observation carried forward (LOCF) for missing data. The ITT population consisted of all patients who took at least 1 dose of study medication, and had at least 1 subsequent assessment.

Results

Between January 2003 and February 2004, 3634 subjects were screened for ACTFAST 1 and 2, and 2717 patients were enrolled from 12 countries (Canada, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom). Ethnicity was recorded for about 80% of patients; more than 90% were Caucasian.

Diabetes

The ITT population included 1024 patients with diabetes, of whom 97% had type 2 diabetes and 73% were statin-free ( TABLE 1 ). Baseline laboratory parameters are available online, in TABLE W1 .

 

After 12 weeks of treatment, 81% (95% confidence interval [CI], 77.8%-83.5%) of statin-free and 60% (95% CI, 53.9%-65.4%) of statin-treated patients with diabetes achieved LDLC target of <100 mg/dL ( FIGURE 2 ). In contrast, among patients without diabetes (n=1693), 77% (95% CI, 73.9%-79.3%) of statin-free and 59% (95% CI, 55.4%-62.5%) of statin-treated patients achieved target.

For diabetes patients, mean percent reductions in total cholesterol, TC/HDL-C, LDL-C, triglycerides, non-HDL-C and apolipoprotein B (apo B) were significant vs baseline for all doses in both statin-free and statin-treated subjects ( TABLE 2 ). Significant increases in HDL-C were seen only with the 10- and 80-mg doses in statin-free patients.

 

 

 

FIGURE 2
Patients who achieved an LDL-C level of <100 mg/dL
after receiving 12 weeks of atorvastatin

TABLE 1
Demographic profiles of patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome
(This is an expanded version of the table that appeared in print.)

 

DIABETESSTATIN-FREE (N=744)STATIN-TREATED (N=280)ALL (N=1024)
Men, n (%)410 (55.1)161 (57.5)571 (55.8)
Age, years60.9±10.962.2±10.161.3±10.7
Weight, kg85.0±18.083.3±16.084.6±17.5
Waist circumference, cm103.3±13.8102.3±13.0103.0±13.6
Smokers, %16.512.515.4
Type 2 diabetes, % (% treated with insulin)96.8 (16.3)96.8 (16.6)96.8 (16.3)
Blood pressure, mm Hg137.1±15.7/79.6±9.6136.3±16.4/77.5±10.5136.9±15.9/79.0±9.9
CHD, %24.256.433.0
PVD, %5.57.96.2
CVD, %6.99.37.5
METABOLIC SYNDROMESTATIN-FREE (N=839)STATIN-TREATED (N=412)ALL (N=1251)
Men, n (%)483 (57.6)248 (60.2)731 (58.4)
Age, years62.0±10.262.7±10.162.2±10.2
Weight, kg87.4±17.285.7±15.186.9±16.6
Waist circumference, cm106.2±12.3104.8±12.6105.7±12.4
Smokers, %23.019.721.9
Diabetes, % (% type 2 diabetes) (% treated with insulin)60.4 (98.6) (15.6)46.1 (98.9) (17.6)55.7 (98.7) (16.1)
Blood pressure, mm Hg140.1±14.8/81.4±9.3139.7±14.6/79.4±10.0140.0±14.7/80.7±9.6
CHD, %41.875.552.9
PVD, %6.49.07.3
CVD, %9.810.09.8
Mean±standard deviation for continuous variables.
CHD, coronary heart disease; PVD, peripheral vascular disease; CVD, cerebrovascular disease.

TABLE 2
Mean percent change (95% CI) in lipid levels from baseline when patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome took atorvastatin
(This is an expanded version of the table that appeared in print.)

 

DIABETESSTATIN-FREESTATIN-TREATED
10 MG (N=395)20 MG (N=98)40 MG (N=90)80 MG (N=161)20 MG (N=216)40 MG (N=28)80 MG (N=36)
Total cholesterol*-23.0 (-24.3 to -21.7)-31.6 (-33.8 to -29.3)-38.1 (-40.5 to -35.7)-41.2 (-43.3 to -39.1)-16.9 (-18.6 to -15.2)-30.4 (-36.0 to -24.9)-34.2 (-39.4 to -30.0)
LDL-C*-33.9 (-35.6 to -32.2)-43.4 (-46.0 to -40.7)-51.0 (-54.1 to -48.0)-53.0 (-55.6 to -50.4)-23.9 (-26.3 to -21.6)-40.3 (-47.2 to -33.5)-42.1 (-50.2 to -33.9)
HDL-C2.9 (1.4 to 4.3)0.4 (-2.1 to 2.9)-0.7 (-3.9 to 2.6)-2.8 (-4.9 to -0.6)-0.8 (-2.6 to 1.0)0.5 (-4.8 to 5.8)-0.8 (-3.8 to 2.2)
TC/HDL-C*-24.2 (-25.7 to -22.7)-31.2 (-34.1 to -28.4)-36.7 (-39.5 to -33.9)-39.1 (-41.0 to -37.3)-15.1 (-17.3 to -12.9)-30.2 (-35.6 to -24.7)-33.3 (-37.8 to -28.8)
Triglycerides*-14.4 (-17.3 to -11.4)-19.1 (-24.5 to -13.6)-23.6 (-29.5 to -17.7)-23.6 (-28.3 to -18.9)-7.3 (-13.2 to -1.4)-24.9 (-35.7 to -14.1)-20.7 (-29.5 to -11.9)
Non-HDL-C*-30.8 (-32.4 to -29.3)-40.6 (-43.5 to -37.7)-47.9 (-50.7 to -45.1)-50.0 (-52.3 to -47.6)-21.8 (-24.0 to -19.6)-38.3 (-44.9 to -31.7)-42.3 (-47.2 to -37.4)
Apo B*-30.6 (-32.0 to -29.1)-39.1 (-41.6 to -36.6)-46.2 (-48.7 to -43.6)-47.8 (-50.0 to -45.6)-22.3 (-24.2 to -20.4)-34.7 (-40.3 to -29.0)-39.1 (-43.6 to -34.6)
METABOLIC SYNDROMESTATIN-FREESTATIN-TREATED
10 MG (N=418)20 MG (N=103)40 MG (N=104)80 MG (N=214)20 MG (N=290)40 MG (N=47)80 MG (N=75)
Total cholesterol*-24.6 (-25.8 to -23.3)-31.6 (-33.6 to -29.5)-37.6 (-39.7 to -35.5)-39.5 (-41.4 to -37.6)-16.2 (-17.7 to -14.7)-30.3 (-33.5 to -27.2)-33.0 (-36.0 to -30.1)
LDL-C*-34.6 (-36.1 to -33.0)-43.4 (-46.1 to -40.6)-49.3 (-51.9 to -46.7)-50.3 (-52.7 to -47.9)-21.8 (-23.7 to -19.9)-40.4 (-44.1 to -36.7)-41.3 (-45.9 to -36.8)
HDL-C4.4 (2.9 to 5.8)2.9 (0.3 to 5.5)2.3 (-0.6 to 5.3)2.0 (-0.1 to 4.2)1.3 (-0.3 to 2.9)4.1 (0.3 to 7.8)-1.6 (-3.7 to 0.6)
TC/HDL-C*-26.6 (-28.1 to -25.1)-32.6 (-35.4 to -29.8)-38.2 (-40.6 to -35.9)-39.5 (-41.9 to -37.0)-16.2 (-18.0 to -14.4)-32.3 (-35.6 to -29.1)-31.4 (-34.8 to -28.1)
Triglycerides*-18.8 (-21.7 to -15.8)-22.8 (-27.9 to -17.8)-28.8 (-33.7 to -23.9)-29.5 (-33.0 to -26.0)-12.6 (-16.7 to -8.6)-32.4 (-39.1 to -25.6)-21.7 (-28.1 to -15.3)
Non-HDL-C*-32.2 (-33.7 to -30.7)-39.9 (-42.6 to -37.2)-46.7 (-49.1 to -44.3)-47.9 (-50.0 to -45.8)-20.9 (-22.8 to -19.1)-38.9 (-42.5 to -35.2)-39.8 (-43.3 to -36.3)
Apo B*-31.9 (-33.2, to -30.5)-39.4 (-41.9 to -37.0)-45.4 (-47.6 to -43.2)-45.4 (-47.4 to -43.4)-21.4 (-23.0 to -19.7)-36.2 (-39.5 to -32.8)-38.3 (-41.6 to -35.1)
CI, confidence interval; LDL-C, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol; HDL-C, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol; TC/HDL-C, total cholesterol/HDL-C ratio; Apo B, apolipoprotein B.
*P<.05 from baseline for all doses.
P<.05 from baseline for a specific dose.

Metabolic syndrome

The ITT population included 1251 patients with MetSyn, of whom 56% also had diabetes and 67% were statin-free ( TABLE 1 ). Baseline laboratory parameters are in TABLE W1 .

 

After 12 weeks of treatment, 78% (95% CI, 74.9%-80.5%) of statin-free and 57% (95% CI, 52.5%-62.1%) of statin-treated patients achieved LDL-C target of <100 mg/dL ( FIGURE 2 ). Among patients without MetSyn (n=1454), 79% (95% CI, 76.2%-81.7%) of statin-free and 61% (95% CI, 56.8%-64.6%) of statin-treated patients achieved target. (Because of missing data, the presence or absence of MetSyn could not be confirmed in 12 patients.)

Mean percent reductions for MetSyn patients in total cholesterol, TC/HDL-C, LDL-C, triglycerides, non-HDL-C, and apo B were significant vs baseline for all doses in both statin-free and statin-treated patients ( TABLE 2 ). HDL-C increased significantly in the 10- and 20-mg statin-free groups and in the 40-mg statin-treated group.

Treatment was well tolerated

 

The incidences of treatment-related adverse events were similar in all patient groups, at around 10%. Most events were mild to moderate, with severe events reported in only 0.5% and 0.8% of patients with diabetes and MetSyn, respectively. Incidences of treatment-related musculoskeletal adverse events were 1.9% and 2%, respectively, in patients with and without diabetes; and were 1.7% and 2.3% in patients with and without MetSyn.

 

 

The incidence of elevations in aspartate aminotransferase (AST) or alanine aminotransferase (ALT) >3 times and creatine kinase (CK) >10 times the upper limit of normal were 1.1% and 0.1%, respectively, for patients with diabetes, and 0.9% and 0.08% for those with MetSyn, which did not differ from those of patients without diabetes (1.2% and 0%, respectively) or MetSyn (1.3% and 0%, respectively).

TABLE W1
Baseline lipid values for patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome (mean ± SD)

 

DIABETESSTATIN-FREE (N=744)STATIN-TREATED (N=280)ALL (N=1024)
Total cholesterol, mg/dL225.8±32.7*210.8±29.9221.7±32.6
LDL-C, mg/dL149.4±26.8*133.8±24.3145.1±27.0
HDL-C, mg/dL50.0±12.550.2±12.050.1±12.4
TC/HDL-C4.7±1.1*4.4±1.04.6±1.1
Triglycerides, mg/dL173.8±85.1179.4±80.4175.3±83.8
Apo B, g/L1.1±0.21.1±0.21.1±0.2
HbA1C, %7.2±1.27.4±1.37.3±1.2
FPG, mmol/L8.2±2.98.2±2.68.2±2.8
METABOLIC SYNDROMESTATIN-FREE (N=839)STATIN-TREATED (N=412)ALL (N=1251)
Total cholesterol, mg/dL229.3±34.1*215.7±32.7224.9±34.2
LDL-C, mg/dL152.3±27.8*137.8±26.6147.5±28.3
HDL-C, mg/dL45.3±11.046.1±10.445.5±10.8
TC/HDL-C5.3±1.3*4.9±1.15.2±1.2
Triglycerides, mg/dL206.4±88.7211.2±83.7208.0±87.1
Apo B, g/L1.2±0.21.1±0.21.2±0.2
HbA1C, %6.7±1.26.6±1.26.7±1.2
FPG, mmol/L7.4±2.57.1±2.37.3±2.4
LDL-C, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol; HDL-C, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol; TC/HDL-C, total cholesterol/HDL-C ratio; Apo B, apolipoprotein B; HbA1C, hemoglobin A1C; FPG, fasting plasma glucose; SD, standard deviation.
*P<.05 statin-free vs statin-treated.

Discussion

 

Despite their increased cardiovascular risk, patients with diabetes and MetSyn often do not reach lipid targets.17 In patients with diabetes, lowering LDL-C levels reduces the risk of a cardiovascular event by 25% to 50%.18-23 Atorvastatin has demonstrated its efficacy for the primary prevention of cardiovascular events among patients with diabetes.22,23

MetSyn also increases the risk of cardiovascular events and mortality.10-13 Atorvastatin has been used effectively to achieve LDL-C goals in hypercholesterolemic patients with MetSyn.24,25

Higher starting doses of statins are generally beneficial. This substudy of ACTFAST demonstrates that by initiating therapy at doses selected according to baseline LDL-C levels, 81% of statin-free and 60% of statin-treated subjects with diabetes and 78% of statin-free and 57% of statin-treated subjects with MetSyn achieved a target LDL-C of <100 mg/dL within 6 to 12 weeks. Among statin-treated patients, atorvastatin provided additional reduction in lipid parameters over what was achieved with the statin they had been using at baseline.

Other studies have also suggested that patients at high risk for cardiovascular events, such as those with diabetes or MetSyn, may benefit from starting therapy at a higher dose of atorvastatin.14,15,26,27 In the New Atorvastatin Starting Doses: A Comparison (NASDAC) study, patients were randomized to receive various starting doses of atorvastatin, regardless of their baseline LDL-C value.26 The proportion of patients with CHD or a CHD-equivalent (of whom 150 had diabetes) who achieved LDL-C target (<100 mg/dL) with 10, 20, 40, and 80 mg/d was 47%, 66%, 81% and 80%, respectively, demonstrating that a higher starting dose is required to achieve target.

 

However, lower doses may work depending on LDL-C levels. In contrast to NASDAC, statin-free patients with diabetes or MetSyn in ACTFAST showed better results on 10- and 20-mg doses, because baseline LDL-C was taken into account. The Atorvastatin Goal Achievement Across Risk Levels (ATGOAL) study used a design similar to ACTFAST, assigning patients with dyslipidemia to starting doses of atorvastatin for 8 weeks, at 10, 20, 40, or 80 mg, based on their CHD risk category and the magnitude of LDL-C reduction necessary to reach lipid targets.27 Of the 1298 patients, 705 were at high CHD risk (43.8% with diabetes), and 81.1% of these high-risk patients achieved an LDL-C <100 mg/dL.

No safety issues arose when initiating atorvastatin at higher doses in patients with diabetes or MetSyn. The incidence of clinically elevated AST, ALT, or CK levels in ACTFAST was low and comparable to that reported in meta-analyses (0.96%).28,29

Benefits of our dosing algorithm seem clear. Aggressive treatment with atorvastatin across the dose range improves LDL-C target achievement compared with usual care,30,31 and current NCEP-III recommendations support the use of a higher initial dose in patients requiring large LDL-C reductions.1 Atorva-statin is approved in many countries at starting doses ranging from 10 to 40 mg, with a titration to 80 mg, if needed, to achieve LDL-C target. ACTFAST suggests that, in patients with diabetes or MetSyn, initiation of atorvastatin at a dose appropriate for the required level of LDL-C reduction would facilitate achievement of LDL-C targets.

 

One meta-analysis of trials demonstrated that a 10-mg/dL reduction in LDL-C could result in a 5.4% reduction in major vascular events and a 3.1% reduction in all-cause mortality over 5 years.32 In our study, patients with diabetes or MetSyn experienced reductions in LDL-C of approximately 57 mg/dL, which, if maintained over 5 years, could be expected to translate into reductions of 30% in major vascular events and 17% in mortality. Therefore, a regimen that allows a larger number of high-risk patients to achieve substantial reductions in LDL-C levels quickly could significantly improve cardiovascular outcomes.

 

 

Limitations of our study include the fact that the trial was not blinded, the size of the dosing groups was unequal, and there was no control group. However, it is unlikely that reduction of LDL-C was due to chance. Also, this study was not designed to investigate the effect of lowering LDL-C on the incidence of cardiovascular events.

Correspondence
Lawrence A. Leiter, MD, University of Toronto, St. Michael's Hospital, 61 Queen St. E.,#6121Q, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. M5C 2T2; [email protected]

References

 

1. NCEP. Executive Summary of The Third Report of The National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, And Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol In Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III). JAMA. 2001;285:2486-2497.

2. Olson K, Tsuyuki R. Patients' achievement of cholesterol targets: a cross-sectional evaluation. Am J Prev Med. 2003;25:339-342.

3. Pearson T, Laurora I, Chu H, et al. The lipid treatment assessment project (L-TAP): a multicenter survey to evaluate the percentages of dyslipidemic patients receiving lipid-lowering therapy and achieving low-density lipoprotein cholesterol goals. Arch Intern Med. 2000;160:459-467.

4. Leiter L, Betteridge D, Chacra A, et al. AUDIT study. Evidence of global undertreatment of dyslipidaemia in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Br J Diabetes Vasc Dis. 2006;6:31-40.

5. Haffner S, Lehto S, Ronnemaa T, et al. Mortality from coronary heart disease in subjects with type 2 diabetes and in nondiabetic subjects with and without prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med. 1998;339:229-234.

6. Grundy S, Cleeman J, Merz C, et al. Implications of recent clinical trials for the National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III guidelines. Circulation. 2004;110:227-239.

7. Grundy SM. Diabetes and coronary risk equivalency: what does it mean? Diabetes Care. 2006;29:457-460.

8. Miettinen H, Lehto S, Salomaa V, et al. Impact of diabetes on mortality after the first myocardial infarction. The FINMONICA Myocardial Infarction Register Study Group. Diabetes Care. 1998;21:69-75.

9. Hurst RT, Lee RW. Increased incidence of coronary atherosclerosis in type 2 diabetes mellitus: mechanisms and management. Ann Intern Med. 2003;139:824-834.

10. McNeill A, Rosamond W, Girman C, et al. The metabolic syndrome and 11-year risk of incident cardiovascular disease in the atherosclerosis risk in communities study. Diabetes Care. 2005;28:385-390.

11. Lakka H, Laaksonen D, Lakka T, et al. The metabolic syndrome and total and cardiovascular disease mortality in middle-aged men. JAMA. 2002;288:2709-2716.

12. Hu G, Qiao Q, Tuomilehto J, et al. Prevalence of the metabolic syndrome and its relation to all-cause and cardiovascular mortality in nondiabetic European men and women. Arch Intern Med. 2004;164:1066-1076.

13. Ford E. The metabolic syndrome and mortality from cardiovascular disease and all-causes: findings from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey II Mortality Study. Atherosclerosis. 2004;173:309-314.

14. Martineau P, Gaw A, de Teresa E, et al. Effect of individualizing starting doses of a statin according to baseline LDL-cholesterol levels on achieving cholesterol targets: The Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST) study. Atherosclerosis. 2006;191:135-146.

15. Farsang C, Athyros V, Gaw A. A multicentre, open study to assess the effect of individualizing starting doses of atorvastatin according to baseline LDL-C levels on achieving cholesterol targets: the Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST-2) study. Curr Med Res Opin. 2007;23:1945-1956.

16. Report of the expert committee on the diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. Diabetes Care. 2002;25(suppl 1):S5-S20.

17. Saydah SH, Fradkin J, Cowie CC. Poor control of risk factors for vascular disease among adults with previously diagnosed diabetes. JAMA. 2004;291:335-342.

18. Haffner S, Alexander C, Cook T, et al. Reduced coronary events in simvastatin-treated patients with coronary heart disease and diabetes or impaired fasting glucose levels: subgroup analyses in the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study. Arch Intern Med. 1999;159:2661-2667.

19. Goldberg RB, Mellies MJ, Sacks FM, et al. Cardiovascular events and their reduction with pravastatin in diabetic and glucose-intolerant myocardial infarction survivors with average cholesterol levels: subgroup analyses in the cholesterol and recurrent events (CARE) trial. The Care Investigators. Circulation. 1998;98:2513-2519.

20. American Diabetes Association: clinical practice recommendations 2002. Diabetes Care. 2002;25(suppl 1):S1-S147.

21. Sacks FM, Tonkin AM, Shepherd J, et al. Effect of pravastatin on coronary disease events in subgroups defined by coronary risk factors: the Prospective Pravastatin Pooling Project. Circulation. 2000;102:1893-1900.

22. Sever PS, Poulter NR, Dahlof B, et al. Reduction in cardiovascular events with atorvastatin in 2532 patients with type 2 diabetes: Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial—lipid-lowering arm (ASCOT-LLA). Diabetes Care. 2005;28:1151-1157.

23. Colhoun HM, Betteridge DJ, Durrington PN, et al. Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with atorvastatin in type 2 diabetes in the Collaborative Atorvastatin Diabetes Study (CARDS): multicentre randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2004;364:685-696.

24. Stender S, Schuster H, Barter P, et al. Comparison of rosuvastatin with atorvastatin, simvastatin and pravastatin in achieving cholesterol goals and improving plasma lipids in hypercholesterolaemic patients with or without the metabolic syndrome in the MERCURY I trial. Diabetes Obes Metab. 2005;7:430-438.

25. Hunninghake D, Ballantyne C, Maccubbin D, et al. Comparative effects of simvastatin and atorvastatin in hypercholesterolemic patients with characteristics of metabolic syndrome. Clin Ther. 2003;25:1670-1686.

26. Jones PH, McKenney JM, Karalis DG, et al. Comparison of the efficacy and safety of atorvastatin initiated at different starting doses in patients with dyslipidemia. Am Heart J. 2005;149(1):e1-e8.Available at: http://www.ahjonline.com/article/S0002-8703(04)00476-4/fulltext. Accessed September 10, 2008.

27. McKenney JM, Davidson MH, Saponaro J, et al. Use of a treatment algorithm to achieve NCEP ATP III goals with atorvastatin. J Cardiovasc Pharmacol. 2005;46:594-599.

28. Newman CB, Palmer G, Silbershatz H, et al. Safety of atorvastatin derived from analysis of 44 completed trials in 9416 patients. Am J Cardiol. 2003;92:670-676.

29. Newman C, Tsai J, Szarek M, et al. Comparative safety of atorvastatin 80 mg versus 10 mg derived from analysis of 49 completed trials in 14,236 patients. Am J Cardiol. 2006;97:61-67.

30. Athyros V, Papageorgiou A, Mercouris B, et al. Treatment with atorvastatin to the National Cholesterol Educational Program goal versus 'usual' care in secondary coronary heart disease prevention. The GREek Atorvastatin and Coronary-heart-disease Evaluation (GREACE) study. Curr Med Res Opin. 2002;18:220-228.

31. Koren MJ, Hunninghake DB. Clinical outcomes in managed-care patients with coronary heart disease treated aggressively in lipid-lowering disease management clinics: the alliance study. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2004;44:1772-1779.

32. Baigent C, Keech A, Kearney PM, et al. Efficacy and safety of cholesterol-lowering treatment: prospective meta-analysis of data from 90,056 participants in 14 randomised trials of statins. Lancet. 2005;366:1267-1278.

References

 

1. NCEP. Executive Summary of The Third Report of The National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, And Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol In Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III). JAMA. 2001;285:2486-2497.

2. Olson K, Tsuyuki R. Patients' achievement of cholesterol targets: a cross-sectional evaluation. Am J Prev Med. 2003;25:339-342.

3. Pearson T, Laurora I, Chu H, et al. The lipid treatment assessment project (L-TAP): a multicenter survey to evaluate the percentages of dyslipidemic patients receiving lipid-lowering therapy and achieving low-density lipoprotein cholesterol goals. Arch Intern Med. 2000;160:459-467.

4. Leiter L, Betteridge D, Chacra A, et al. AUDIT study. Evidence of global undertreatment of dyslipidaemia in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Br J Diabetes Vasc Dis. 2006;6:31-40.

5. Haffner S, Lehto S, Ronnemaa T, et al. Mortality from coronary heart disease in subjects with type 2 diabetes and in nondiabetic subjects with and without prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med. 1998;339:229-234.

6. Grundy S, Cleeman J, Merz C, et al. Implications of recent clinical trials for the National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III guidelines. Circulation. 2004;110:227-239.

7. Grundy SM. Diabetes and coronary risk equivalency: what does it mean? Diabetes Care. 2006;29:457-460.

8. Miettinen H, Lehto S, Salomaa V, et al. Impact of diabetes on mortality after the first myocardial infarction. The FINMONICA Myocardial Infarction Register Study Group. Diabetes Care. 1998;21:69-75.

9. Hurst RT, Lee RW. Increased incidence of coronary atherosclerosis in type 2 diabetes mellitus: mechanisms and management. Ann Intern Med. 2003;139:824-834.

10. McNeill A, Rosamond W, Girman C, et al. The metabolic syndrome and 11-year risk of incident cardiovascular disease in the atherosclerosis risk in communities study. Diabetes Care. 2005;28:385-390.

11. Lakka H, Laaksonen D, Lakka T, et al. The metabolic syndrome and total and cardiovascular disease mortality in middle-aged men. JAMA. 2002;288:2709-2716.

12. Hu G, Qiao Q, Tuomilehto J, et al. Prevalence of the metabolic syndrome and its relation to all-cause and cardiovascular mortality in nondiabetic European men and women. Arch Intern Med. 2004;164:1066-1076.

13. Ford E. The metabolic syndrome and mortality from cardiovascular disease and all-causes: findings from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey II Mortality Study. Atherosclerosis. 2004;173:309-314.

14. Martineau P, Gaw A, de Teresa E, et al. Effect of individualizing starting doses of a statin according to baseline LDL-cholesterol levels on achieving cholesterol targets: The Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST) study. Atherosclerosis. 2006;191:135-146.

15. Farsang C, Athyros V, Gaw A. A multicentre, open study to assess the effect of individualizing starting doses of atorvastatin according to baseline LDL-C levels on achieving cholesterol targets: the Achieve Cholesterol Targets Fast with Atorvastatin Stratified Titration (ACTFAST-2) study. Curr Med Res Opin. 2007;23:1945-1956.

16. Report of the expert committee on the diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. Diabetes Care. 2002;25(suppl 1):S5-S20.

17. Saydah SH, Fradkin J, Cowie CC. Poor control of risk factors for vascular disease among adults with previously diagnosed diabetes. JAMA. 2004;291:335-342.

18. Haffner S, Alexander C, Cook T, et al. Reduced coronary events in simvastatin-treated patients with coronary heart disease and diabetes or impaired fasting glucose levels: subgroup analyses in the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study. Arch Intern Med. 1999;159:2661-2667.

19. Goldberg RB, Mellies MJ, Sacks FM, et al. Cardiovascular events and their reduction with pravastatin in diabetic and glucose-intolerant myocardial infarction survivors with average cholesterol levels: subgroup analyses in the cholesterol and recurrent events (CARE) trial. The Care Investigators. Circulation. 1998;98:2513-2519.

20. American Diabetes Association: clinical practice recommendations 2002. Diabetes Care. 2002;25(suppl 1):S1-S147.

21. Sacks FM, Tonkin AM, Shepherd J, et al. Effect of pravastatin on coronary disease events in subgroups defined by coronary risk factors: the Prospective Pravastatin Pooling Project. Circulation. 2000;102:1893-1900.

22. Sever PS, Poulter NR, Dahlof B, et al. Reduction in cardiovascular events with atorvastatin in 2532 patients with type 2 diabetes: Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial—lipid-lowering arm (ASCOT-LLA). Diabetes Care. 2005;28:1151-1157.

23. Colhoun HM, Betteridge DJ, Durrington PN, et al. Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with atorvastatin in type 2 diabetes in the Collaborative Atorvastatin Diabetes Study (CARDS): multicentre randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2004;364:685-696.

24. Stender S, Schuster H, Barter P, et al. Comparison of rosuvastatin with atorvastatin, simvastatin and pravastatin in achieving cholesterol goals and improving plasma lipids in hypercholesterolaemic patients with or without the metabolic syndrome in the MERCURY I trial. Diabetes Obes Metab. 2005;7:430-438.

25. Hunninghake D, Ballantyne C, Maccubbin D, et al. Comparative effects of simvastatin and atorvastatin in hypercholesterolemic patients with characteristics of metabolic syndrome. Clin Ther. 2003;25:1670-1686.

26. Jones PH, McKenney JM, Karalis DG, et al. Comparison of the efficacy and safety of atorvastatin initiated at different starting doses in patients with dyslipidemia. Am Heart J. 2005;149(1):e1-e8.Available at: http://www.ahjonline.com/article/S0002-8703(04)00476-4/fulltext. Accessed September 10, 2008.

27. McKenney JM, Davidson MH, Saponaro J, et al. Use of a treatment algorithm to achieve NCEP ATP III goals with atorvastatin. J Cardiovasc Pharmacol. 2005;46:594-599.

28. Newman CB, Palmer G, Silbershatz H, et al. Safety of atorvastatin derived from analysis of 44 completed trials in 9416 patients. Am J Cardiol. 2003;92:670-676.

29. Newman C, Tsai J, Szarek M, et al. Comparative safety of atorvastatin 80 mg versus 10 mg derived from analysis of 49 completed trials in 14,236 patients. Am J Cardiol. 2006;97:61-67.

30. Athyros V, Papageorgiou A, Mercouris B, et al. Treatment with atorvastatin to the National Cholesterol Educational Program goal versus 'usual' care in secondary coronary heart disease prevention. The GREek Atorvastatin and Coronary-heart-disease Evaluation (GREACE) study. Curr Med Res Opin. 2002;18:220-228.

31. Koren MJ, Hunninghake DB. Clinical outcomes in managed-care patients with coronary heart disease treated aggressively in lipid-lowering disease management clinics: the alliance study. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2004;44:1772-1779.

32. Baigent C, Keech A, Kearney PM, et al. Efficacy and safety of cholesterol-lowering treatment: prospective meta-analysis of data from 90,056 participants in 14 randomised trials of statins. Lancet. 2005;366:1267-1278.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 57(10)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 57(10)
Page Number
661-668
Page Number
661-668
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
How to reach LDL targets quickly in patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome
Display Headline
How to reach LDL targets quickly in patients with diabetes or metabolic syndrome
Legacy Keywords
low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C); algorithm; statin
Legacy Keywords
low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C); algorithm; statin
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Malpractice minute

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 14:22
Display Headline
Malpractice minute

Could a child’s suicide have been prevented?

THE PATIENT. A 9-year-old boy was undergoing psychiatric treatment.

CASE FACTS. A psychiatrist prescribed bupropion. The child committed suicide.

THE PARENTS’ CLAIM. The psychiatrist was negligent because he did not diagnose suicidal behavior during the initial visit and prescribed bupropion without proper warnings and follow-up.

THE DOCTOR’S DEFENSE. He did not receive information from the patient’s family that would have indicated suicidal behavior, bupropion was an appropriate treatment and was unrelated to the suicide, the family received proper warnings about the drug, and the suicide was unforeseeable.

Submit your verdict and find out how the court ruled and see how your colleagues voted in August’s Malpractice Minute. Click on “Have more to say about this topic?” to comment.

References

Cases are selected by Current Psychiatry from Medical Malpractice Verdicts, Settlements & Experts, with permission of its editor, Lewis Laska of Nashville, TN (www.verdictslaska.com). Information may be incomplete in some instances, but these cases represent clinical situations that typically result in litigation.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(10)
Publications
Page Number
54-54
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

Article PDF
Article PDF

Could a child’s suicide have been prevented?

THE PATIENT. A 9-year-old boy was undergoing psychiatric treatment.

CASE FACTS. A psychiatrist prescribed bupropion. The child committed suicide.

THE PARENTS’ CLAIM. The psychiatrist was negligent because he did not diagnose suicidal behavior during the initial visit and prescribed bupropion without proper warnings and follow-up.

THE DOCTOR’S DEFENSE. He did not receive information from the patient’s family that would have indicated suicidal behavior, bupropion was an appropriate treatment and was unrelated to the suicide, the family received proper warnings about the drug, and the suicide was unforeseeable.

Submit your verdict and find out how the court ruled and see how your colleagues voted in August’s Malpractice Minute. Click on “Have more to say about this topic?” to comment.

Could a child’s suicide have been prevented?

THE PATIENT. A 9-year-old boy was undergoing psychiatric treatment.

CASE FACTS. A psychiatrist prescribed bupropion. The child committed suicide.

THE PARENTS’ CLAIM. The psychiatrist was negligent because he did not diagnose suicidal behavior during the initial visit and prescribed bupropion without proper warnings and follow-up.

THE DOCTOR’S DEFENSE. He did not receive information from the patient’s family that would have indicated suicidal behavior, bupropion was an appropriate treatment and was unrelated to the suicide, the family received proper warnings about the drug, and the suicide was unforeseeable.

Submit your verdict and find out how the court ruled and see how your colleagues voted in August’s Malpractice Minute. Click on “Have more to say about this topic?” to comment.

References

Cases are selected by Current Psychiatry from Medical Malpractice Verdicts, Settlements & Experts, with permission of its editor, Lewis Laska of Nashville, TN (www.verdictslaska.com). Information may be incomplete in some instances, but these cases represent clinical situations that typically result in litigation.

References

Cases are selected by Current Psychiatry from Medical Malpractice Verdicts, Settlements & Experts, with permission of its editor, Lewis Laska of Nashville, TN (www.verdictslaska.com). Information may be incomplete in some instances, but these cases represent clinical situations that typically result in litigation.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(10)
Page Number
54-54
Page Number
54-54
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Malpractice minute
Display Headline
Malpractice minute
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

CDC: Older kids should get annual flu vaccine, too

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/14/2019 - 11:24
Display Headline
CDC: Older kids should get annual flu vaccine, too

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has made 2 significant changes to its annual recommendations for the prevention of influenza during the 2008-2009 flu season:1

 

  1. Annual vaccination is now recommended for all children ages 6 months through 18 years. (Last year, universal influenza vaccination was recommended only for children ages 6 months through 4 years.)
  2. The live attenuated influenza vaccine (LAIV) can now be used starting at 2 years of age.

Vaccinate older children

The CDC now recommends that 5- to 18-year-olds receive the influenza vaccine annually, and that this routine vaccination start as soon as possible, but no later than the 2009-2010 flu season. In other words, if routine vaccination can be achieved this year it is encouraged, but the CDC recognizes that it may not be possible to achieve in some settings until next year.

If family physicians do not incorporate routine vaccination for those ages 5 to 18 this year, they should still provide it for those in this age group who are at high risk for influenza complications, including those who:

 

  • are on long-term aspirin therapy;
  • have chronic pulmonary (including asthma), cardiovascular, renal, hepatic, hematological, or metabolic disorders;
  • are immunosuppressed; or
  • have disorders that alter respiratory functions or the handling of respiratory secretions.

Children who live in households with others who are at higher risk (children who are <5 years old, adults >50 years, and anyone with a medical condition that places him or her at high risk for severe influenza complications) should also be vaccinated.

LAIV is an option for even younger kids

Last year, the LAIV vaccine was licensed for children starting at age 5. Now, the LAIV can be given to healthy children starting at age 2, as well as to adolescents and adults through age 49. TABLE 1 compares the LAIV with the trivalent influenza vaccine (TIV).

Because LAIV is an attenuated live virus vaccine, some children should not receive it, including those younger than 5 years of age with reactive airway disease (recurrent wheezing or recent wheezing); those with a medical condition that places them at high risk of influenza complications; and those younger than 2 years of age. The TIV can be used in these children, starting at 6 months of age.

Regardless of whether a child receives LAIV or TIV, those younger than 9 years of age who are receiving influenza vaccine for the first time should receive 2 doses 4 weeks apart. If a child received only 1 dose in the first year, the following year he or she should receive 2 doses 4 weeks apart.

TABLE 1
LAIV vs TIV: How the 2 compare

 

 LAIVTIV
Route of administrationIntranasal sprayIntramuscular injection
Type of vaccineLive attenuated virusKilled virus
Approved age2-49 years≥6 months
Interval between 2 doses recommended for children 6 months to 8 years who are receiving influenza vaccine for the first time4 weeks4 weeks
Use with other live virus vaccinesSimultaneously or separated by 4 weeksNo restrictions
Use with influenza antiviral medicationWait 48 hours after last antiviral dose to administer LAIV; wait 2 weeks after LAIV to administer antiviralsNo restrictions
Contraindications and precautionsChronic illnessAnaphylactic hypersensitivity to eggs
Chronic aspirin therapyModerate-to-severe illness (precaution)
History of Guillain-Barre syndrome 
Pregnancy 
Caregiver to severely immune-suppressed individual 
LAIV, live attenuated influenza vaccine; TIV, trivalent influenza vaccine.

Coverage rates still need to improve

Influenza vaccine and antiviral agents continue to be underutilized. TABLE 2 lists estimated coverage with influenza vaccine for specific groups for whom immunization is recommended. It is particularly important that coverage rates for health care workers—which remain below 50%—be improved. Health care workers are at high risk of exposure to influenza and pose a risk of disease transmission to their families, other staff members, and patients. Family physicians should ensure that they and their staff are vaccinated each year.

Missed opportunities. Many patients for whom influenza vaccine is recommended fail to receive the vaccine because of missed opportunities. Physicians should offer the vaccine starting in October (or as soon as the vaccine supply allows) and continue to offer and encourage it through the entire flu season. Peak influenza activity can occur as late as April and May and occurs after February on average of 1 in every 5 years.

TABLE 2
Immunization is recommended, but what were the coverage rates?*

 

POPULATION GROUPCOVERAGE
Age 6-23 months32.2%
Age 2-4 years37.9%
Age ≥65 years65.6%
Pregnant women13.4%
Health care workers41.8%
Ages 18-64 years with high-risk conditions35.3%
* Influenza vaccination coverage is for the most recent year surveyed (2005-06 or 2006-07).

Autism concerns persist among parents

Despite clear scientific evidence that neither vaccines nor thimerosal preservative cause autism, some parents remain concerned. Some states have passed laws prohibiting the use of any thimerosal-containing vaccines and some parents may request thimerosal-free vaccines. TABLE 3 lists all the influenza vaccines and their thimerosal content.

 

 

TABLE 3
Which vaccines contain thimerosal—and how much?

 

VACCINETRADE NAMEMANUFACTURERHOW SUPPLIEDMERCURY CONTENT (MCG HG/0.5 ML DOSE)
TIVFluzoneSanofi Pasteur0.25-mL prefilled syringe0
0.5-mL prefilled syringe0
0.5-mL vial0
5-mL multidose vial25
TIVFluvirinNovartis Vaccines5-mL multidose vial25
0.5-mL prefilled syringe≤1
TIVFluarixGlaxoSmithKline0.5-mL prefilled syringe≤1
TIVFluLavalGlaxoSmithKline5-mL multidose vial25
TIVAfluriaCSL Biotherapies0.5-mL prefilled syringe0
5-mL multidose vial24.5
LAIVFluMistMedImmune0.2-mL sprayer0

Make use of antivirals

Two antiviral medications are licensed and approved for the treatment and prevention of influenza: oseltamivir (Tamiflu) and zanamivir (Relenza). Two others (amantadine and rimantadine) are licensed but not currently recommended due to the high rates of resistance that influenza has developed against them.

Oseltamivir is approved for the treatment and prophylaxis of influenza starting at 1 year of age.

Zanamivir is approved for the treatment of influenza starting at 7 years of age and for prophylaxis starting at 5 years of age.

Treatment, if started within 48 hours of symptom onset, reduces the severity and length of infection and the length of infectiousness. Antiviral prophylaxis should be considered when there is increased influenza activity for those listed in TABLE 4.

TABLE 4
Increased flu activity in the community? Consider antiviral prophylaxis

 

  • Individuals at high risk during the 2 weeks after influenza vaccination (after the second dose for children ages <9 years who have not previously been vaccinated)
  • Individuals at high risk for whom influenza vaccine is contraindicated
  • Family members or health care providers who are unvaccinated and are likely to have ongoing, close exposure to individuals at high risk, unvaccinated people, or infants who are <6 months of age
  • High-risk individuals and their family members and close contacts, as well as health care workers, when circulating strains of influenza virus in the community are not matched with vaccine strains
  • Individuals with immune deficiencies or those who might not respond to vaccination (eg, individuals infected with human immunodeficiency virus or with other immunosuppressed conditions, or those who are receiving immunosuppressive medications)
  • Unvaccinated staff members and other individuals during a response to an outbreak in a closed institutional setting with residents at high risk (eg, extended-care facilities).
Note: Recommended antiviral medications (neuraminidase inhibitors) are not licensed for prophylaxis of children <1 year of age (oseltamivir) or <5 years of age (zanamivir).

Every bit helps

Each year, influenza kills, on average, 36,000 Americans and hospitalizes another 200,000. Much of this morbidity and mortality could be avoided with full utilization of influenza vaccines and antiviral medications. You can contribute to improved public health by assuring that your patients and staff are fully immunized, that office infection control practices are adhered to, and that antiviral prophylaxis is used when indicated.

References

Reference

1. Prevention and control of influenza. Recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, 2008. MMWR;57(Early Release: July 17, 2008). Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/rr57e717a1.htm. Accessed August 25, 2008.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Doug Campos-Outcalt, MD, MPA
Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Arizona College of Medicine, Phoenix
[email protected]

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 57(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
658-660
Legacy Keywords
Doug Campos-Outcalt; live attenuated influenza vaccine (LAIV); immunosuppressed; antiviral agents
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Doug Campos-Outcalt, MD, MPA
Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Arizona College of Medicine, Phoenix
[email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

 

Doug Campos-Outcalt, MD, MPA
Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Arizona College of Medicine, Phoenix
[email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has made 2 significant changes to its annual recommendations for the prevention of influenza during the 2008-2009 flu season:1

 

  1. Annual vaccination is now recommended for all children ages 6 months through 18 years. (Last year, universal influenza vaccination was recommended only for children ages 6 months through 4 years.)
  2. The live attenuated influenza vaccine (LAIV) can now be used starting at 2 years of age.

Vaccinate older children

The CDC now recommends that 5- to 18-year-olds receive the influenza vaccine annually, and that this routine vaccination start as soon as possible, but no later than the 2009-2010 flu season. In other words, if routine vaccination can be achieved this year it is encouraged, but the CDC recognizes that it may not be possible to achieve in some settings until next year.

If family physicians do not incorporate routine vaccination for those ages 5 to 18 this year, they should still provide it for those in this age group who are at high risk for influenza complications, including those who:

 

  • are on long-term aspirin therapy;
  • have chronic pulmonary (including asthma), cardiovascular, renal, hepatic, hematological, or metabolic disorders;
  • are immunosuppressed; or
  • have disorders that alter respiratory functions or the handling of respiratory secretions.

Children who live in households with others who are at higher risk (children who are <5 years old, adults >50 years, and anyone with a medical condition that places him or her at high risk for severe influenza complications) should also be vaccinated.

LAIV is an option for even younger kids

Last year, the LAIV vaccine was licensed for children starting at age 5. Now, the LAIV can be given to healthy children starting at age 2, as well as to adolescents and adults through age 49. TABLE 1 compares the LAIV with the trivalent influenza vaccine (TIV).

Because LAIV is an attenuated live virus vaccine, some children should not receive it, including those younger than 5 years of age with reactive airway disease (recurrent wheezing or recent wheezing); those with a medical condition that places them at high risk of influenza complications; and those younger than 2 years of age. The TIV can be used in these children, starting at 6 months of age.

Regardless of whether a child receives LAIV or TIV, those younger than 9 years of age who are receiving influenza vaccine for the first time should receive 2 doses 4 weeks apart. If a child received only 1 dose in the first year, the following year he or she should receive 2 doses 4 weeks apart.

TABLE 1
LAIV vs TIV: How the 2 compare

 

 LAIVTIV
Route of administrationIntranasal sprayIntramuscular injection
Type of vaccineLive attenuated virusKilled virus
Approved age2-49 years≥6 months
Interval between 2 doses recommended for children 6 months to 8 years who are receiving influenza vaccine for the first time4 weeks4 weeks
Use with other live virus vaccinesSimultaneously or separated by 4 weeksNo restrictions
Use with influenza antiviral medicationWait 48 hours after last antiviral dose to administer LAIV; wait 2 weeks after LAIV to administer antiviralsNo restrictions
Contraindications and precautionsChronic illnessAnaphylactic hypersensitivity to eggs
Chronic aspirin therapyModerate-to-severe illness (precaution)
History of Guillain-Barre syndrome 
Pregnancy 
Caregiver to severely immune-suppressed individual 
LAIV, live attenuated influenza vaccine; TIV, trivalent influenza vaccine.

Coverage rates still need to improve

Influenza vaccine and antiviral agents continue to be underutilized. TABLE 2 lists estimated coverage with influenza vaccine for specific groups for whom immunization is recommended. It is particularly important that coverage rates for health care workers—which remain below 50%—be improved. Health care workers are at high risk of exposure to influenza and pose a risk of disease transmission to their families, other staff members, and patients. Family physicians should ensure that they and their staff are vaccinated each year.

Missed opportunities. Many patients for whom influenza vaccine is recommended fail to receive the vaccine because of missed opportunities. Physicians should offer the vaccine starting in October (or as soon as the vaccine supply allows) and continue to offer and encourage it through the entire flu season. Peak influenza activity can occur as late as April and May and occurs after February on average of 1 in every 5 years.

TABLE 2
Immunization is recommended, but what were the coverage rates?*

 

POPULATION GROUPCOVERAGE
Age 6-23 months32.2%
Age 2-4 years37.9%
Age ≥65 years65.6%
Pregnant women13.4%
Health care workers41.8%
Ages 18-64 years with high-risk conditions35.3%
* Influenza vaccination coverage is for the most recent year surveyed (2005-06 or 2006-07).

Autism concerns persist among parents

Despite clear scientific evidence that neither vaccines nor thimerosal preservative cause autism, some parents remain concerned. Some states have passed laws prohibiting the use of any thimerosal-containing vaccines and some parents may request thimerosal-free vaccines. TABLE 3 lists all the influenza vaccines and their thimerosal content.

 

 

TABLE 3
Which vaccines contain thimerosal—and how much?

 

VACCINETRADE NAMEMANUFACTURERHOW SUPPLIEDMERCURY CONTENT (MCG HG/0.5 ML DOSE)
TIVFluzoneSanofi Pasteur0.25-mL prefilled syringe0
0.5-mL prefilled syringe0
0.5-mL vial0
5-mL multidose vial25
TIVFluvirinNovartis Vaccines5-mL multidose vial25
0.5-mL prefilled syringe≤1
TIVFluarixGlaxoSmithKline0.5-mL prefilled syringe≤1
TIVFluLavalGlaxoSmithKline5-mL multidose vial25
TIVAfluriaCSL Biotherapies0.5-mL prefilled syringe0
5-mL multidose vial24.5
LAIVFluMistMedImmune0.2-mL sprayer0

Make use of antivirals

Two antiviral medications are licensed and approved for the treatment and prevention of influenza: oseltamivir (Tamiflu) and zanamivir (Relenza). Two others (amantadine and rimantadine) are licensed but not currently recommended due to the high rates of resistance that influenza has developed against them.

Oseltamivir is approved for the treatment and prophylaxis of influenza starting at 1 year of age.

Zanamivir is approved for the treatment of influenza starting at 7 years of age and for prophylaxis starting at 5 years of age.

Treatment, if started within 48 hours of symptom onset, reduces the severity and length of infection and the length of infectiousness. Antiviral prophylaxis should be considered when there is increased influenza activity for those listed in TABLE 4.

TABLE 4
Increased flu activity in the community? Consider antiviral prophylaxis

 

  • Individuals at high risk during the 2 weeks after influenza vaccination (after the second dose for children ages <9 years who have not previously been vaccinated)
  • Individuals at high risk for whom influenza vaccine is contraindicated
  • Family members or health care providers who are unvaccinated and are likely to have ongoing, close exposure to individuals at high risk, unvaccinated people, or infants who are <6 months of age
  • High-risk individuals and their family members and close contacts, as well as health care workers, when circulating strains of influenza virus in the community are not matched with vaccine strains
  • Individuals with immune deficiencies or those who might not respond to vaccination (eg, individuals infected with human immunodeficiency virus or with other immunosuppressed conditions, or those who are receiving immunosuppressive medications)
  • Unvaccinated staff members and other individuals during a response to an outbreak in a closed institutional setting with residents at high risk (eg, extended-care facilities).
Note: Recommended antiviral medications (neuraminidase inhibitors) are not licensed for prophylaxis of children <1 year of age (oseltamivir) or <5 years of age (zanamivir).

Every bit helps

Each year, influenza kills, on average, 36,000 Americans and hospitalizes another 200,000. Much of this morbidity and mortality could be avoided with full utilization of influenza vaccines and antiviral medications. You can contribute to improved public health by assuring that your patients and staff are fully immunized, that office infection control practices are adhered to, and that antiviral prophylaxis is used when indicated.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has made 2 significant changes to its annual recommendations for the prevention of influenza during the 2008-2009 flu season:1

 

  1. Annual vaccination is now recommended for all children ages 6 months through 18 years. (Last year, universal influenza vaccination was recommended only for children ages 6 months through 4 years.)
  2. The live attenuated influenza vaccine (LAIV) can now be used starting at 2 years of age.

Vaccinate older children

The CDC now recommends that 5- to 18-year-olds receive the influenza vaccine annually, and that this routine vaccination start as soon as possible, but no later than the 2009-2010 flu season. In other words, if routine vaccination can be achieved this year it is encouraged, but the CDC recognizes that it may not be possible to achieve in some settings until next year.

If family physicians do not incorporate routine vaccination for those ages 5 to 18 this year, they should still provide it for those in this age group who are at high risk for influenza complications, including those who:

 

  • are on long-term aspirin therapy;
  • have chronic pulmonary (including asthma), cardiovascular, renal, hepatic, hematological, or metabolic disorders;
  • are immunosuppressed; or
  • have disorders that alter respiratory functions or the handling of respiratory secretions.

Children who live in households with others who are at higher risk (children who are <5 years old, adults >50 years, and anyone with a medical condition that places him or her at high risk for severe influenza complications) should also be vaccinated.

LAIV is an option for even younger kids

Last year, the LAIV vaccine was licensed for children starting at age 5. Now, the LAIV can be given to healthy children starting at age 2, as well as to adolescents and adults through age 49. TABLE 1 compares the LAIV with the trivalent influenza vaccine (TIV).

Because LAIV is an attenuated live virus vaccine, some children should not receive it, including those younger than 5 years of age with reactive airway disease (recurrent wheezing or recent wheezing); those with a medical condition that places them at high risk of influenza complications; and those younger than 2 years of age. The TIV can be used in these children, starting at 6 months of age.

Regardless of whether a child receives LAIV or TIV, those younger than 9 years of age who are receiving influenza vaccine for the first time should receive 2 doses 4 weeks apart. If a child received only 1 dose in the first year, the following year he or she should receive 2 doses 4 weeks apart.

TABLE 1
LAIV vs TIV: How the 2 compare

 

 LAIVTIV
Route of administrationIntranasal sprayIntramuscular injection
Type of vaccineLive attenuated virusKilled virus
Approved age2-49 years≥6 months
Interval between 2 doses recommended for children 6 months to 8 years who are receiving influenza vaccine for the first time4 weeks4 weeks
Use with other live virus vaccinesSimultaneously or separated by 4 weeksNo restrictions
Use with influenza antiviral medicationWait 48 hours after last antiviral dose to administer LAIV; wait 2 weeks after LAIV to administer antiviralsNo restrictions
Contraindications and precautionsChronic illnessAnaphylactic hypersensitivity to eggs
Chronic aspirin therapyModerate-to-severe illness (precaution)
History of Guillain-Barre syndrome 
Pregnancy 
Caregiver to severely immune-suppressed individual 
LAIV, live attenuated influenza vaccine; TIV, trivalent influenza vaccine.

Coverage rates still need to improve

Influenza vaccine and antiviral agents continue to be underutilized. TABLE 2 lists estimated coverage with influenza vaccine for specific groups for whom immunization is recommended. It is particularly important that coverage rates for health care workers—which remain below 50%—be improved. Health care workers are at high risk of exposure to influenza and pose a risk of disease transmission to their families, other staff members, and patients. Family physicians should ensure that they and their staff are vaccinated each year.

Missed opportunities. Many patients for whom influenza vaccine is recommended fail to receive the vaccine because of missed opportunities. Physicians should offer the vaccine starting in October (or as soon as the vaccine supply allows) and continue to offer and encourage it through the entire flu season. Peak influenza activity can occur as late as April and May and occurs after February on average of 1 in every 5 years.

TABLE 2
Immunization is recommended, but what were the coverage rates?*

 

POPULATION GROUPCOVERAGE
Age 6-23 months32.2%
Age 2-4 years37.9%
Age ≥65 years65.6%
Pregnant women13.4%
Health care workers41.8%
Ages 18-64 years with high-risk conditions35.3%
* Influenza vaccination coverage is for the most recent year surveyed (2005-06 or 2006-07).

Autism concerns persist among parents

Despite clear scientific evidence that neither vaccines nor thimerosal preservative cause autism, some parents remain concerned. Some states have passed laws prohibiting the use of any thimerosal-containing vaccines and some parents may request thimerosal-free vaccines. TABLE 3 lists all the influenza vaccines and their thimerosal content.

 

 

TABLE 3
Which vaccines contain thimerosal—and how much?

 

VACCINETRADE NAMEMANUFACTURERHOW SUPPLIEDMERCURY CONTENT (MCG HG/0.5 ML DOSE)
TIVFluzoneSanofi Pasteur0.25-mL prefilled syringe0
0.5-mL prefilled syringe0
0.5-mL vial0
5-mL multidose vial25
TIVFluvirinNovartis Vaccines5-mL multidose vial25
0.5-mL prefilled syringe≤1
TIVFluarixGlaxoSmithKline0.5-mL prefilled syringe≤1
TIVFluLavalGlaxoSmithKline5-mL multidose vial25
TIVAfluriaCSL Biotherapies0.5-mL prefilled syringe0
5-mL multidose vial24.5
LAIVFluMistMedImmune0.2-mL sprayer0

Make use of antivirals

Two antiviral medications are licensed and approved for the treatment and prevention of influenza: oseltamivir (Tamiflu) and zanamivir (Relenza). Two others (amantadine and rimantadine) are licensed but not currently recommended due to the high rates of resistance that influenza has developed against them.

Oseltamivir is approved for the treatment and prophylaxis of influenza starting at 1 year of age.

Zanamivir is approved for the treatment of influenza starting at 7 years of age and for prophylaxis starting at 5 years of age.

Treatment, if started within 48 hours of symptom onset, reduces the severity and length of infection and the length of infectiousness. Antiviral prophylaxis should be considered when there is increased influenza activity for those listed in TABLE 4.

TABLE 4
Increased flu activity in the community? Consider antiviral prophylaxis

 

  • Individuals at high risk during the 2 weeks after influenza vaccination (after the second dose for children ages <9 years who have not previously been vaccinated)
  • Individuals at high risk for whom influenza vaccine is contraindicated
  • Family members or health care providers who are unvaccinated and are likely to have ongoing, close exposure to individuals at high risk, unvaccinated people, or infants who are <6 months of age
  • High-risk individuals and their family members and close contacts, as well as health care workers, when circulating strains of influenza virus in the community are not matched with vaccine strains
  • Individuals with immune deficiencies or those who might not respond to vaccination (eg, individuals infected with human immunodeficiency virus or with other immunosuppressed conditions, or those who are receiving immunosuppressive medications)
  • Unvaccinated staff members and other individuals during a response to an outbreak in a closed institutional setting with residents at high risk (eg, extended-care facilities).
Note: Recommended antiviral medications (neuraminidase inhibitors) are not licensed for prophylaxis of children <1 year of age (oseltamivir) or <5 years of age (zanamivir).

Every bit helps

Each year, influenza kills, on average, 36,000 Americans and hospitalizes another 200,000. Much of this morbidity and mortality could be avoided with full utilization of influenza vaccines and antiviral medications. You can contribute to improved public health by assuring that your patients and staff are fully immunized, that office infection control practices are adhered to, and that antiviral prophylaxis is used when indicated.

References

Reference

1. Prevention and control of influenza. Recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, 2008. MMWR;57(Early Release: July 17, 2008). Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/rr57e717a1.htm. Accessed August 25, 2008.

References

Reference

1. Prevention and control of influenza. Recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, 2008. MMWR;57(Early Release: July 17, 2008). Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/rr57e717a1.htm. Accessed August 25, 2008.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 57(10)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 57(10)
Page Number
658-660
Page Number
658-660
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
CDC: Older kids should get annual flu vaccine, too
Display Headline
CDC: Older kids should get annual flu vaccine, too
Legacy Keywords
Doug Campos-Outcalt; live attenuated influenza vaccine (LAIV); immunosuppressed; antiviral agents
Legacy Keywords
Doug Campos-Outcalt; live attenuated influenza vaccine (LAIV); immunosuppressed; antiviral agents
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Challenges in total laparoscopic hysterectomy: Severe adhesions

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 08/28/2018 - 10:56
Display Headline
Challenges in total laparoscopic hysterectomy: Severe adhesions

Dr. Giesler reports that he serves on the speaker’s bureau for Ethicon Endo-Surgery. Dr. Vyas has no financial relationships relevant to this article.

CASE: Probable adhesions. Is laparoscopy practical?

A 54-year-old woman complains of perimenopausal bleeding that has not been controlled by hormone therapy, as well as increasing pelvic pain that has caused her to miss work. She wants you to perform hysterectomy to end these problems once and for all.

Aside from these complaints, her history is unremarkable except for a laparotomy at 13 years for a ruptured appendix. Her Pap smear, endometrial biopsy, and pelvic sonogram are negative.

Is she a candidate for laparoscopic hysterectomy?

A patient such as this one, who has a history of laparotomy, is likely to have extensive intra-abdominal adhesions. This pathology increases the risk of bowel injury during surgery—whether it is performed via laparotomy or laparoscopy.

Do you agree with the author?

Tell us what you think!

Click here to submit a letter to the editor

The ability to simplify laparoscopic hysterectomy in a woman who has extensive adhesions requires an understanding of the ways in which adhesions form—in order to lyse them skillfully and avoid creating further adhesions. It also requires special techniques to enter the abdomen, identify the site of attachment, separate adhered structures, and conclude the hysterectomy. Attention to the type of energy that is used also is important.

In this article, we describe these techniques and considerations.

In Part 1 of this article, we discussed techniques that facilitate laparoscopic hysterectomy in a woman who has a large uterus.

Don’t overlook preoperative discussion, preparation

The patient needs to understand the risks and benefits of laparoscopic hysterectomy, particularly when extensive adhesions are likely, as well as the fact that it may be necessary to convert the procedure to laparotomy if the laparoscopic approach proves too difficult. She also needs to understand that conversion to laparotomy does not represent a failure of the procedure but an aim for greater safety.

Because bowel injury is a real risk when the patient has extensive adhesions, mechanical bowel preparation is important. Choose the regimen preferred by the colorectal surgeon likely to be consulted if intraoperative injury occurs.

The operating room (OR) and anesthesia staffs also need to be prepared, and the patient should be positioned for optimal access in the OR. These and other preoperative steps are described in Part 1 of this article and remain the same for the patient who has extensive intra-abdominal adhesions.

How adhesions form

When the peritoneum is injured, a fibrinous exudate develops, causing adjacent tissues to stick together. Normal peritoneum immediately initiates a process to break down this exudate, but traumatized peritoneum has limited ability to do so. As a result, a permanent adhesion can form in as few as 5 to 8 days.1,2

Pelvic inflammatory disease and intraperitoneal blood associated with distant endometriosis implants are well known causes of abdominal adhesions; others are listed in the TABLE.

TABLE

7 causes of intra-abdominal adhesions

Instrument-traumatized tissue
Poor hemostasis
Devitalized tissue
Intraperitoneal infection
Ischemic tissue due to sutures
Foreign body reaction (carbon particles, suture)
Electrical tissue injury
Source: Ling FW, et al2

The challenge of safe entry

During laparotomy, adhesions can make it difficult to enter the abdomen. The same is true—but more so—for laparoscopic entry. The distortion caused by adhesions can lead to inadvertent injury to blood vessels, bowel, and bladder even in the best surgical hands. An attempt to lyse adhesions laparoscopically often prolongs the surgical procedure and increases the risk of visceral injury, bleeding, and fistula.1

In more than 80% of patients experiencing injury during major abdominal surgery, the injury is associated with omental adhesions to the previous abdominal wall incision, and more than 50% have intestine included in the adhesion complex.1

One study involving 918 patients who underwent laparoscopy found that 54.9% had umbilical adhesions of sufficient size to interfere with umbilical port placement.3 More important, 16% of this study group had only a single midline umbilical incision for laparoscopy before the adhesions were discovered.

The utility of Palmer’s point

Although multiple techniques have been described to minimize entry-related injury, no technique has completely eliminated the risk of inadvertent bowel or major large-vessel injury.3 In 1974, Palmer described an abdominal entry point for the Veress needle and small trocar for women who have a history of abdominal surgery.4 Many surgeons now consider “Palmer’s point,” in the left upper quadrant, as the safest peritoneal entry site.

 

 

Technique. After emptying the stomach of its contents using suction, insert the Veress needle into the peritoneal cavity at a point midway between the midclavicular line and the anterior axillary line, 3 cm below the costal margin (FIGURE). Advance it slowly until you hear three pops, signifying entry into the peritoneal cavity. Only minimal insertion is needed; insufflation pressure of less than 10 mm Hg indicates intraperitoneal placement of the needle tip.5

Once pneumoperitoneum pressure of 20 mm Hg is established, insert a 5-mm trocar perpendicular to the abdominal wall, 3 cm below the ribs, midway between the midclavicular line and the anterior axillary line.3 (There is a risk of colon injury at the splenic flexure if the entry point is further lateral.)

Inspect the abdominal cavity with the laparoscope from this access port to determine the best placement of remaining trocars under direct vision; lyse adhesions, if necessary, to perform the procedure.


FIGURE Enter the abdomen at Palmer’s point

This entry site (red dot) lies midway between the midclavicular line and the anterior axillary line, 3 cm below the costal margin. The other port sites (black dots) are described in Figure 2 in Part 1 of this article.

Success depends on careful lysis and minimal tissue injury

Adhesions in the abdomen may involve:

  • omentum to peritoneum
  • omentum to pelvic structures
  • intestine to peritoneum
  • intestine to pelvic structures.

Adhesions may be filmy and thin or dense and thick, avascular or vascular. They can be minimal, or a veritable curtain that prevents adequate visualization of the primary surgical site. When they are present, they must be managed successfully if the primary procedure is to be accomplished laparoscopically.

Successful management requires techniques to maximize adhesiolysis and minimize new adhesions or tissue injury:

  • Use traction and countertraction to define the line of attachment; this is essential to separate two tissues bound by adhesions.
  • Use atraumatic graspers to reduce the risk of tissue laceration.
  • Avoid sharp dissection with scissors. Although this is the traditional method of lysis, it is often associated with bleeding that stains and obscures the line of dissection.
  • Choose tools wisely. Electrosurgery and lasers use obliterative coagulation, working at temperatures of 150°C to 400°C to burn tissue. Blood and tissue are desiccated and oxidized, forming an eschar that covers and seals the bleeding area. Rebleeding during electrosurgery may occur when the instrument sticks to tissue and disrupts the eschar. In addition, monopolar instruments may cause undetected remote thermal injury, causing late complications.6 Both monopolar and bipolar techniques can also leave carbon particles during the oxidation process that become foci for future adhesions.7
  • Consider ultrasonic energy. Unlike electrosurgery, ultrasonic energy is mechanical and works at much lower temperatures (50°C to 100°C), controlling bleeding by coaptive coagulation. The ultrasonic blade, vibrating at 55,500 Hz, disrupts and denatures protein to form a coagulum that seals small coapted vessels. When the effect is prolonged, secondary heat seals larger vessels. Ultrasonic energy involves minimal thermal spread, minimal carbon particle formation, and a cavitation effect similar to hydrodissection that helps expose the adhesive line. It creates minimal smoke, improving visibility. Because ultrasonic energy operates at a lower temperature, less char and necrotic tissue—important causes of adhesions—occur than with bipolar or monopolar electrical energy.7

Although different energy sources interact with human tissue using different mechanisms, clinical outcomes appear to be much the same and depend more on the skill of the individual surgeon than on the power source used. Data on this topic are limited.

Thawing the frozen pelvis

Many patients have adhesions that involve omentum or intestine that can be managed using simple laparoscopic techniques, but some have organs that are fixed in the pelvis by adhesions. In these cases, traction and countertraction techniques can be tedious and may cause inadvertent injury to critical structures or excessive bleeding that necessitates conversion to laparotomy.

A better way to approach the obliterated, or “frozen,” pelvis is to open the retroperitoneal space and identify critical structures:

  • Enter the retroperitoneal space at the pelvic brim in an area free of adhesions. Identify the ureter and follow it to the bladder. This can be accomplished using hydrodissection techniques or cavitation techniques with ultrasonic energy.
  • Skeletonize, coagulate, and cut the vessels once you reach the cardinal ligament and identify the ascending uterine blood supply.
  • Dissect the structures of the obliterated cul de sac using standard techniques.
  • Use sharp dissection for adhesiolysis. Laparoscopic blunt dissection of adhesions can lead to serosal tears and inadvertent enterotomy. Sharp dissection or mechanical energy devices are preferred to divide the tissue along the line of demarcation—but remember that monopolar and bipolar devices can cause remote thermal damage that goes undetected at the time of use.
 

 

When dissection becomes unproductive in one area, switch to another; dissection planes frequently open and demonstrate the relationships between pelvic structures and loops of bowel.8

Occasionally, the visceral peritoneum of the bowel is breached during adhesiolysis. If the mucosa and muscularis remain intact, denuded serosa need not be repaired. Surgical repair is necessary if mucosa is exposed, or perforation may occur.

Because most ObGyn residency programs offer limited training in management of bowel injuries, intraoperative consultation with a general surgeon may be indicated if more than a simple repair is required.8

CASE RESOLVED

You perform total laparoscopic hysterectomy and find multiple adhesions in the right lower quadrant, adjacent to the area of trocar insertion. Small intestine is adherent to the right lateral pelvic wall; sigmoid colon is adherent to the left pelvic wall; and the anterior fundus is adherent to the bladder peritoneal reflection, with the adhesions extending on either side to include the round ligaments.

You begin adhesiolysis in the right lower quadrant to optimize trocar movement. You transect the round ligaments in the mid-position, with dissection extended retroperitoneally on either side to the midline of the lower uterine segment; this opens access to the ascending branch of the uterine vessels. You dissect the intestine free of either pelvic sidewall along the line of demarcation.

Total blood loss is less than 25 mL. The patient is discharged 6 hours after surgery.

References

1. Liakakos T, Thomakos N, Fine PM, Dervenis C, Young RL. Peritoneal adhesions: etiology, pathophysiology, and clinical significance. Recent advances in prevention and management. Dig Surg. 2001;18:260-273.

2. Ling FW, DeCherney AH, Diamond MP, diZerega GS, Montz FP. The Challenge of Pelvic Adhesions. Crofton, Md: Association of Professors of Gynecology and Obstetrics; 2002.

3. Agarwala N, Liu CY. Safe entry techniques during laparoscopy: left upper quadrant entry using the ninth intercostals space—a review of 918 procedures. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2005;12:55-61.

4. Palmer R. Safety in laparoscopy. J Reprod Med. 1974;13(1):1-5.

5. Childers JM, Brzechffa PR, Surwit EA. Laparoscopy using the left upper quadrant as the primary trocar site. Gynecol Oncol. 1993;50:221-225.

6. Shen CC, Wu MP, Lu CH, et al. Small intestine injury in laparoscopic-assisted vaginal hysterectomy. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc. 2003;10:350-355.

7. Diamantis T, Kontos M, Arvelakis A, et al. Comparison of monopolar electrocoagulation, bipolar electrocoagulation, Ultracision, and Ligasure. Surg Today. 2006;36:908-913.

8. Perkins JD, Dent LL. Avoiding and repairing bowel injury in gynecologic surgery. OBG Management. 2004;16(8):15-28.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Carl F. Giesler, MD
Dr. Giesler is Associate Professor and Director of Minimally Invasive Surgery, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston.

Anuja Vyas, MD
Dr. Vyas is Instructor of Obstetrics and Gynecology at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston.

Issue
OBG Management - 20(10)
Publications
Page Number
61-64
Legacy Keywords
Carl F. Giesler MD; Anuja Vyas MD; total laparoscopic hysterectomy; TLH; laparoscopic hysterectomy; hysterectomy; severe adhesions; adhesions; laparoscopy; ultrasonic energy; abdominal surgery; omental adhesions; visceral peritoneum; laparotomy; bowel injury; intra-abdominal adhesions; intraperitoneal infection; Palmer’s point; pneumoperitoneum pressure; colon injury; electrosurgery; lasers; frozen pelvis
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Carl F. Giesler, MD
Dr. Giesler is Associate Professor and Director of Minimally Invasive Surgery, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston.

Anuja Vyas, MD
Dr. Vyas is Instructor of Obstetrics and Gynecology at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston.

Author and Disclosure Information

Carl F. Giesler, MD
Dr. Giesler is Associate Professor and Director of Minimally Invasive Surgery, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston.

Anuja Vyas, MD
Dr. Vyas is Instructor of Obstetrics and Gynecology at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Dr. Giesler reports that he serves on the speaker’s bureau for Ethicon Endo-Surgery. Dr. Vyas has no financial relationships relevant to this article.

CASE: Probable adhesions. Is laparoscopy practical?

A 54-year-old woman complains of perimenopausal bleeding that has not been controlled by hormone therapy, as well as increasing pelvic pain that has caused her to miss work. She wants you to perform hysterectomy to end these problems once and for all.

Aside from these complaints, her history is unremarkable except for a laparotomy at 13 years for a ruptured appendix. Her Pap smear, endometrial biopsy, and pelvic sonogram are negative.

Is she a candidate for laparoscopic hysterectomy?

A patient such as this one, who has a history of laparotomy, is likely to have extensive intra-abdominal adhesions. This pathology increases the risk of bowel injury during surgery—whether it is performed via laparotomy or laparoscopy.

Do you agree with the author?

Tell us what you think!

Click here to submit a letter to the editor

The ability to simplify laparoscopic hysterectomy in a woman who has extensive adhesions requires an understanding of the ways in which adhesions form—in order to lyse them skillfully and avoid creating further adhesions. It also requires special techniques to enter the abdomen, identify the site of attachment, separate adhered structures, and conclude the hysterectomy. Attention to the type of energy that is used also is important.

In this article, we describe these techniques and considerations.

In Part 1 of this article, we discussed techniques that facilitate laparoscopic hysterectomy in a woman who has a large uterus.

Don’t overlook preoperative discussion, preparation

The patient needs to understand the risks and benefits of laparoscopic hysterectomy, particularly when extensive adhesions are likely, as well as the fact that it may be necessary to convert the procedure to laparotomy if the laparoscopic approach proves too difficult. She also needs to understand that conversion to laparotomy does not represent a failure of the procedure but an aim for greater safety.

Because bowel injury is a real risk when the patient has extensive adhesions, mechanical bowel preparation is important. Choose the regimen preferred by the colorectal surgeon likely to be consulted if intraoperative injury occurs.

The operating room (OR) and anesthesia staffs also need to be prepared, and the patient should be positioned for optimal access in the OR. These and other preoperative steps are described in Part 1 of this article and remain the same for the patient who has extensive intra-abdominal adhesions.

How adhesions form

When the peritoneum is injured, a fibrinous exudate develops, causing adjacent tissues to stick together. Normal peritoneum immediately initiates a process to break down this exudate, but traumatized peritoneum has limited ability to do so. As a result, a permanent adhesion can form in as few as 5 to 8 days.1,2

Pelvic inflammatory disease and intraperitoneal blood associated with distant endometriosis implants are well known causes of abdominal adhesions; others are listed in the TABLE.

TABLE

7 causes of intra-abdominal adhesions

Instrument-traumatized tissue
Poor hemostasis
Devitalized tissue
Intraperitoneal infection
Ischemic tissue due to sutures
Foreign body reaction (carbon particles, suture)
Electrical tissue injury
Source: Ling FW, et al2

The challenge of safe entry

During laparotomy, adhesions can make it difficult to enter the abdomen. The same is true—but more so—for laparoscopic entry. The distortion caused by adhesions can lead to inadvertent injury to blood vessels, bowel, and bladder even in the best surgical hands. An attempt to lyse adhesions laparoscopically often prolongs the surgical procedure and increases the risk of visceral injury, bleeding, and fistula.1

In more than 80% of patients experiencing injury during major abdominal surgery, the injury is associated with omental adhesions to the previous abdominal wall incision, and more than 50% have intestine included in the adhesion complex.1

One study involving 918 patients who underwent laparoscopy found that 54.9% had umbilical adhesions of sufficient size to interfere with umbilical port placement.3 More important, 16% of this study group had only a single midline umbilical incision for laparoscopy before the adhesions were discovered.

The utility of Palmer’s point

Although multiple techniques have been described to minimize entry-related injury, no technique has completely eliminated the risk of inadvertent bowel or major large-vessel injury.3 In 1974, Palmer described an abdominal entry point for the Veress needle and small trocar for women who have a history of abdominal surgery.4 Many surgeons now consider “Palmer’s point,” in the left upper quadrant, as the safest peritoneal entry site.

 

 

Technique. After emptying the stomach of its contents using suction, insert the Veress needle into the peritoneal cavity at a point midway between the midclavicular line and the anterior axillary line, 3 cm below the costal margin (FIGURE). Advance it slowly until you hear three pops, signifying entry into the peritoneal cavity. Only minimal insertion is needed; insufflation pressure of less than 10 mm Hg indicates intraperitoneal placement of the needle tip.5

Once pneumoperitoneum pressure of 20 mm Hg is established, insert a 5-mm trocar perpendicular to the abdominal wall, 3 cm below the ribs, midway between the midclavicular line and the anterior axillary line.3 (There is a risk of colon injury at the splenic flexure if the entry point is further lateral.)

Inspect the abdominal cavity with the laparoscope from this access port to determine the best placement of remaining trocars under direct vision; lyse adhesions, if necessary, to perform the procedure.


FIGURE Enter the abdomen at Palmer’s point

This entry site (red dot) lies midway between the midclavicular line and the anterior axillary line, 3 cm below the costal margin. The other port sites (black dots) are described in Figure 2 in Part 1 of this article.

Success depends on careful lysis and minimal tissue injury

Adhesions in the abdomen may involve:

  • omentum to peritoneum
  • omentum to pelvic structures
  • intestine to peritoneum
  • intestine to pelvic structures.

Adhesions may be filmy and thin or dense and thick, avascular or vascular. They can be minimal, or a veritable curtain that prevents adequate visualization of the primary surgical site. When they are present, they must be managed successfully if the primary procedure is to be accomplished laparoscopically.

Successful management requires techniques to maximize adhesiolysis and minimize new adhesions or tissue injury:

  • Use traction and countertraction to define the line of attachment; this is essential to separate two tissues bound by adhesions.
  • Use atraumatic graspers to reduce the risk of tissue laceration.
  • Avoid sharp dissection with scissors. Although this is the traditional method of lysis, it is often associated with bleeding that stains and obscures the line of dissection.
  • Choose tools wisely. Electrosurgery and lasers use obliterative coagulation, working at temperatures of 150°C to 400°C to burn tissue. Blood and tissue are desiccated and oxidized, forming an eschar that covers and seals the bleeding area. Rebleeding during electrosurgery may occur when the instrument sticks to tissue and disrupts the eschar. In addition, monopolar instruments may cause undetected remote thermal injury, causing late complications.6 Both monopolar and bipolar techniques can also leave carbon particles during the oxidation process that become foci for future adhesions.7
  • Consider ultrasonic energy. Unlike electrosurgery, ultrasonic energy is mechanical and works at much lower temperatures (50°C to 100°C), controlling bleeding by coaptive coagulation. The ultrasonic blade, vibrating at 55,500 Hz, disrupts and denatures protein to form a coagulum that seals small coapted vessels. When the effect is prolonged, secondary heat seals larger vessels. Ultrasonic energy involves minimal thermal spread, minimal carbon particle formation, and a cavitation effect similar to hydrodissection that helps expose the adhesive line. It creates minimal smoke, improving visibility. Because ultrasonic energy operates at a lower temperature, less char and necrotic tissue—important causes of adhesions—occur than with bipolar or monopolar electrical energy.7

Although different energy sources interact with human tissue using different mechanisms, clinical outcomes appear to be much the same and depend more on the skill of the individual surgeon than on the power source used. Data on this topic are limited.

Thawing the frozen pelvis

Many patients have adhesions that involve omentum or intestine that can be managed using simple laparoscopic techniques, but some have organs that are fixed in the pelvis by adhesions. In these cases, traction and countertraction techniques can be tedious and may cause inadvertent injury to critical structures or excessive bleeding that necessitates conversion to laparotomy.

A better way to approach the obliterated, or “frozen,” pelvis is to open the retroperitoneal space and identify critical structures:

  • Enter the retroperitoneal space at the pelvic brim in an area free of adhesions. Identify the ureter and follow it to the bladder. This can be accomplished using hydrodissection techniques or cavitation techniques with ultrasonic energy.
  • Skeletonize, coagulate, and cut the vessels once you reach the cardinal ligament and identify the ascending uterine blood supply.
  • Dissect the structures of the obliterated cul de sac using standard techniques.
  • Use sharp dissection for adhesiolysis. Laparoscopic blunt dissection of adhesions can lead to serosal tears and inadvertent enterotomy. Sharp dissection or mechanical energy devices are preferred to divide the tissue along the line of demarcation—but remember that monopolar and bipolar devices can cause remote thermal damage that goes undetected at the time of use.
 

 

When dissection becomes unproductive in one area, switch to another; dissection planes frequently open and demonstrate the relationships between pelvic structures and loops of bowel.8

Occasionally, the visceral peritoneum of the bowel is breached during adhesiolysis. If the mucosa and muscularis remain intact, denuded serosa need not be repaired. Surgical repair is necessary if mucosa is exposed, or perforation may occur.

Because most ObGyn residency programs offer limited training in management of bowel injuries, intraoperative consultation with a general surgeon may be indicated if more than a simple repair is required.8

CASE RESOLVED

You perform total laparoscopic hysterectomy and find multiple adhesions in the right lower quadrant, adjacent to the area of trocar insertion. Small intestine is adherent to the right lateral pelvic wall; sigmoid colon is adherent to the left pelvic wall; and the anterior fundus is adherent to the bladder peritoneal reflection, with the adhesions extending on either side to include the round ligaments.

You begin adhesiolysis in the right lower quadrant to optimize trocar movement. You transect the round ligaments in the mid-position, with dissection extended retroperitoneally on either side to the midline of the lower uterine segment; this opens access to the ascending branch of the uterine vessels. You dissect the intestine free of either pelvic sidewall along the line of demarcation.

Total blood loss is less than 25 mL. The patient is discharged 6 hours after surgery.

Dr. Giesler reports that he serves on the speaker’s bureau for Ethicon Endo-Surgery. Dr. Vyas has no financial relationships relevant to this article.

CASE: Probable adhesions. Is laparoscopy practical?

A 54-year-old woman complains of perimenopausal bleeding that has not been controlled by hormone therapy, as well as increasing pelvic pain that has caused her to miss work. She wants you to perform hysterectomy to end these problems once and for all.

Aside from these complaints, her history is unremarkable except for a laparotomy at 13 years for a ruptured appendix. Her Pap smear, endometrial biopsy, and pelvic sonogram are negative.

Is she a candidate for laparoscopic hysterectomy?

A patient such as this one, who has a history of laparotomy, is likely to have extensive intra-abdominal adhesions. This pathology increases the risk of bowel injury during surgery—whether it is performed via laparotomy or laparoscopy.

Do you agree with the author?

Tell us what you think!

Click here to submit a letter to the editor

The ability to simplify laparoscopic hysterectomy in a woman who has extensive adhesions requires an understanding of the ways in which adhesions form—in order to lyse them skillfully and avoid creating further adhesions. It also requires special techniques to enter the abdomen, identify the site of attachment, separate adhered structures, and conclude the hysterectomy. Attention to the type of energy that is used also is important.

In this article, we describe these techniques and considerations.

In Part 1 of this article, we discussed techniques that facilitate laparoscopic hysterectomy in a woman who has a large uterus.

Don’t overlook preoperative discussion, preparation

The patient needs to understand the risks and benefits of laparoscopic hysterectomy, particularly when extensive adhesions are likely, as well as the fact that it may be necessary to convert the procedure to laparotomy if the laparoscopic approach proves too difficult. She also needs to understand that conversion to laparotomy does not represent a failure of the procedure but an aim for greater safety.

Because bowel injury is a real risk when the patient has extensive adhesions, mechanical bowel preparation is important. Choose the regimen preferred by the colorectal surgeon likely to be consulted if intraoperative injury occurs.

The operating room (OR) and anesthesia staffs also need to be prepared, and the patient should be positioned for optimal access in the OR. These and other preoperative steps are described in Part 1 of this article and remain the same for the patient who has extensive intra-abdominal adhesions.

How adhesions form

When the peritoneum is injured, a fibrinous exudate develops, causing adjacent tissues to stick together. Normal peritoneum immediately initiates a process to break down this exudate, but traumatized peritoneum has limited ability to do so. As a result, a permanent adhesion can form in as few as 5 to 8 days.1,2

Pelvic inflammatory disease and intraperitoneal blood associated with distant endometriosis implants are well known causes of abdominal adhesions; others are listed in the TABLE.

TABLE

7 causes of intra-abdominal adhesions

Instrument-traumatized tissue
Poor hemostasis
Devitalized tissue
Intraperitoneal infection
Ischemic tissue due to sutures
Foreign body reaction (carbon particles, suture)
Electrical tissue injury
Source: Ling FW, et al2

The challenge of safe entry

During laparotomy, adhesions can make it difficult to enter the abdomen. The same is true—but more so—for laparoscopic entry. The distortion caused by adhesions can lead to inadvertent injury to blood vessels, bowel, and bladder even in the best surgical hands. An attempt to lyse adhesions laparoscopically often prolongs the surgical procedure and increases the risk of visceral injury, bleeding, and fistula.1

In more than 80% of patients experiencing injury during major abdominal surgery, the injury is associated with omental adhesions to the previous abdominal wall incision, and more than 50% have intestine included in the adhesion complex.1

One study involving 918 patients who underwent laparoscopy found that 54.9% had umbilical adhesions of sufficient size to interfere with umbilical port placement.3 More important, 16% of this study group had only a single midline umbilical incision for laparoscopy before the adhesions were discovered.

The utility of Palmer’s point

Although multiple techniques have been described to minimize entry-related injury, no technique has completely eliminated the risk of inadvertent bowel or major large-vessel injury.3 In 1974, Palmer described an abdominal entry point for the Veress needle and small trocar for women who have a history of abdominal surgery.4 Many surgeons now consider “Palmer’s point,” in the left upper quadrant, as the safest peritoneal entry site.

 

 

Technique. After emptying the stomach of its contents using suction, insert the Veress needle into the peritoneal cavity at a point midway between the midclavicular line and the anterior axillary line, 3 cm below the costal margin (FIGURE). Advance it slowly until you hear three pops, signifying entry into the peritoneal cavity. Only minimal insertion is needed; insufflation pressure of less than 10 mm Hg indicates intraperitoneal placement of the needle tip.5

Once pneumoperitoneum pressure of 20 mm Hg is established, insert a 5-mm trocar perpendicular to the abdominal wall, 3 cm below the ribs, midway between the midclavicular line and the anterior axillary line.3 (There is a risk of colon injury at the splenic flexure if the entry point is further lateral.)

Inspect the abdominal cavity with the laparoscope from this access port to determine the best placement of remaining trocars under direct vision; lyse adhesions, if necessary, to perform the procedure.


FIGURE Enter the abdomen at Palmer’s point

This entry site (red dot) lies midway between the midclavicular line and the anterior axillary line, 3 cm below the costal margin. The other port sites (black dots) are described in Figure 2 in Part 1 of this article.

Success depends on careful lysis and minimal tissue injury

Adhesions in the abdomen may involve:

  • omentum to peritoneum
  • omentum to pelvic structures
  • intestine to peritoneum
  • intestine to pelvic structures.

Adhesions may be filmy and thin or dense and thick, avascular or vascular. They can be minimal, or a veritable curtain that prevents adequate visualization of the primary surgical site. When they are present, they must be managed successfully if the primary procedure is to be accomplished laparoscopically.

Successful management requires techniques to maximize adhesiolysis and minimize new adhesions or tissue injury:

  • Use traction and countertraction to define the line of attachment; this is essential to separate two tissues bound by adhesions.
  • Use atraumatic graspers to reduce the risk of tissue laceration.
  • Avoid sharp dissection with scissors. Although this is the traditional method of lysis, it is often associated with bleeding that stains and obscures the line of dissection.
  • Choose tools wisely. Electrosurgery and lasers use obliterative coagulation, working at temperatures of 150°C to 400°C to burn tissue. Blood and tissue are desiccated and oxidized, forming an eschar that covers and seals the bleeding area. Rebleeding during electrosurgery may occur when the instrument sticks to tissue and disrupts the eschar. In addition, monopolar instruments may cause undetected remote thermal injury, causing late complications.6 Both monopolar and bipolar techniques can also leave carbon particles during the oxidation process that become foci for future adhesions.7
  • Consider ultrasonic energy. Unlike electrosurgery, ultrasonic energy is mechanical and works at much lower temperatures (50°C to 100°C), controlling bleeding by coaptive coagulation. The ultrasonic blade, vibrating at 55,500 Hz, disrupts and denatures protein to form a coagulum that seals small coapted vessels. When the effect is prolonged, secondary heat seals larger vessels. Ultrasonic energy involves minimal thermal spread, minimal carbon particle formation, and a cavitation effect similar to hydrodissection that helps expose the adhesive line. It creates minimal smoke, improving visibility. Because ultrasonic energy operates at a lower temperature, less char and necrotic tissue—important causes of adhesions—occur than with bipolar or monopolar electrical energy.7

Although different energy sources interact with human tissue using different mechanisms, clinical outcomes appear to be much the same and depend more on the skill of the individual surgeon than on the power source used. Data on this topic are limited.

Thawing the frozen pelvis

Many patients have adhesions that involve omentum or intestine that can be managed using simple laparoscopic techniques, but some have organs that are fixed in the pelvis by adhesions. In these cases, traction and countertraction techniques can be tedious and may cause inadvertent injury to critical structures or excessive bleeding that necessitates conversion to laparotomy.

A better way to approach the obliterated, or “frozen,” pelvis is to open the retroperitoneal space and identify critical structures:

  • Enter the retroperitoneal space at the pelvic brim in an area free of adhesions. Identify the ureter and follow it to the bladder. This can be accomplished using hydrodissection techniques or cavitation techniques with ultrasonic energy.
  • Skeletonize, coagulate, and cut the vessels once you reach the cardinal ligament and identify the ascending uterine blood supply.
  • Dissect the structures of the obliterated cul de sac using standard techniques.
  • Use sharp dissection for adhesiolysis. Laparoscopic blunt dissection of adhesions can lead to serosal tears and inadvertent enterotomy. Sharp dissection or mechanical energy devices are preferred to divide the tissue along the line of demarcation—but remember that monopolar and bipolar devices can cause remote thermal damage that goes undetected at the time of use.
 

 

When dissection becomes unproductive in one area, switch to another; dissection planes frequently open and demonstrate the relationships between pelvic structures and loops of bowel.8

Occasionally, the visceral peritoneum of the bowel is breached during adhesiolysis. If the mucosa and muscularis remain intact, denuded serosa need not be repaired. Surgical repair is necessary if mucosa is exposed, or perforation may occur.

Because most ObGyn residency programs offer limited training in management of bowel injuries, intraoperative consultation with a general surgeon may be indicated if more than a simple repair is required.8

CASE RESOLVED

You perform total laparoscopic hysterectomy and find multiple adhesions in the right lower quadrant, adjacent to the area of trocar insertion. Small intestine is adherent to the right lateral pelvic wall; sigmoid colon is adherent to the left pelvic wall; and the anterior fundus is adherent to the bladder peritoneal reflection, with the adhesions extending on either side to include the round ligaments.

You begin adhesiolysis in the right lower quadrant to optimize trocar movement. You transect the round ligaments in the mid-position, with dissection extended retroperitoneally on either side to the midline of the lower uterine segment; this opens access to the ascending branch of the uterine vessels. You dissect the intestine free of either pelvic sidewall along the line of demarcation.

Total blood loss is less than 25 mL. The patient is discharged 6 hours after surgery.

References

1. Liakakos T, Thomakos N, Fine PM, Dervenis C, Young RL. Peritoneal adhesions: etiology, pathophysiology, and clinical significance. Recent advances in prevention and management. Dig Surg. 2001;18:260-273.

2. Ling FW, DeCherney AH, Diamond MP, diZerega GS, Montz FP. The Challenge of Pelvic Adhesions. Crofton, Md: Association of Professors of Gynecology and Obstetrics; 2002.

3. Agarwala N, Liu CY. Safe entry techniques during laparoscopy: left upper quadrant entry using the ninth intercostals space—a review of 918 procedures. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2005;12:55-61.

4. Palmer R. Safety in laparoscopy. J Reprod Med. 1974;13(1):1-5.

5. Childers JM, Brzechffa PR, Surwit EA. Laparoscopy using the left upper quadrant as the primary trocar site. Gynecol Oncol. 1993;50:221-225.

6. Shen CC, Wu MP, Lu CH, et al. Small intestine injury in laparoscopic-assisted vaginal hysterectomy. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc. 2003;10:350-355.

7. Diamantis T, Kontos M, Arvelakis A, et al. Comparison of monopolar electrocoagulation, bipolar electrocoagulation, Ultracision, and Ligasure. Surg Today. 2006;36:908-913.

8. Perkins JD, Dent LL. Avoiding and repairing bowel injury in gynecologic surgery. OBG Management. 2004;16(8):15-28.

References

1. Liakakos T, Thomakos N, Fine PM, Dervenis C, Young RL. Peritoneal adhesions: etiology, pathophysiology, and clinical significance. Recent advances in prevention and management. Dig Surg. 2001;18:260-273.

2. Ling FW, DeCherney AH, Diamond MP, diZerega GS, Montz FP. The Challenge of Pelvic Adhesions. Crofton, Md: Association of Professors of Gynecology and Obstetrics; 2002.

3. Agarwala N, Liu CY. Safe entry techniques during laparoscopy: left upper quadrant entry using the ninth intercostals space—a review of 918 procedures. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2005;12:55-61.

4. Palmer R. Safety in laparoscopy. J Reprod Med. 1974;13(1):1-5.

5. Childers JM, Brzechffa PR, Surwit EA. Laparoscopy using the left upper quadrant as the primary trocar site. Gynecol Oncol. 1993;50:221-225.

6. Shen CC, Wu MP, Lu CH, et al. Small intestine injury in laparoscopic-assisted vaginal hysterectomy. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc. 2003;10:350-355.

7. Diamantis T, Kontos M, Arvelakis A, et al. Comparison of monopolar electrocoagulation, bipolar electrocoagulation, Ultracision, and Ligasure. Surg Today. 2006;36:908-913.

8. Perkins JD, Dent LL. Avoiding and repairing bowel injury in gynecologic surgery. OBG Management. 2004;16(8):15-28.

Issue
OBG Management - 20(10)
Issue
OBG Management - 20(10)
Page Number
61-64
Page Number
61-64
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Challenges in total laparoscopic hysterectomy: Severe adhesions
Display Headline
Challenges in total laparoscopic hysterectomy: Severe adhesions
Legacy Keywords
Carl F. Giesler MD; Anuja Vyas MD; total laparoscopic hysterectomy; TLH; laparoscopic hysterectomy; hysterectomy; severe adhesions; adhesions; laparoscopy; ultrasonic energy; abdominal surgery; omental adhesions; visceral peritoneum; laparotomy; bowel injury; intra-abdominal adhesions; intraperitoneal infection; Palmer’s point; pneumoperitoneum pressure; colon injury; electrosurgery; lasers; frozen pelvis
Legacy Keywords
Carl F. Giesler MD; Anuja Vyas MD; total laparoscopic hysterectomy; TLH; laparoscopic hysterectomy; hysterectomy; severe adhesions; adhesions; laparoscopy; ultrasonic energy; abdominal surgery; omental adhesions; visceral peritoneum; laparotomy; bowel injury; intra-abdominal adhesions; intraperitoneal infection; Palmer’s point; pneumoperitoneum pressure; colon injury; electrosurgery; lasers; frozen pelvis
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article
Article PDF Media